HP DesignJet T950/T950 MFP/T850/T850

MFP Printer Series

Service Manual

SUMMARY

Official Service Documentation

Legal information
Draft 5, October 2023 Legal notices Warranty

October, 2023 This document contains proprietary The information contained in this document
information that is protected by copyright. is subject to change without notice.
© 2023 HP Development Company, L.P. All rights are reserved. No part of this
document may be photocopied, reproduced, HP makes no warranty of any kind with
For HP-authorized personnel only or translated to another language without regard to this material, including, but
the prior written consent of HP. not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular
purpose.

HP shall not be liable for errors contained

herein or for incidental or consequential
damages in connection with the furnishing,
performance, or use of this material.
Safety Readership

The procedures described in this manual The primary readers of this service
are to be performed by HP-qualified service manual are HP service engineers, although
personnel only. secondary readership may include resellers.

Electrical shock hazard

• Unplug the printer from the wall before

performing any maintenance or servicing
operation.

• Prevent water or any liquids form running

onto electrical components or circuits.

Electrostatic discharge

See Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)

Precautions on page 420 for actions you
should take to prevent damage to the printer
circuits from electrostatic discharge.

Safety symbols

Serious hazards leading to death, injury, or

damage may result if you do not take the
following precautions:

• The Warning symbol calls attention to a

procedure, practice, or the like, which, if not
correctly performed or adhered to, could
result in personal injury. Do not proceed
beyond a Warning symbol until the indicated
conditions are fully understood and met.

• The Caution symbol calls attention to an

operating procedure, practice, or the like,
which, if not correctly performed or adhered
to, could result in damage to or destruction
of part or all of the printer. Do not proceed
beyond a Caution symbol until the indicated
conditions are fully understood and met.
 Using this manual
This service manual contains information necessary to test, maintain, and service the following:

Printer models

Full name Short name

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer HP DJ T850

HP DesignJet T850 26-in MFP HP DJ T850MFP

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer HP DJ T950

HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP HP DJ T950 MFP

For information about using these printers, see the user guide.

Readership

The procedures described in this service manual are to be performed by HP Certified service personnel
only.

Part numbers

Part numbers for printer service parts are located in Parts and diagrams on page 381.

iv Using this manual

Table of contents

1 Printer fundamentals......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1
Overview .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1
Start up process - preparing the ink system for the first time..................................................................................................................... 2
Start-up sequence ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3
State 1: Electronics initialization.............................................................................................................................................................................. 3
State 2: Firmware initialization ................................................................................................................................................................................. 3
State 3: Mechanical initialization ........................................................................................................................................................................... 4
State 4: Scanner calibration (MFP only) ........................................................................................................................................................... 4
Subsystems ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 6
HP DesignJet T850/T950 ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 6
Printer.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 6
Covers ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 6
Printhead health systems: Service Station, Primer system, and Left Spittoon ............................................. 8
Printhead assembly ................................................................................................................................................................................10
Service Station system.......................................................................................................................................................................... 11
Ink system overview ................................................................................................................................................................................ 13
Ink Supply Station (ISS) ......................................................................................................................................................................... 14
Ink Tubes (RIDS) .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 15
The roll paper input system................................................................................................................................................................18
The paper output system ....................................................................................................................................................................19
The Cutter system ................................................................................................................................................................................... 20
Multi-sheet C-Tray, ARSS and Bridge Plate............................................................................................................................ 23
L-Tray and Bridge Plate .........................................................................................................................................................................36
L-tray and right gear module ............................................................................................................................................................ 43
L-tray and right gear module ............................................................................................................................................................ 43
Scan Axis system: Carriage and Carriage impelling ..................................................................................................... 52
Carriage CAM and Auto PPS adjustment...............................................................................................................................56
Carriage impelling system..................................................................................................................................................................57
Carriage encoder system...................................................................................................................................................................57
Printer electronics, power supply, and cables ....................................................................................................................58
Electrical system ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 62
Stand Description.....................................................................................................................................................................................67
Power SKU - Soft Stacker and Cut sheet Pocket...............................................................................................................69
HP DesignJet T850/T950 MFP subsystems ................................................................................................................................................73
Printer............................................................................................................................................................................................................................73
Covers ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................73

v
 Printhead health systems: Service Station, Primer system, and Left Spittoon ...........................................76
Printhead assembly ................................................................................................................................................................................78
Service Station system........................................................................................................................................................................ 79
Ink system overview ................................................................................................................................................................................81
Ink Supply Station (ISS) ........................................................................................................................................................................ 82
Ink Tubes (RIDS) .........................................................................................................................................................................................83
Paper path and Cutter..........................................................................................................................................................................86
The roll paper input system...............................................................................................................................................................88
The paper output system ...................................................................................................................................................................89
The Cutter system ...................................................................................................................................................................................90
Accessory Tray and Bridge Plate .................................................................................................................................................94
Scan Axis system: Carriage and Carriage impelling .................................................................................................... 112
Carriage CAM and Auto PPS adjustment..............................................................................................................................116
Carriage impelling system.................................................................................................................................................................117
Carriage encoder system..................................................................................................................................................................117
Printer electronics, power supply, and cables ...................................................................................................................118
Electrical system .................................................................................................................................................................................... 122
Stand Description...................................................................................................................................................................................124
Output Bin.................................................................................................................................................................................................... 125
Scanner .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 128
Overview....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 128
Integration with the printer.............................................................................................................................................................. 129
Front panel outboard position ......................................................................................................................................................130
EE layout........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 132
Sensor principles ................................................................................................................................................................................... 132
Scanner Media Path.............................................................................................................................................................................133
How to remove Lower Pinch Assembly with mirror (F9A30-67033)...................................................................134
Scanner Paper Path .............................................................................................................................................................................135
CIS scanning technology..................................................................................................................................................................136
Calibration Sliders (or Calibration Surfaces)......................................................................................................................137

2 Printer dimensions......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 141

HP DesignJet T850 36-in dimensions........................................................................................................................................................................ 141
HP DesignJet T950 36-in dimensions.......................................................................................................................................................................143

3 Troubleshooting .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 145

Printer troubleshooting flowchart: SFP ................................................................................................................................................................... 145
Printer troubleshooting flowchart: MFP ..................................................................................................................................................................146
Printer startup troubleshooting......................................................................................................................................................................................147
Troubleshooting tree for boot up failure.................................................................................................................................................................. 149
Basic printer troubleshooting.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 151
The printer does not print ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 151
No power comes to the printer............................................................................................................................................................................ 151
Front Panel is frozen .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 151
Assert Screen during initialization...................................................................................................................................................................153
Phone .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................154
Onsite.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................156

vi
Where to find the LEDs .........................................................................................................................................................................................................157
Power Button LEDs.......................................................................................................................................................................................................157
Main PCA LED ("Heartbeat LED") .......................................................................................................................................................................157
Network Port LEDs.......................................................................................................................................................................................................158
System error codes ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................158
System error codification.......................................................................................................................................................................................158
Understanding system error codes.....................................................................................................................................................159
Errors severity .....................................................................................................................................................................................................159
Reading a system error code ...................................................................................................................................................................159
Text messages and numerical error codes................................................................................................................................................ 161
Silent error codes.........................................................................................................................................................................................................163
Silent error codes with related front panel messages .....................................................................................................................165
System error code troubleshooting.................................................................................................................................................................167
Other possible errors ................................................................................................................................................................................................196
Assert codes....................................................................................................................................................................................................................196
How to get the system error log.........................................................................................................................................................................198
Paper troubleshooting .........................................................................................................................................................................................................199
Paper cannot be loaded successfully..........................................................................................................................................................200
Unsuccessful roll load ..................................................................................................................................................................................200
Unsuccessful sheet load ...........................................................................................................................................................................200
Unsuccessful load from the Multi-Sheet Tray .............................................................................................................................200
Leading Edge not detected ........................................................................................................................................................................ 201
Multisheet Tray Sensor issues: Printer displays wrong status for Multisheet Tray ..................................................... 201
Leading Edge not detected................................................................................................................................................................................... 202
Media jam removal ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 202
Roll has jammed ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 202
L-Shaped Multi-sheet tray has jammed............................................................................................................................................204
ARSS: Paper Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................................. 205
Troubleshooting - Remote Support ..................................................................................................................................................... 205
Troubleshooting - Onsite Support .........................................................................................................................................................207
Service Station ........................................................................................................................................................................................207
Bridge Plate Module and ARSS....................................................................................................................................................207
Symptoms related to ARSS failure and corrective actions...............................................................................................209
Issue #1: Paper Jam.............................................................................................................................................................................209
Issue #2: The printer cannot detect or load the media ..............................................................................................210
Issue #3: Roll automatically unloaded.................................................................................................................................... 212
Printer displays out of paper when paper is available...................................................................................................................... 213
How to troubleshoot cutter issues .................................................................................................................................................................. 213
How to troubleshoot Paper Jam, Carriage Jam, and Paper loading issues.......................................................................217
1. Printer shows Paper Jam or Carriage Jam screen..............................................................................................................218
Paper jam .....................................................................................................................................................................................................218
Carriage jam.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 219
2. Printer doesn’t pick up the cut sheet in the Multi-sheet Tray and shows “Load Paper in Tray”........... 220
3. Roll crashes, jams, or skews while loading a roll without showing a Jam screen.......................................... 221
Appendices........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 222
Paper has jammed.......................................................................................................................................................................................................227
Communication troubleshooting................................................................................................................................................................................ 228
General troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 228

vii
 Wired network issues ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 229
Network port created does not match printer IP address (Windows) .................................................................................. 229
Wireless network issues ........................................................................................................................................................................................230
Wireless Network Troubleshooting Report................................................................................................................................................ 231
Network Configuration Page............................................................................................................................................................................... 232
Manual driver installation ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 232
Pre-installation............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 232
Setting up the driver, port, and printing queue....................................................................................................................................... 233
Drivers Troubleshooting..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 236
Identifying the driver version .............................................................................................................................................................................. 236
PRN File ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................237
Ink-supplies troubleshooting .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 238
Handling ink cartridges and printhead........................................................................................................................................................ 238
About the ink cartridges.............................................................................................................................................................................. 238
Storage of anonymous usage information ................................................................................................................................... 238
Ink cartridges.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 239
Replace an ink cartridge ............................................................................................................................................................................. 239
Check ink cartridge status ........................................................................................................................................................................ 240
Ink cartridge status messages .............................................................................................................................................................. 240
Solving ink-supply problems..................................................................................................................................................................................241
Printhead .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................241
Replace the printhead ....................................................................................................................................................................................241
You cannot insert the printhead.............................................................................................................................................................245
Clean the printhead........................................................................................................................................................................................ 246
Clean the printhead from the control panel ...................................................................................................................... 246
Align the printhead .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 246
Printhead troubleshooting..................................................................................................................................................................................... 247
Error messages related with printhead and start-up.............................................................................................................. 247
Ink-supplies error messages............................................................................................................................................................................... 248
Cartridge Problem ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 248
Incompatible Cartridges shown during printer setup or replacing printhead .....................................................249
Printer Failure ......................................................................................................................................................................................................250
Printhead Problem...........................................................................................................................................................................................250
Printhead Startup Failed.............................................................................................................................................................................. 251
Supply System Problem............................................................................................................................................................................... 252
Safe Stop: printer behavior in the face of a Continuous Ink System..................................................................................... 252
Print-quality troubleshooting.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 253
General print-quality troubleshooting .......................................................................................................................................................... 254
Use genuine HP ink cartridges ............................................................................................................................................................... 254
Check the paper ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 254
Check the print settings ............................................................................................................................................................................. 254
Print and evaluate a print-quality diagnostic report and troubleshoot defects ................................................. 254
Print-quality defects................................................................................................................................................................................................... 258
Horizontal lines across the image (banding)................................................................................................................................ 258
Lines are too thick, too thin or missing.............................................................................................................................................. 258
Lines appear stepped or jagged ........................................................................................................................................................... 259
Lines print double or in the wrong colors........................................................................................................................................ 259
Lines are discontinuous ..............................................................................................................................................................................260

viii
 Lines are blurred ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 261
Line lengths are inaccurate ....................................................................................................................................................................... 261
The whole image is blurry or grainy ..................................................................................................................................................... 261
The paper is not flat........................................................................................................................................................................................ 262
The print is scuffed or scratched.......................................................................................................................................................... 263
Ink marks on the paper................................................................................................................................................................................. 264
Horizontal smears on the front of coated paper ........................................................................................................... 264
Ink marks on the back of the paper.......................................................................................................................................... 264
Black ink comes off when you touch the print............................................................................................................................. 264
Edges of objects are stepped or not sharp................................................................................................................................... 264
Edges of objects are darker than expected.................................................................................................................................. 265
Vertical lines of different colors............................................................................................................................................................. 265
White spots on the print .............................................................................................................................................................................. 265
Colors are inaccurate ...................................................................................................................................................................................266
Colors are fading ..............................................................................................................................................................................................266
The image is incomplete (clipped at the bottom)......................................................................................................................266
The image is clipped.......................................................................................................................................................................................266
Some objects are missing from the printed image..................................................................................................................267
A PDF file is clipped or objects are missing ...................................................................................................................................270
Typical issues seen with non-HP ink ....................................................................................................................................................270
Print mode summary table ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 274
Scan and copy quality troubleshooting................................................................................................................................................................... 274
Random vertical lines ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 274
Wrinkles or folds............................................................................................................................................................................................................275
Line discontinuities .....................................................................................................................................................................................................276
Light colored area fills are missing in the scan or copy ...................................................................................................................277
Grain in area fills when scanning plain paper..........................................................................................................................................277
Small color differences between adjacent Scanbars.......................................................................................................................278
Vertical light lines at the intersection between Scanbars..............................................................................................................279
Variable line thickness or missing lines ......................................................................................................................................................280
Inaccurately reproduced colors ........................................................................................................................................................................ 281
Color fringing................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 281
Clipping in dark or light areas............................................................................................................................................................................. 282
Flare in the image when scanning glossy originals ............................................................................................................................ 284
Vertical red and green bands over white or black background ................................................................................................. 284
Vibration ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 285
Defocus, blurring and fading colors............................................................................................................................................................... 285
Incorrect paper advance, skew during scanning, or horizontal wrinkles ...........................................................................286
Vertical black band 30 cm wide .........................................................................................................................................................................287
The scanner damages some originals ........................................................................................................................................................288
Completely wrong colors.......................................................................................................................................................................................288
Vertical distortion ........................................................................................................................................................................................................289
Object replication (ghosting)...............................................................................................................................................................................289
Clipping or incorrect scale factor when down-scaling in copies and prints ....................................................................290
Incorrect edge detection, mostly when scanning tracing paper............................................................................................... 291
A copied or scanned image is very skewed.............................................................................................................................................. 291
The scanner diagnostic plot ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 291
Prepare the printer and the paper to print the diagnostic sheet.............................................................................................. 292

ix
 Visual check for errors while printing the diagnostic sheet......................................................................................................... 292
Resolution .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 292
Alignment ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 293
Loss of shadow or highlight details..................................................................................................................................................... 294
Printer banding................................................................................................................................................................................................... 295
Streaks .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................296
Grain............................................................................................................................................................................................................................297
Scan or copy the diagnostic plot ......................................................................................................................................................................297
Monitor calibration .....................................................................................................................................................................................................298
Save the diagnostic plot for future use.......................................................................................................................................................298
Scan media does not load................................................................................................................................................................................................298
Update the firmware.............................................................................................................................................................................................................298
Update the firmware automatically from the Front Panel .............................................................................................................299
Update the firmware from the Embedded Web Server...................................................................................................................299
Update the firmware from USB .........................................................................................................................................................................300
Update the firmware from the HP (Designjet) Utility...........................................................................................................................301
Issues with normal use and tips for installation...............................................................................................................................................302
Known Issues..................................................................................................................................................................................................................302
Tips for installation .....................................................................................................................................................................................................303

4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations....................................................................................................................................................315

Service menus...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................315
Entering the service menus .............................................................................................................................................................................................315
Entering the Support Menu for Customers...............................................................................................................................................315
Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers...............................................................................................................................315
Service menu and Support menu tree.....................................................................................................................................................................316
Service and Support menus tests ..............................................................................................................................................................................318
Information menu .........................................................................................................................................................................................................318
1.1 Product number ............................................................................................................................................................................................318
1.2 Serial number................................................................................................................................................................................................318
1.3 Country/Region and Language ........................................................................................................................................................318
1.4 Service Counts ............................................................................................................................................................................................318
1.5 Firmware version........................................................................................................................................................................................318
1.6 Event log............................................................................................................................................................................................................319
1.7 Wi-Fi region ......................................................................................................................................................................................................319
1.8 Ink supply region .........................................................................................................................................................................................319
1.9 Supply Serial Number.............................................................................................................................................................................319
1.10 Supply Level of Ink (LOI)........................................................................................................................................................................319
1.11 NHIO....................................................................................................................................................................................................................319
1.12 IRO .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................319
Extra Printhead information (not included in the Service Menu)....................................................................................319
Reset menus ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................320
2.1 Reset User Settings.................................................................................................................................................................................320
2.2 Reset User Data ........................................................................................................................................................................................320
2.3 Restore All Factory Defaults ............................................................................................................................................................320
2.4 Reset PMK 1...................................................................................................................................................................................................320
2.5 Reset PMK 2..................................................................................................................................................................................................320

x
 2.6 Reset tubes to empty ............................................................................................................................................................................320
2.7 Purge Tubes...................................................................................................................................................................................................320
Service test menu........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 321
4.1 Display Test..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 321
4.2 Bypass Pen alignment .......................................................................................................................................................................... 323
4.3 Service Station Test ............................................................................................................................................................................... 323
4.4 Unblock Service Station...................................................................................................................................................................... 325
4.5 ARSS Test....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 326
4.7 Printhead Rec Level 1.............................................................................................................................................................................. 328
4.8 Printhead Rec Level 2............................................................................................................................................................................330
4.9 Printhead Rec Level 3............................................................................................................................................................................ 332
4.10 OOPs Sensor Test..................................................................................................................................................................................333
4.11 Top cover sensor test ...........................................................................................................................................................................335
4.13 C-Tray Pick Test..........................................................................................................................................................................................337
4.14 C-Tray Pick Sensor .................................................................................................................................................................................339
4.15 C-Tray TOF Sensor .................................................................................................................................................................................. 341
4.16 C-Tray Paper Presence Sensor.....................................................................................................................................................343
4.17 ISS Pump and home sensor............................................................................................................................................................345
4.18 Paper Motor Test......................................................................................................................................................................................347
4.19 Carriage Test .............................................................................................................................................................................................349
4.20 Rewinder Motor Test ...........................................................................................................................................................................350
4.21 Line sensor (ZIM/SPOT) Test .......................................................................................................................................................... 352
4.22 Pick Motor Test ........................................................................................................................................................................................353
Reports................................................................................................................................................................................................................................355
5.1 Printer status report................................................................................................................................................................................355
5.2 Print Quality Diagnostic Report .....................................................................................................................................................356
5.3 Counters Report ........................................................................................................................................................................................357
5.4 Event Log ........................................................................................................................................................................................................358
5.5 Continous Pick (Document Feeder)............................................................................................................................................359
5.6 Nozzle Test ....................................................................................................................................................................................................359
5.7 Media Advance Calibration report...............................................................................................................................................359
5.8 HP Cartridges Status Report ..........................................................................................................................................................360
5.9 PHA/IDS report. ..........................................................................................................................................................................................361
5.10 Connectivity Status Page................................................................................................................................................................. 362
5.11 Wi-Fi Network Test Results ...............................................................................................................................................................363
5.12 Wi-Fi Metrics Data Report ................................................................................................................................................................364
5.13 Print Mech Calibration Report.......................................................................................................................................................366
6.8 Agent-assisted image test .................................................................................................................................................................367
Scan Diagnostics .........................................................................................................................................................................................................367
7.1 Scanner sensors ........................................................................................................................................................................................368
7.2 Scanner media drive ...............................................................................................................................................................................370
Service menu..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................372
2. Reset menu ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................372
2.4 PMK1 reset ......................................................................................................................................................................................................372
2.5 PMK2 reset .....................................................................................................................................................................................................372
2.6 Mark Tubes as empty .............................................................................................................................................................................372
2.8 RTC Battery expired.................................................................................................................................................................................372
2.9 Power-On button behavior reset....................................................................................................................................................372

xi
 3. System Configuration..........................................................................................................................................................................................373
3.2 Set Wireless Region ................................................................................................................................................................................373
7. Scanner diagnostics (included only in Extended Service Menu) .....................................................................................................374
7.3 Scanner runout calibration............................................................................................................................................................................374
7.4 Promote PRNU to Pristine................................................................................................................................................................................376
7.5 Scanner save calibrations .............................................................................................................................................................................376
7.6 Scanner Analog Encoder calibration .....................................................................................................................................................377
Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations ....................................................................................................................................................................................377
Print IQ Diagnostic Plot.............................................................................................................................................................................................377
Media Advance Calibration Plot ........................................................................................................................................................................378
Automatic Printhead Alignment Plot..............................................................................................................................................................378
Scan IQ Diagnostic Plot ...........................................................................................................................................................................................379
Scan Calibration Plot ................................................................................................................................................................................................380

5 Parts and diagrams......................................................................................................................................................................................................................381

Printer Support (HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer).........................................................................................................................................381
Printer Support (HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP)..............................................................................................................................................383
Printer Support (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer) ........................................................................................................................................383
Covers 1 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer).........................................................................................................................................................385
Covers 1 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer).........................................................................................................................................................386
Covers 2 (HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP)...............................................................................................................................................................387
Covers 2 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP)..............................................................................................................................................................389
Roll covers....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................390
Left-hand assemblies (HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP) ............................................................................................................................... 392
Left-hand assemblies (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer)..........................................................................................................................393
Right-hand assemblies .......................................................................................................................................................................................................394
Carriage.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................395
Paper Path Front (HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer)......................................................................................................................................397
Paper Path Front (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer).....................................................................................................................................398
Paper path rear (HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer)........................................................................................................................................399
Paper Path Rear 1 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer)...................................................................................................................................400
Paper Path Rear 2 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer) ...................................................................................................................................401
Paper Path Rear 3 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer)..................................................................................................................................402
Paper Path Rear 4 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer)..................................................................................................................................403
Roll Supports..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................404
RIDS & ISS ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................406
Printer Cables and Sensors Kit .................................................................................................................................................................................... 407
Scanner lid................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 407
Scanner bottom mech ........................................................................................................................................................................................................408
Scanner EE ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................410

xii
 Scanner back............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 411
Scanner covers......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 412
Scanner bottom........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 413
Miscellaneous............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 414

6 Removal & Installation................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 416

HP DesignJet T850/T950/T850 MFP/T950 MFP 36-in.................................................................................................................................. 416
Introduction....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 419
Safety precautions..........................................................................................................................................................................................420
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Precautions .......................................................................................................................420
Required tools.....................................................................................................................................................................................................420
Customer Self Repair parts.................................................................................................................................................................................. 421
Videos available ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 423
Recommended checks after replacing parts......................................................................................................................................... 423
Service Calibration summary ............................................................................................................................................................................ 423
Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) .................................................................................................................................................424
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................424
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 425
Front window (2Y9H0-67011, 2Y9H1-67012, 2Y9H2-67012, 2Y9H3-67006)............................................................................ 426
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 426
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................427
Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007)................................................................................................................................................. 428
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 428
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 432
Cassette Tray (C-tray) (2Y9H1-67025)............................................................................................................................................................433
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................433
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................434
Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008, 2Y9H1-67010)........................................................................................................................................434
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................434
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................435
Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009).....................................................................................................................................................435
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................435
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................438
Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005)....................................................................................................................................................438
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................438
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................439
Front Frame (2Y9H0-67010) ..................................................................................................................................................................................440
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................440
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 441
U Frame (2Y9H1-67029, 2Y9H7-67004)........................................................................................................................................................... 441
Removal.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 441
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 442
Pocket (2Y9H7-67005, 2Y9H1-67018) .............................................................................................................................................................. 442
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 442
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................443
Back Cover (CQ893-67002) .................................................................................................................................................................................443
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................444
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................445

xiii
 Back Cover (2Y9H1-67002)....................................................................................................................................................................................446
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................446
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................447
Control Panel 2.7 inch (2Y9H0-67015) ............................................................................................................................................................448
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................448
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 451
Control Panel 4.3 inch (2Y9H3-67002)........................................................................................................................................................... 452
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 452
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 455
Control Panel Bezel 2.7 inch (2Y9H0-67012) ..............................................................................................................................................458
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................458
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................460
Control Panel Bezel 4.3 inch (2Y9H1-67013, 2Y9H4-67014).............................................................................................................460
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................460
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 462
Stacker (2Y9H1-67017, 2Y9H7-67006)............................................................................................................................................................. 462
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 462
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................465
ARSS (5HB08-67006)................................................................................................................................................................................................466
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................466
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................468
Upper-Roll Media Guide (5HB10-67011).........................................................................................................................................................468
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................468
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................470
Left Roll Support (2Y9H0-67025, 2Y9H1-67026) ......................................................................................................................................470
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................470
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................473
Right Roll Support (2Y9H0-67026, 2Y9H1-67027)...................................................................................................................................474
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................474
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................476
Spindle and blue hub (5HB10-67012) ...............................................................................................................................................................477
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................477
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................477
Spindle Big Roll (2Y9H0-67021)............................................................................................................................................................................477
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................477
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................478
Spindle Big Roll blue hub (2Y9H0-67022).....................................................................................................................................................479
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................479
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................480
Stand Assembly (2Y9H0-67018)........................................................................................................................................................................480
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................480
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................481
Stand Assembly (2Y9H1-67019) ......................................................................................................................................................................... 482
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 482
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................483
Brush line sensor with adhesive 5 sets kit (5HB06-67028)...........................................................................................................484
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................484
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................485
Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011)...........................................................................................................................................................485

xiv
 Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................485
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................487
Stand Basket (2Y9H0-67041) ................................................................................................................................................................................487
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................487
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................489
Encoder Strip (CQ893-67029) ............................................................................................................................................................................489
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................489
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 492
Base Cleanout and Base C-tray ....................................................................................................................................................................... 493
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 493
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................494
NVM Backup PCA (5HB06-67022) ...................................................................................................................................................................494
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................494
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 495
Base C-tray black ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 495
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 495
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................502
AMP XL 5 V Power Supply (5HB06-67029).................................................................................................................................................502
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................502
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................504
Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015, 2Y9H2-67002, 2Y9H3-67003) ..................................................................................505
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................505
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................508
Top Cleanout (2Y9H1-67022) ................................................................................................................................................................................. 510
Removal.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 510
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 511
Ink Cover (2Y9H0-67001, 2Y9H1-67001).......................................................................................................................................................... 511
Removal..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 511
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 511
Print Bundle PCA (PBB) (2Y9H0-67017)........................................................................................................................................................... 511
Removal.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 512
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 514
Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007, 2Y9H1-67008)........................................................................................................................................ 514
Removal.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 514
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 516
Right Front Cover (2Y9H0-67005, 2Y9H1-67006) ................................................................................................................................... 516
Removal.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 516
Installation ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................517
Base Cleanout (2Y9H1-67023)..............................................................................................................................................................................517
Removal.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 518
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 522
Bridge Plate (2Y9H1-67021, 2Y9H0-67020)................................................................................................................................................. 522
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 522
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................527
Bright Plate Power....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 528
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 528
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 529
Paper Motor (F9A30-67049)................................................................................................................................................................................. 529
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 529

xv
 Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................531
Encoder Disk (CQ890-67033) ..............................................................................................................................................................................531
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................531
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................533
Service Station Assembly (CQ890-67045)...............................................................................................................................................534
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................535
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 542
Prime Pump (F9A30-67048)..................................................................................................................................................................................543
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................543
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................550
Carriage assembly (5HB10-67001)..................................................................................................................................................................550
Removal.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 551
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................556
Belt and pulley (F9A30-67068) ............................................................................................................................................................................557
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................557
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................559
Starwheel Assy (5HB10-67010) ..........................................................................................................................................................................559
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................559
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................560
L-Shaped Multi-Sheet Tray (5HB08-67007).................................................................................................................................................561
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................561
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 562
Output Platen (2Y9H0-67003, 2Y9H1-67004) ........................................................................................................................................... 562
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 562
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................564
Output Platen Trim (2Y9H0-67042)..................................................................................................................................................................564
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................564
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................565
Cutter (2Y9H0-67039)...............................................................................................................................................................................................565
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................565
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................566
Multi-Sheet Tray Sensor Assembly (2Y9H0-67024) ............................................................................................................................566
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................566
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................568
Out-Of-Paper Sensor (2Y9H0-67037)............................................................................................................................................................569
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................569
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................573
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................576
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................578
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................579
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 582
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................586
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................587
Carriage Line Sensor (ZIM sensor) (CQ890-67001)............................................................................................................................588
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................588
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 591
Carriage Motor with Sled (2Y9H0-67045) .................................................................................................................................................. 592
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 592
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................598

xvi
Pinches Assembly (CQ890-67060).................................................................................................................................................................603
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................603
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................608
Pinch Roller (2Y9H2-67011).....................................................................................................................................................................................609
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................609
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................609
Left Side Spittoon (CQ890-67044) ..................................................................................................................................................................609
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................609
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 612
Scanner Top Cover (2Y9H3-67004, 2Y9H2-67001)................................................................................................................................613
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................613
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................615
Trailing Cable....................................................................................................................................................................................................................615
Trailing Cable Guide (2Y9H0-67036)................................................................................................................................................................616
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................616
Installation ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................617
Scanbars 3 sets kit (2Y9H2-67010)....................................................................................................................................................................617
Removal.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................617
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................620
Top cover button latch MFP (2Y9H4-67011)................................................................................................................................................. 621
Removal.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 621
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 622
Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042)............................................................................................................................................................................. 622
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 622
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 623
Scan Bundle PCA (SBB) (2Y9H2-67008)....................................................................................................................................................... 623
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 623
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................626
Scanner Feed Motor (F9A30-67024)..............................................................................................................................................................626
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................626
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................627
Assembly Hinges (F9A30-67019)......................................................................................................................................................................628
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................628
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................630
Scanner Module ............................................................................................................................................................................................................631
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................631
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................638
Scanner Feed Shaft Front (F9A30-67025).................................................................................................................................................638
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................638
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................644
Scanner Feed Shaft (Rear)...................................................................................................................................................................................645
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................645
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................646
Scanner Cables kit (2Y9H2-67005) .................................................................................................................................................................646
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................646
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 651
OPT Wheel (F9A30-67038) ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 651
Removal.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 651
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 652

xvii
 Scanner Optical Sensors kit (F9A30-67031)............................................................................................................................................ 652
Lid Magnetic Sensor ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 652
Removal........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 652
Installation..................................................................................................................................................................................................653
Bottom of Form (BOF) Optical Sensor ..............................................................................................................................................653
Removal........................................................................................................................................................................................................653
Installation..................................................................................................................................................................................................654
Load optical Sensor F9A30-60035 .....................................................................................................................................................654
Removal........................................................................................................................................................................................................654
Installation..................................................................................................................................................................................................655
Top of Form (TOF) Optical Sensor (36 inch model only)........................................................................................................656
Removal........................................................................................................................................................................................................656
Installation...................................................................................................................................................................................................657
Right Optical Sensor.......................................................................................................................................................................................657
Removal.........................................................................................................................................................................................................657
Installation..................................................................................................................................................................................................658
Left Optical Sensor .........................................................................................................................................................................................658
Removal........................................................................................................................................................................................................658
Installation..................................................................................................................................................................................................659
Rear Cover (2Y9H4-67004) ...................................................................................................................................................................................660
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................660
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................661
Scan bars FFC (2Y9H2-67003) ............................................................................................................................................................................661
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................661
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 667
Calibration Surface (F9A30-67027)................................................................................................................................................................ 667
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 667
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................668
Calibration Slider (F9A30-67026)..................................................................................................................................................................... 670
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 670
Installation ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................671
Calibration Surface Gear Train (F9A30-67028).......................................................................................................................................672
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................672
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................674
Lower Pinch Assembly with Mirror (F9A30-67072) ...............................................................................................................................674
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................674
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................675
RIDS (ink tubes) (F9A30-67007) ..........................................................................................................................................................................676
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................676
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................681
RIDS and Purger (2Y9H0-67043) .......................................................................................................................................................................681
Removal....................................................................................................................................................................................................................681
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................682
ISS (2Y9H0-67013) .......................................................................................................................................................................................................682
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................682
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................684
Refeed preventers (F9A30-67073)...................................................................................................................................................................685
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................685
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................685

xviii
 Top Lid Mirror and Magnet (F9A30-67023) ................................................................................................................................................685
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................685
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 687
Input platen (2Y9H2-67004, 2Y9H3-67005) ............................................................................................................................................... 687
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 687
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 692
Diverter (F9A30-67040)........................................................................................................................................................................................... 692
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................693
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................695
Diverter bottom part (F9A30-67062) .............................................................................................................................................................696
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................696
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................697
Assembly Right Latch (F9A30-67030)...........................................................................................................................................................698
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................698
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................699
Latch (Left) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................699
Removal...................................................................................................................................................................................................................699
Installation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 700
Printer Cables and Sensors SVKit (2Y9H0-67038).............................................................................................................................. 700
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 700
Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................702
Removal................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 703
Base C-Tray Main Components (2Y9H1-67032)...................................................................................................................................... 703
Flag Media Presence C-Tray (2Y9H1-40091).................................................................................................................................. 704
Removal........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 704
Installation.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 706
ASSEMBLY PICK C-TRAY (2Y9H1-60014).......................................................................................................................................... 706
Removal......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 707
Installation................................................................................................................................................................................................... 710
Assy Separator Module Swallowtail (CM751-60170)................................................................................................................. 710
Removal......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 710
Installation................................................................................................................................................................................................... 713
Base C-Tray (White) (2Y9H1-67024)........................................................................................................................................................ 713
Removal......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 713
Installation................................................................................................................................................................................................... 713

7 Preventive maintenance ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 714

Preventive maintenance..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 714
Clean the printer ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 714
General cleaning........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 714
Clean the Carriage Line Sensor ........................................................................................................................................................................ 714
Clean the Encoder Strip .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 715
Lubricate the Carriage Assembly .....................................................................................................................................................................717
Lubricate the Carriage Assembly Procedure................................................................................................................................717
Lubricate the Carriage Rod........................................................................................................................................................................ 719
Moisture on the printer.............................................................................................................................................................................................720
Clean the Scanner........................................................................................................................................................................................................721
Clean the scanner’s glass plate and white calibration sliders..........................................................................................721
Level of printer usage................................................................................................................................................................................................722

xix
 Preventive maintenance kits ...........................................................................................................................................................................................722
Warning message displayed on the front panel....................................................................................................................................722
Printing and interpreting the Preventive Maintenance Kit status report............................................................................. 724
Preventive Maintenance Kit .................................................................................................................................................................................. 724
General Cleaning Instructions .......................................................................................................................................................................................725

8 Safety precautions.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................726
General safety guidelines..................................................................................................................................................................................................726
Electrical / Fire hazard..........................................................................................................................................................................................................726
Mechanical hazard .................................................................................................................................................................................................................726
Warning labels ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 727

Appendix A Important links.........................................................................................................................................................................................................728

Appendix B User menu map........................................................................................................................................................................................................731

Front Panel.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................731
1. Help Button................................................................................................................................................................................................................................731
2. Dashboard ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................732
3. Dashboard screen: Swipe Menu .............................................................................................................................................................................733
Paper Source ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................733
5. Setup............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................735

Appendix C Service menu and Support menu tree.................................................................................................................................................. 737

Appendix D How to check whether your computer is connected to your network........................................................................... 738

Appendix E Wireless troubleshooting report error cases ....................................................................................................................................741

Error case table..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................741

Appendix F Media Advance Calibration report (Tap 11) ...........................................................................................................................................751

Appendix G Flyers..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................755
Accessory and Customer Self Repair Parts (CSR).........................................................................................................................................755
Printer Assembly Instructions.............................................................................................................................................................................755
Printer Assembly Instructions (T850) ............................................................................................................................................................764
Printer Assembly Instructions (T950) ........................................................................................................................................................... 769
Cutter replacement instructions ......................................................................................................................................................................775
Cassette Tray...................................................................................................................................................................................................................779
Front Cover.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................781
Front Window....................................................................................................................................................................................................................781
Ink Cover .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................782
Front Window.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 783
Out-Of-Paper Sensor ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 784
Roll Cover .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 787
Right Front Cover......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 788
Scanbar 3 sets kit........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 789
Top Cleanout .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 791
Service Part .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................792

xx
 NVM Backup PCA .........................................................................................................................................................................................................792
Brush line sensor with adhesive 5 sets....................................................................................................................................................... 793

Appendix H Useful information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 795

Alphabetical front panel messages.......................................................................................................................................................................... 795
Paper jam........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 795
Carriage jam ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 795
Align Printhead - Printhead alignment unsuccessful........................................................................................................................ 795
Ink-supplies error messages............................................................................................................................................................................... 795
Front panel message list........................................................................................................................................................................................ 795
Numerical front panel messages ............................................................................................................................................................................... 795
System error code troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................... 795
Error code list ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 795
Assert codes, blue screen, white screen ................................................................................................................................................... 795
Other front panel states .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 796
No power, issue during boot up ......................................................................................................................................................................... 796
Paper jam...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 796
Paper Jam message ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 796
Carriage Jam message.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 796
How to prevent paper jam at output area with curly roll................................................................................................................. 796
How to remove paper jam - Roll......................................................................................................................................................................... 796
How to remove paper jam – Multi-sheet tray ........................................................................................................................................... 796
Paper loading issue............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 796
Roll: Roll crashes, jams or skews while loading a roll without showing a Jam screen............................................... 796
Multi-sheet Tray: Printer doesn’t pick up the cut sheet and shows “Load Paper in Tray” ........................................ 796
Other generic paper loading issues.............................................................................................................................................................. 796
Paper Jam message ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 796
Printer frequently takes too long on the "Correcting paper skew" screen......................................................................... 797
Big slack seen when loading a roll ................................................................................................................................................................... 797
Roll unloaded............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 797
Roll unloaded and "Roll Problem" shown ..................................................................................................................................................... 797
Print quality................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 797
Print quality troubleshooting................................................................................................................................................................................ 797
Bandings with Plain Paper in fast mode or normal mode ............................................................................................................... 797
While printing with the roll, the printer stops printing, unloads the roll, and shows “Roll Problem”................... 797
Printhead alignment .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 797
"Printhead alignment unsuccessful".............................................................................................................................................................. 797
"Printhead alignment unsuccessful" with roll......................................................................................................................................... 798
Single sheet ejected and "Out of Paper" shown during first printhead alignment...................................................... 798
Printhead alignment fails (T200 Series only)........................................................................................................................................... 798
Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 798
Cutter doesn’t work.................................................................................................................................................................................................... 798
Printer troubleshooting flowchart................................................................................................................................................................... 798
Ink supplies troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................................... 798
ARSS seems defective............................................................................................................................................................................................ 798
Connectivity issues............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 798

xxi
 Embedded Web Server (EWS) asks you to enter the username and password ........................................................... 798
Ethernet network port doesn’t work and NIC LEDs are all off..................................................................................................... 798
Printer information................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 798
Printer specifications ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 798
Accessories..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 799
Accessories - DesignJet T630 doesn’t come with the roll cover ............................................................................................. 799
Accessories - DesignJet T210/T230/T250 printers don’t come with the Automatic Sheet Feeder............... 799
Supported ink supplies............................................................................................................................................................................................ 799
Supported rolls.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 799
Where to download driver and software .................................................................................................................................................... 799
How to update the firmware ................................................................................................................................................................................ 799
Front Panel Menu .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 799
User Menu Map............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 799
Service and Support Menu Map ...................................................................................................................................................................... 799
How to enter Support Menu for customers ............................................................................................................................................. 799
How to enter Service Menu for service engineers............................................................................................................................. 799
Others .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................800
Issues with normal use and Tips for installation...................................................................................................................................800
Where to find flyers in CSR parts and service parts.........................................................................................................................800

Appendix I FAQ: Tips & Tricks.....................................................................................................................................................................................................801

Hardware .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................801
Software........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................805

xxii
1 Printer fundamentals

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Overview
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Table 1-1 Overview

Feature HP DesignJet T850 HP DesignJet T950 More information

HP DesignJet T850 MFP HP DesignJet T950 MFP

Paper source Roll, Manual sheet, and L- Roll, Manual sheet, and C- See the User Guide
shaped Multi-sheet tray shaped Multi-sheet tray

Hardware differences Single function printer and Multifunction printer (MFP)

depending on model

Connectivity Wi-Fi or Fast Ethernet LAN, USB Host (Printing from USB/Scan Important! Cannot have both
to USB) only on MFP models WiFi and LAN at the same
time

Web Services Automatic firmware upgrade The printer needs to be

Internet-connected: For some
Customer Involvement Program (Printer uses data sent configurations, the latest
regularly under customer acceptance) firmware release is needed.
Manual firmware update is
available through hp.com.

Mobility Mobile "InOS" Print support: (IOS, Android), HP Smart App See the User Guide

Print speed 25 s per page on A1/D in 21 s per page on A1/D in

Economode Economode

Default print mode Normal

Print resolution Up to 1200 × 2400 dpi

Memory 1 GB Single Function Printers / 2GB Multifunction Printers

Languages PCL3 Raster driver (processing in computer), PDF on T950 No PDF driver available
Series

Supplies - Ink HP 738 56 ml and 130 ml Cyan, Magenta, Yellow

HP 738 130 ml and 300 ml Black

Supplies - Printhead HP 739 One on Axis Printhead for all

colors

Printer fundamentals 1
 Start up process - preparing the ink system for the first time
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

The printer tubes and PHA are shipped dry. In order for them to be prepared to print, they must be filled
with ink, and need servicing to make the nozzles wet, and manage air within the PHA.

Three subsystems are primarily involved in this process: the ink supply station, the primer, and the
service station.

● The ink supply station pumps ink from the supplies, through the tubes, to the PHA.

● The primer opens the PHA regulator to allow ink to enter the PHA. It also manages the air within the
PHA, moving any air bubbles to the upper part of the PHA reservoirs(also known as NOAs).

● The service station cleans the PHA nozzles after the process, preparing the PHA for the first print.

The process flow is as follows:

1. The primer activates to inflate the bag inside the printhead so that the regulator is open during
start-up. The primer air circuit holds the regulator open during the start-up ink fill process.

2. Once the regulator is open, the ink supply station starts pumping air to push ink through the tubes.
The first ink is used to fill up the empty tubes. The air in the tubes is purged out of the one-time vent
in the PHA.

3. Once the tubes are filled, ink fills the PHA reservoir to the one-time vent. Air continues to purge out
of the vent. When the ink reaches the one-time vent, it becomes wet and the air in the PHA remains.
Extra ink is sent for fully wetting the vent, and purge the air from the pores at which point the vent is
closed and remains closed for the life of the PHA.

4. The air circuit is vented and the PHA bag is deflated. Now ink pumps in to return the volume to what
the bag had before moving from full inflation to set point. This closes the regulator.

5. With the PHA full of ink, a series of lower pressure primes are run to expel all air from the PHA below
the filter into the PHA reservoir.

6. Finally the servicing routine begins, and the PHA nozzles are cleaned and prepared to print.

2 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Start-up sequence
There are 4 states between power-on and the Home screen:

1. Electronics initialization

2. Firmware initialization

3. Mechanical initialization

4. Scanner calibration

State 1: Electronics initialization

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. The front panel moves from flashing white light to turning dark.

2. The printer reads the firmware from the eMMC module.

State 2: Firmware initialization

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

NOTE: At this stage, if something is broken, it will not be possible to enter the Support menu. To
diagnose what is happening, go to the front panel troubleshooting menu. Subsequently, you can enter
the Support menu to troubleshoot if necessary.

1. HP logo appears on a dark background.

2. Bundle board and ASICs are initialized. The Firmware is loaded.

Start-up sequence 3
 3. When complete, the screen changes to:

State 3: Mechanical initialization

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. A basic check of servos is run.

2. Next, it checks that the Scan Axis and Paper Axis are unobstructed by scraps of paper or other
items.

3. Finally the media and ink system are initialized.

State 4: Scanner calibration (MFP only)

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

NOTE: During all steps, the screen "Checking the printer. Please wait..." is shown:

4 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

■ MFP only:

Each time the unit starts up a PRNU calibration (white balancing) is conducted to ensure optimal
calibration and to improve IQ. During calibration, the following screen is shown:

State 4: Scanner calibration (MFP only) 5

 NOTE: PRNU is a factory calibration in charge of keeping the color uniformity between the set of
Scanbars.

NOTE: Initialization lasts around 2 minutes with clean power-off (Front Panel Power button). If there
was a dirty power-off, the printer requires more time to initialize to ensure the printhead is OK.

Subsystems
The following sections provide details for this topic.

HP DesignJet T850/T950
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Printer
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Covers
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Function
These parts cover the printing mechanism and act as protection from potential knocks or dust. They
also prevent the customer from coming into contact with unsafe parts during the operation of the
printer. Finally, the covers complement the style and aesthetics of the printer.

6 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Maintenance
Other than the cosmetic aspects of the covers, there are several sensors related to the subsystem
covers. The sensors are designed to detect the status of the cover, open or closed.

● The front window sensor detects whether the printer has the center window open or closed. If it is
open, the printer stops.

Maintenance of the following printers:

HP DesignJet T850 Printer

HP DesignJet T950 Printer

● The ink door sensor detects whether the ink cartridge cover is open or closed. By opening the ink
cartridge cover, the ink cartridge replacement may be carried out manually.

The sensor is housed in the printer chassis.

Maintenance 7
 ● To carry out maintenance on the PHA, it is necessary to open the Front Window (printer stops) and
then the PHA Door.

● To carry out maintenance on the cutter, it is necessary to open the Cutter Door.

IMPORTANT: Damage to the covers can cause the sensors to malfunction.

Removal and installation

In order to proceed with the removal and installation of the covers it is important to bear in mind their
cosmetic aspects. It is recommended that you use gloves for any service operation involving the covers.

Due to the layout of the covers, it is important to remember that some parts require removal before you
can remove a specific cover.

Electronics
Other than the sensor boards, there are no electronics related to this subsystem.

Printhead health systems: Service Station, Primer system, and Left Spittoon
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Function
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

The service station is responsible for printhead maintenance. It cleans ink residues and service the
ink nozzles, and prevents ink from drying in critical zones by capping the printhead once printing has
finished.

The Primer system provides the necessary air pressure to the printhead to perform initialization. This
system also provides pressure to the necessary printhead service operations (by boosting air which
pushes ink out through the printhead nozzles, cleaning residues of dried ink and other particles).

The Left spittoon is a small container located to the left of the print-zone area, this is the area used by
the printhead to “spit” a small amount of ink at the end/beginning of the printing swath in order to ensure
correct nozzle heath for left-to-right printing.

Components
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

8 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 Table 1-2 Components

Item Function

Off-axis coupling assembly This is a rubber spring link located on the side plate of the
scan axis (area where the Carriage moves). It links the primer
system with the Carriage when the Carriage is located in its
maximum right position. This system ensures the pressure
from the primer reaches the printhead for nozzle servicing.

Prime Pump This is an air pump which provides the necessary pressure
for printhead servicing and nozzle repair. The Prime Pump is
suspended on a rubber holder to minimize the noise that the
Prime Pump makes while in operation.

Primer Tubes The tubes take the air from the Prime Pump to the off-axis
coupling. There is a T link feature connected to a tube that
goes inside the service station; the purpose of this tube is to
release the air pressure from the system. The tube is pinched
by the shuttle of the service station when reaching a certain
position; this action closes the circuit and allows the system
to be pressurized. With the movement of the service station
the tube is released, allowing the pressure from the system to
escape.

Notes and considerations

Any leakage in the primer system will generate poor or zero priming, which will affect nozzle heath (or
even cause the printhead startup to fail). Bear in mind that the system is not just for the Prime Pump and
tubes, the prime pressure is transmitted via the off-axis coupling to the Carriage and from there to the
printhead assembly and from there to the cartridges.

Notes and considerations 9

 NOTE: There is no pressure sensor in the system. The Prime Pump operates at a certain time to reach
a specific pressure level, the system is depressurized by releasing the pinching of the release tube in
the Service Station (by moving the service station).

NOTE: It is important to ensure the Carriage reaches the furthest point on the right; if not, the off-axis
coupling will not connect the Prime Pump with the Carriage. Also, the coupling is made of a rubbery
material, degradation of the material will affect Primer performance due to air leaks.

Electronics
The control driver of the Prime Pump is located on the printer bundle board located on the right-hand
side of the printer. There is no encoder for the Prime Pump. This pump is managed only by a DC motor
activated for a certain period of time to create the required priming pressure.

Printhead assembly
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Notes and considerations

The printhead operates as a full assembly, regulating ink flow in the NOA regulator, and warehousing air
during the life of the PHA. This is done by balancing pressure between the inside of the NOA regulator
and atmosphere. When ink is printed out, the pressure becomes more negative inside the chamber,
causing the bag to open, which allows more ink into the system, putting it back into equilibrium and
closing the regulator.

There are 4 colors on the die. With the PCA facing away from you, the color order is Black, Cyan,
Magenta, and Yellow.

10 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 When the PHA is empty when replaced. The system uses the startup routine to fill the PHA and prepare it
for the first page of printing. When performing a PHA replacement it is necessary to have enough ink in
the cartridges, as prompted by the front panel. As noted in the section on the ISS (2Y9H0-67013) on page
682; when the tubes are empty, a new, empty printhead must be used.

NOTE: HOT SWAP is not allowed: If the PHA is replaced with the printer turned ON, there is a risk of
Main PCA damage if the printhead replacement front panel procedure is not followed.

Electronics
The PHA is controlled through the carriage PCA and trailing cables to power the printhead and transmit
data. It is connected on the backside of the carriage.

Service Station system

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Functionality
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Electronics 11
 Table 1-3 Function

Item Function

Printhead Wipers These are rubber paddles that are passed through the nozzle
plate of the printhead with the Service Station movement.
They clean the excess ink from the nozzle plate with a wiping
action.

Printhead Cap This caps and protects the nozzles from drying when they are
not printing.

Service Station Motor system This moves the shuttle with the wiper and the cap so that
these two items can perform their functions. The system is
composed of a DC motor and an encoder disk with an encoder
sensor to read the motor position.

Bottom Spittoon This part acts as an ink reservoir when spitting and nozzle
health operations are performed. It contains diapers that
absorb ink and keeps it contained.

Top Spittoon This seals the reservoir and completes the main body of the
service station.

12 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 Table 1-3 Function (continued)

Item Function

Wiper Shuttle This mobile part is propelled by the motor that contains the
Wiper and Cap. Depending on the position, spitting, wiping,
capping, or priming can take place:

Spitting: The printhead “spits” a little ink into the spittoon to

get the nozzles conditioned and ready for the next swath of
printing.

Wiping: A physical action to pass the rubber wipers through

the printhead nozzles.

Capping: Parking the printhead to maintain nozzle heath

during printer inactivity, with a surrounding seal.

Priming: Squirts ink through the nozzles to clean and unblock

them.

Notes and considerations

The service station is offered as a complete service part for full replacement. The failures from this
subsystem are usually related to the mobile parts: motor or encoder failures that prevent the shuttle
from reaching the positions for capping or uncapping.

Over the life of the primer system, tube pinching can present an issue (although it is designed to function
for the life of the printer).

When the Service Station is replaced, it is mandatory to reset the Preventive Maintenance Kit for the
Service Station, this will trigger a simple calibration that is done with the Service Station on the next
printer startup. The calibration measures the length of the Service Station (shuttle front bump to shuttle
rear bump), which ensures a correct capping position.

Electronics
All the controlled movements for the Service Station are done from the Printer Bundle Board located
on the right-hand side of the printer. Issues with the Service Station can also be related to this control
board.

Ink system overview

The ink system consists of the Ink Supply Station to pump ink from the supplies and the Ink Tubes to
carry ink to the printhead.

Notes and considerations 13

 The two main systems mentioned are described below.

Ink Supply Station (ISS)

The Ink Supply Station (ISS) pumps ink from the supplies to tubes in order to print. The ISS acumen
sensors identify HP ink supplies.

The ISS is mounted on the right of the printer so as to pump ink from the supplies to the PHA. Several of
their main components are carry-over parts from other products.

The ISS is designed to admit different supply types: Mirasis (130 cc), Mirasis Plus (300 cc) and Oasis (69
cc), with four different colors; Cyan (C), Magenta (M), Yellow (Y), Black (PK).

The Printer Bundle Board that controls the Primer, Ink Door Sensor, Pick motor, ISS motor, ISS acumen
sensor, ISS home flag encoder and Service Station motor is located just next to the ISS. The cables

14 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 must be routed correctly (by means of wire saddles fixed in the Printer Bundle Board support), to prevent
interference and wire pinching whenever the Right Cover is assembled.

Ink Tubes (RIDS)

The tubes connect the Ink Supply Station with the printhead and ensure ink is transferred from the
supplies to the printhead. The tubes are independent of the Trailing Cables.

The PHA connector is not connected to the carriage, but a floating connector and the septums come
pre-lubricated. Good quality lubrication is essential for easy insertion in the printhead.

Ink Tubes (RIDS) 15

 The supplies end is embedded in the Ink Supply Station and its design is very similar to other products.
There is a risk that when removing the tubes from the printer some ink spillage can occur.

Printhead-Ink Tubes connection

This latch allows for the removal and installation of the off-axis ink tubes that go to the printhead
assembly.

The ink tubes come connected to the printhead and are pre-installed in the carriage, but manual
connection must be performed by the customer when a printhead replacement is required.

16 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

In order to help the user check if the tubes are well connected to the printhead, there is a locking
indicator:

Printhead-Ink Tubes connection 17

 While printhead replacement is happening, it is important to handle the tubes carefully. Tubes should be
left in the printhead door holder:

The roll paper input system

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Function
This system keeps the roll in place and ensures controlled rotation.

18 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 It contains the rewinder, which rewinds the paper for paper ejection, and provides an opposite tension to
the paper advance for better paper control.

● The Left Support encloses the Rewinder Motor and Encoder, containing a set of gears that transmit
the Rewinder motion to the spindle. There is a V-shaped spring to load and fix the spindle in position.

● The Right Support holds the spindle in position to rotate over passive rollers. The right support also
contains the damper for the roll cover opening movement control (the internal dampers perform a
braking action preventing sudden movement during the opening operation).

NOTE: The damper is only in POWER SKUs, not in BASIC ones.

● The spindle is designed to hold the paper rolls, and receive the motion from the rewinder gear in
the Left Support. It consists of a central bar and two hubs; the right hub is fixed to determine the
right-side loading position of the paper, and the moveable left hub adjusts to the width of the paper.

● The Roll Cover shields the roll from dust.

NOTE: The Roll Cover is a passive part, with no sensor: the printer does not know its status.

Electronics
The Rewinder Motor and Encoder system are directly controlled by the Main PCA.

The paper output system

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Functionality
The system ensures that the printed paper follows a controlled path and acquires a certain shape in
order to be delivered properly to the user. It also has a cosmetic function.

The system includes a set of three telescopic trays, which are extended to collect the cut-sheet paper
printed from the Multi-Sheet Tray. When printing from roll, telescopic output trays should be closed.
Otherwise, Front Panel will warn us.

Electronics 19
 There are two roll-paper control tabs that are deployed automatically when the telescopic trays of the
Output Tray are in the closed position. This is a purely mechanical action as the tabs are pushed up by
the output trays when closed. The purpose of those tabs is to control the shape of the roll paper when
coming out of the paper path.

The Front Cover is located underneath the Output Platen.

The Cutter system

The Cutter cuts the paper after the print has completed.

It comprised of 1) a cutter module that cuts the paper with two rotary blades, 2) a Cutter Bridge attached
to the Carriage that catches and releases the Cutter to perform the cutting operation and then to leave
it in capping position, 3) a Cutter Guide that holds the movement of the Cutter along the printer width.

In order to operate the Cutter, it needs to be in the parked position. If not, the Cutter will not be engaged
by the Cutter Bridge and the printer will not perform the cutting action.

Whenever the printer initializes, it performs a parking movement with the Carriage to ensure that the
Cutter is left in the appropriate position.

20 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 The printer does not have any feedback about the cutter engagement action. Therefore, if for any
reason the engagement is not performed correctly, the printer will continue operating as if the
engagement has occurred.

How activation works

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Pre-activation phase: The Cutter Engagement Feature of the Bridge gets into the funnel of the
Cutter Module grooving the Cutter to ensure the correct position for activation.

How activation works 21

 2. Hook catching: The cutter bridge continues moving to the left pushing down the cutter hook (in
orange), after the left side of the cutter bridge passes the Carriage stops and the cutter hook
returns to its position due to its spring motion.

3. Cutter action: The left feature of the cutter bridge pushes the cutter to the left, performing the
cutting operation.

How deactivation works

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

22 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 1. Disengagement: Hook Bridge changes direction moving now from right to the left, so that Cutter
Hook slides out of the Cutter Catch Feature.

2. Move-away action: the Cutter Hook deactivates from the bridge by passing in front of it.

Multi-sheet C-Tray, ARSS and Bridge Plate

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Multi-sheet C-Tray, ARSS and Bridge Plate 23

 Overall Function
The following sections provide details for this topic.

There are two different types of multi-sheet tray. They are L-shaped and C-shaped for T850 and
T950 respectively. Both hold and load the cut-sheet paper for the printer. Both trays are completely
mechanical system with no electronics or motors. All the motion drives for both picking and paper drive
are created or transmitted by the Bridge Plate module. The L-shaped tray is an accessory while the
C-shaped tray is fixed.

The ARSS loads the Roll for the printer. It is an accessory and common for both T850 and T950. The
motion drives are also transmitted by the Bridge Plate.

There are two types of Bridge Plates. They are basic and power version for L-shaped and C-shaped trays
respectively. Both consist of a motor and gears to drive the tray and the ARSS. Both Bridge Plates are
located on the right-hand side of the printer, behind the Service Station.

The overall function of the three modules is to load Roll or cutsheet, and switching as needed.

L-shaped and C-shaped Multi-sheet Tray function

The function of both Trays is to pick and feed the cut-sheet paper until the paper is grabbed by the drive
roller (drive roller and pinch system).

The actions performed are 1) picking up sheets, 2) separating sheets and 3) feeding sheet.

L-shaped Multi-sheet Tray

The following sections provide details for this topic.Assembled and exploded as below.

Assembled and exploded as below.

24 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Picking up sheet
The following sections provide details for this topic.

The Picking_Shaft, on which 2 pieces of picking tires are mounted, can swing backward and forward
to pick and release cutsheet respectively. The Load_Stop can swing up and down to stop and allow
cutsheets to move respectively. It picks up sheets as stated below.

● Standby

● Ready to load 5mm of stack height of cutsheet (up to 50 sheets of 85gsm plain paper)

Picking up sheet 25
 ● Load_Stop swings down

● Pick Shaft & Arm swings backward and Picking_tires rotate to pick 1st sheet

● Pick Shaft & Arm swing forward and hand-off

● Load_Stop swings up to kick back the rest sheets

NOTE: The printer considers the load successful if, after the picking and sheet input procedures, the
sheet is detected by the printer's Paper Sensor. Therefore, the Paper Sensor must be working correctly
for the L-Tray to load properly.

26 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 NOTE: It is possible to reproduce the picking and loading motions by extracting the Multi-Sheet Tray
and rotating the gears by hand, to validate module performance and troubleshoot any possible
mechanical issues.

NOTE: Different elements of the Multi-Sheet Tray are not serviceable, the whole module requires
replacement in case of failure.

Sheet separation
The following sections provide details for this topic..

There are 4 sets of separators, which have teeth, to allow the first sheet to pass as the design intended.

Sheet feed
The following sections provide details for this topic.

The intermediate roller takes over and feeds the sheet to the drive roller after the picking shaft / tired
hands it off.

Sheet separation 27
 L-shaped Multi-sheet Tray’s media sensor
The following sections provide details for this topic.

The media is detected with a retroreflective sensor (known as an Optical sensor) which is mounted on a
bracket beneath the media roll. The Optical sensor contains an LED which sends a beam of infrared light
towards the Multi-sheet Tray, and an infrared detector which measures how much of that light bounces
back to the sensor.

There is also a small mirror located behind the media on the Multi-sheet Tray’s separator plate. This
system is capable of detecting: 1) no tray, 2) with tray but no paper, 3) with tray and paper

28 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

C-shaped Multi-sheet Tray
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Assembled on Main Structure and exploded as below.

Picking up sheet
The following sections provide details for this topic.

C-shaped Multi-sheet Tray 29

 D-shape Picking Tire rotates to drive paper forward and hit Separate Pad.

Sheet separation
The following sections provide details for this topic.

D-shape Picking_Tire continues to rotate to drive 1st sheet forward to hit 1st Turn Roller while 2nd sheet
rubbers Separate Pad to stop

Sheet feed
The following sections provide details for this topic.

30 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 D-shape Picking_Tire continues to rotate to hand-off position and stop. 1st and 2nd Turn Rollers take over
and feed 1st sheet to drive roller.

C-shaped Multi-sheet Tray’s sensors

The following sections provide details for this topic.

There are 2 sensors on C-shaped Multi-sheet tray.

● Media presence sensor: to check if there is any media inside the tray.

● Media TOF sensor: to check top form of media close to 1st Turn Roller. Ideally the media tiggers the
TOF sensor after one cycle rotation of D-shaped pick tire. It doesn’t, the printer will make a 2nd and
3rd attempt of picking. It will report a failure if it doesn’t trigger the TOF sensor after 3 attempts.

C-shaped Multi-sheet Tray’s sensors 31

 ARSS functionality
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Assembled and exploded views as below.

Swing Arm lifts up and Picking tires rotate to drive paper.

Swing Arm lifts down and Picking tire stop to hand-off.

32 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Bridge Plate function
There are basic and power version for L-shaped and C-shaped tray respectively. Both versions have
similar mechanism for the drive tray and ARSS

Power version for C-shaped Multi-sheet Tray

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Assembled and exploded as below.

Selection regarding 2nd gear train to picking tires of tray or ARSS

As default, the motor engages with gear to tray

When the Service Station Sled moves to rear home, the switching mechanism forces the motor to
engage with the gear to ARSS.

Bridge Plate function 33

 Basic version for L-shaped Multi-sheet Tray
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Assembled and exploded as below.

Selection regarding 2nd gear train to picking tires of tray or ARSS

As a default, the motor engages the gears with the tray.

34 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 When the Service Station Sled moves to rear home, the switching mechanism forces the motor to
engage with the gear to ARSS.

Automatic Roll to Cutsheet Switching

The following sections provide details for this topic.

State A# (default): Roll’s TOF is at printing zone.

Automatic Roll to Cutsheet Switching 35

 State B# (default): Rewind Roll’s TOF to parking zone. Then load cutsheet for printing

State C# (default): After cutsheet printing with a short delay, ARSS starts and loads Roll’s TOF to the
printing zone.

L-Tray and Bridge Plate

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Function
The accessory tray holds and loads the cut-sheet paper for the printer. The accessory tray itself is a
completely mechanical system with no electronics or motors. All the motion drives for both picking and
paper drive are or created or transmitted by the Bridge Plate module located on the right-hand side of
the printer, behind the Service Station.

36 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 The ARSS accessory loads the Roll for the printer. It consists of 3 sets of swing pick tires which rise to
drive the Roll and descend for handoff. All the motion drives are also transmitted by the Bridge Plate.

The Bridge Plate module has two main functions: to drive the Accessory Tray and the ARSS.

Bridge Plate module function

The Bridge Plate module has two gear trains.

Bridge Plate module function 37

 ● The 1st gear train consists of a motor, gears, and the switching mechanism:

By default, the motor engages with the gear to drive the picking roll of the Multi-Sheet Tray.

38 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 When the Service Station Sled moves to rear home, the switching mechanism forces the motor to
engage with the gear to drive the ARSS.

● The 2nd gear train is to link the Drive Roller with the Intermediate Shaft in the Multi-Sheet Tray:

A swing arm engages the gear train when the Drive Roller is driven backwards (as shown in the
picture), driving the intermediate shaft forwards. When the Drive Roller is driven forwards, the swing
arm disengages from the gear train and the intermediate shaft is not driven. This action is to prevent
reverse paper movement being transmitted to the Multi-Sheet Tray.

Multi-Sheet Tray function

The function of the Multi-Sheet Tray is to pick up and feed the cut-sheet paper until the paper is grabbed
by the drive roller (drive roller and pinch system).

The actions performed for those operations are (1) picking up sheets and (2) inputing sheets.

Multi-Sheet Tray function 39

 Multi-Sheet Tray functionality
The function of the Multi-Sheet Tray is to pick and feed the cut-sheet paper until the paper is grabbed by
the drive roller (drive roller and pinch system).

The actions performed for those operations are (1) sheet pick and (2) sheet input.

1. Picking up sheets
This movement is transmitted through a lateral gear chain in the Multi-Sheet Tray towards the swing arm,
which is pushed towards the paper, and the picking up mechanism which is located at the bottom of the
Multi-Sheet Tray, which separates the top sheet from the stack of pages.

Standby:

● Swing Arm moves to left

● Hard Stop lifts up

40 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 Picking:

● Swing Arm moves to right

● Hard Stop lifts down

2. Inputting sheets
Once the paper is in the intermediate shaft area, the printer attempts to load it via the following process.

NOTE: The printer considers the load successful if, after the picking and sheet input procedures, the
sheet is detected by the printer's Paper Sensor. Therefore, the Paper Sensor must be working correctly
for the L-Tray to load properly.

NOTE: It is possible to reproduce the picking and loading motions by extracting the Multi-Sheet Tray
and rotating the gears by hand, to validate module performance and troubleshoot any possible
mechanical issues.

NOTE: Different elements of the Multi-Sheet Tray are not serviceable, the whole module requires
replacement in case of failure.

Function
The function of the ARSS is to pick up and feed the Roll until the paper is grabbed by the drive roller.

2. Inputting sheets 41
 Figure 1-1 ARSS

Figure 1-2 ARSS components

Figure 1-3 Picking: Swing-Arms and tires lift up

42 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 Figure 1-4 Handoff: Swing-Arms and tires lift down

Cycle to switch printing on Roll to Sheet to Roll

Roll standby on print zone

Roll rewind and top form move back to parking position

Multi-Sheet Tray pick up and load sheet to print zone for printing

ARSS load Roll from parking position to print zone for printing

Electronics
Both the encoder and motor-drive system are managed by the Bundle PCA located on the right-hand
side of the printer.

L-tray and right gear module

The following sections provide details for this topic.

L-tray and right gear module

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Electronics 43
 Function
The L-tray holds and loads the cut-sheet paper for the printer. The accessory tray itself is a completely
mechanical system with no electronics or motors. All the motion drives for both picking up and paper
drive are or created or transmitted by the Right Gear module located on the right-hand side of the
printer, behind the Service Station.

The Right Gear module has two main functions. It contains the motor encoder and gear drive system for
the picking mechanism, and it contains the gear train system to transmit the movement from the drive
roller to the accessory tray.

Right Gear module function

The Right Gear module has two different functions associated with the Multi-Sheet Tray.

44 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

1. The paper drive from the Multi-Sheet Tray into the platen area (until the cut sheet reaches the drive
roller area).

The intermediate shaft in the Multi-Sheet Tray is driven by the drive roller through a gear train inside
the Right Gear module. The intermediate shaft meshes with the Multi-Sheet Tray gear interface (red
gear in the picture) at the end of the train. A swing arm engages the gear train when the Drive Roller
is driven backwards (as shown in the picture), driving the intermediate shaft forwards. When the
Drive Roller is driven forwards, the swing arm disengages from the gear train and the intermediate
shaft is not driven. This action is to prevent reverse paper movement to be transmitted to the
Multi-Sheet Tray.

Right Gear module function 45

 2. Picking up function of the drive system.

The Multi-Sheet Tray pick drive assembly is mounted on the right side gear module. The assembly
contains a DC motor and pinion, belt, cluster pulley, and gear. An encoder (not shown, but it is
located in front of the white gear shown in the picture) is read by the encoder sensor (in red in the
picture) to servo-control the pick drive.

Right Gear and Multi-Sheet Tray interface

The two gears from the Right Gear module interface with the Multi-Sheet Tray by location once the
Multi-Sheet Tray is locked in position; both gears can be considered fully engaged.

Multi-Sheet Tray function

The function of the Multi-Sheet Tray is to pick up and feed the cut-sheet paper until the paper is grabbed
by the drive roller (drive roller and pinch system).

The actions performed for those operations are (1) picking up sheets and (2) inputting sheets

1. picking up sheets
This movement is transmitted through a lateral gear chain in the Multi-Sheet Tray towards the swing arm,
which is pushed towards the paper, and the picking mechanism located at the bottom of the Multi-Sheet
Tray, which separates the top sheet from the stack of pages.

46 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

1. picking up sheets 47
48 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals
2. Inputting sheets
Once the paper is in the intermediate shaft area, the drive roller is rotated, impelling the intermediate
shaft through the right gear module, pushing the sheet towards the inside of the printer, so that it will
be grabbed by the drive roller and main printer pinch system, proceeding with the standard paper drive
motion (as with roll paper).

NOTE: The printer considers the load successful if, after the picking and sheet input procedures, the
sheet is detected by the printer's Paper Sensor. Therefore, the Paper Sensor must be working correctly
for the L-Tray to load properly.

NOTE: It is possible to reproduce the picking and loading motions by extracting the Multi-Sheet Tray
and rotating the gears by hand, to validate module performance and troubleshoot any possible
mechanical issues.

NOTE: Different elements of the Multi-Sheet Tray are not serviceable, the whole module requires
replacement in case of failure.

The Multisheet Media Sensor

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

2. Inputting sheets 49
 This sensor detects the presence of media in the Multi-sheet Tray. Media is detected with a
retroreflective sensor (known as a Optical sensor) which is mounted on a bracket beneath the media roll.
The Optical sensor contains an LED which sends a beam of infrared light towards the Multi-sheet Tray,
and an infrared detector which measures how much of that light bounces back to the sensor.

There is also a small mirror, located behind the media on the Multi-sheet Tray separator plate. This
arrangement of sensor and mirror is capable of detecting three states:

50 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

1. When the Multi-sheet Tray is installed but media is not present, the light from the Optical sensor hits
the mirror, and almost all of it bounces back to the sensor, resulting in a large signal.

2. When the Multi-sheet Tray is installed and media is present, the light from the Optical sensor hits
the media. Only a portion of the light bounces back to the sensor, resulting in a small signal.

The Multisheet Media Sensor 51

 3. When the Multi-sheet Tray is not installed, the light from the Optical sensor does not shine on
anything nearby, so no light will reflect back to the sensor, resulting in no signal.

The Multisheet Media Sensor has been designed to be tolerant of the following:

● Assembly variations that affect the position and alignment of the Optical sensor.

● Assembly variations that affect the position and alignment of the mirror.

● Variations in the sensitivity of the Optical sensor.

● Different quantities of media in the Multi-sheet Tray. (A taller stack of sheets will reflect a little more
light back to the sensor).

● Different media types, including off-white and glossy media.

The Multi-sheet Media Sensor may have problems in detecting certain media types:

● Transparent.

● Dark-colored paper.

Electronics
Both the encoder and motor-drive system are managed by the Printer Bundle Board located on the
right-hand side of the printer.

Scan Axis system: Carriage and Carriage impelling

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

This system moves the Carriage from left to right and right to left of the printer on top of the paper in a
controlled manner to perform printing, cutting, paper detection, and any other Carriage movements for
servicing and final capping process.

The system is comprised of the Carriage sliding on the scan axis rod, on which rotates and whose
position is determined by a cam mounted on the Carriage, which slides touching the bottom surface of
the anti-rotation rail.

52 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

There are two trailing cables mounted one on top of the other, which connect the Carriage with the main
electronics control board. A scan-axis encoder strip is needed for the Carriage to determine its position,
and a Carriage Motor which impels the Carriage via a belt.

The trailing cable is held in position by a plastic holder, which clips onto the scan axis structure. A
spring-loaded loop ensures follow-up action of the cables with the Carriage movement. Two plastic
cable sliders are also positioned to ensure minimum contact of the trailing cables with the scan axis
structure. The plastic sliders are greased to prevent ink spray (aerosol) deposits from accumulating on
them, generating a sticky surface which could hinder the movement of the cables and then become
damaged by Carriage movement.

The Encoder Strip Sensor is located inside the Carriage, once the Carriage is assembled the Encoder
Strip crosses the Carriage, passing by the detection area of the sensor inside the Carriage.

The main function of the Carriage is to hold the printhead in position and to move the printhead in a
controlled manner in order to print.

Scan Axis system: Carriage and Carriage impelling 53

 The Carriage holds all the necessary interface electronics for the main board to interact with the
printhead via the trailing cables. A set of spring-loaded connectors are the main interface Carriage-
printhead.

NOTE: It is very important that the contacts are clean, free of dust/ink to ensure a correct connection
between printhead and the Carriage, as high-speed data is transmitted through this connection, and
dust could cause sporadic system errors. This is particularly important when replacing the printhead,
as the removal of the old printhead (extraction with a rotary movement) can cause the nozzle plate to
touch those contacts and create contamination that could cause problems with the new printhead.
However, manual cleaning of the contacts is not recommended.

The Carriage also has additional functions:

1. Transmits the pressure from the Prime Pump via off-axis coupling to each of the four cartridges.

● Off-axis coupling connects with the Carriage via the side connection bay:

● An internal passage of the Carriage transmits the air pressure towards the printhead.

● The rear hole of the printhead receives the air pressure which is distributed towards the four
air ports inside the printhead.

54 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

2. Holds the cutter bridge

The cutter bridge impels the Cutter for cutter operations (see additional information in the cutter
section).

3. Holds the Carriage Line Sensor

The Carriage Line Sensor (also known as the ZIM Sensor) is located on the right of the printer and
is used to detect the edges of the paper to determine the paper dimensions and start position. This
sensor is also the tool used to detect the position of printed lines to perform calibrations (Paper
Advance calibration and printhead alignment).

The Line Sensor is a reflective tool that generates a beam of LED light, whose reflection is detected
by a luminance sensor. The signal from this sensor is used to determine the position of lines or
paper edge according to the position of the Carriage.

NOTE: Both the LED emitter and receiver sensors inside the line sensor are protected by a
transparent plastic cover. If this cover becomes dirty, the signal to detect edges or lines will be
affected, which could cause intermittent issues during the paper load.

It can also detect printed lines from short signals when the sensor crosses the lines:

Scan Axis system: Carriage and Carriage impelling 55

 Carriage CAM and Auto PPS adjustment
At the back of the Carriage there is a sliding cam that determines the PRS (Print to platen Rib Space)
of the Carriage. In manufacturing, the anti-rotation rail (area in which the PRS cam slides) is adjusted to
calibrate the nozzle plate position of the printhead, at around 1.6 mm all along the scan axis width. This
calibration is not service-adjustable and should remain constant throughout the printer's life.

As there are different paper thicknesses, the printer is able to rotate this sliding cam automatically
to three different positions, changing the PRS distance to accommodate it to the appropriate printing
distance.

This rotation is performed by taking the Carriage to a feature on the left-hand side of the scan axis,
different side movements of the Carriage at different speeds allow this feature to grab and rotate the
cam accordingly. The Cam has three different areas for three different PRS adjustments.

Auto-PRS feature located on the left-hand side of the scan axis.

Back part of the Carriage with auto-PPS cam, after being activated in position 1.

56 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Carriage impelling system
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Carriage encoder system

The encoder strip tension is also fixed by a tensioning spring. However, there is a mechanism to hold
it in position after the spring places the strip at one specific tension. This is to prevent the spring from
continually applying force over the encoder strip; which, over time and temperature changes, could
make it creep.

Carriage impelling system 57

 NOTE: When assembling the encoder strip, ensure that it is placed in the right orientation using the
smiling symbol located on the sides of the encoder strip.

NOTE: Due to the proximity of the encoder strip to the greased sliding rod, it is easy to dirty the strip
with grease when performing any repair operation in the area. Please clean any grease from the
encoder strip if necessary. A dry cloth can be used for this purpose, to prevent any deformation or
strain on the encoder strip while performing the cleaning.

Printer electronics, power supply, and cables

The printer contains several electronics boards and electrical and electronic components in different
locations.

● There are three main active boards (Main PCA, Print Bundle Board, and MFP only; Scanner Bundle
Board).

● One WiFi Module, which provides the WiFi functionality to the printer.

● One interface board (Carriage PCA), which provides and converts the appropriate signals for the
Carriage (printhead interface and line sensor signaling) .

● Three on/off sensor PCAs (Front Door sensor, Out of Paper sensor, and Ink Door sensor).

● One NVM Back up memory PCA for storing all factory calibration values.

● One encoder sensor and a feed index sensor (other than the encoder sensors located inside the
Rewinder, the Right Gear Module, and the Service Station).

● One Power Button PCA. Located beside the front panel, it is used to power the printer on and off.

● One Power Supply (PSU), which converts the AC power line (110–240 V AC) into the DC power needed
by the printer (32 V and 12 V).

58 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 The standard wiring used in the printer is Flat Flexible Cables (FFCs), to interconnect all boards (including
sensors and encoders) and distributed cables for power signals to the motors.

NOTE: It is important to bear in mind that FFCs are relatively delicate, so please ensure cable
connectors are not touched or dirtied during manipulation for assembly and disassembly operations.

NOTE: Ensure that you are properly grounded for any electronics or wiring manipulation.

The Main PCA

The Main PCA is located on the left-hand side of the printer. This board is the “brain” of the printer:
where all the processing and printer management occurs; control of the overall machine (digital and
mechatronics) with the battery for the Real-Time Clock.

There are four different revisions depending on the printer features and firmware: Two SFP for T850 and
T950; Two for the MFP for T850 and T950.

The Main PCA also contains other elements with the following functions:

● Battery: To keep the internal clock running. The internal clock is used to remember the actual date,
used for cartridge life counting and warranty accounting.

● WiFi module: Attached to the top of the board with some plastic locators, provides WiFi functionality
to the printer.

● Buzzer: To provide acoustic signals to the user.

The Main PCA 59

 Figure 1-5 Reverse view

The Print Bundle Board

The Scanner Bundle board is located above the MPCA, on the same side. It manages the scanner
sensors, the scanner motor, and controlling scanbar functions.

60 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

The Print Bundle Board
The Bundle Board is located on the right-hand side of the printer, this board includes a driver ASIC to
control and manage the motor, encoder, and sensors located on the right-hand side of the printer.

The Print Bundle Board 61

 IMPORTANT: The pick encoder and Service Station cables are not poka-yoke cables: it is possible to
connect them incorrectly, in which case a system error will result.

Electrical system
The following diagram describes the connections between components and electronic boards, the
voltage, and the type of data line.

62 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 MFP (Scanner) Electronics
J5 MPCA Scan Bundle Board
CLCD LVDS,SPI
4.3" Ripken Touch 40 40 V3P4

BEAM
CP (Power & MFP) J14 ~ J16
SCIF
14 14 CIS Scanner_A
J41 Neuron
2.7" Cap Sense Touch
22
8-bit CLCD, I2C
22
TUX J47 USB J20
DASIC 14 14 CIS Scanner_A
CP (Basic) DASIC Host 6 4 Device
14 14 CIS Scanner_A
J40
eMMC Module PCA eMMC
20 1GB DDR3
4GB eMMC Dock on DDR3
MPCA
1GB
J12
Scan Encoder/Indx
SDIO SPI Flash J2 4 Dig
WiFi WiFi Module PCA
Dock on
12
J50 J3 & System NVM Enc
6 6
MPCA EEPROM
(System NVM) 8 8
GND Scan
Gbit LAN J7 V3P3_SW
Scan_Mtr_A
2
Mtr
V32 Scan_Mtr_B
Scan_Enc_A
USB Device GND
J8 Scan_Enc_B
(development/test only) GPIO
Gauss v3.02
(Handshaking)

USB J1
USB Host PCA
USB Host (MFP)
6

1.5A fuse J6 BOF REDI

V32 4 REDI

9
L-TRAY (Basic)
330uF 4 REDI
Load REDI
L-Tray Media J27 Buzzer
REDI REDI 4 4 J4
OPT Left
4 4 REDI REDI
NEURON Hannibal
Load_sense OPT Right
Garnet Power Supply V32, GND, nSLEEP
J34 Edge_sense
MICCI CLK
# H3 J5
4 REDI REDI
3 GND
CM751-60045 TUX On- MICCI Data Scan motor 10
Chip LDO GND V3P3_SBB 4 REDI
TOF REDI
V1P8 3P3V
J18 MOSFET V5P4 J7
Power Button/LED Latch Left
3P3V (To V1P5 3 3
PCA 4
MOSFET V32 reset Scan Varm (1.166V) HE Sensor PCA
F9A30-60085 (cut off PBB Bars)
Latch Right
V32 when 3
HE Sensor PCA
printer in OFF
mode) Vcore
Ink Door Sensor
J3 Print Bundle Sw Reg
V1P8 J8
3
Lid
3 3 LDO HE Sensor PCA
PCA (1.00V)
14
MOSFET V32
(cut off SBB
J6
Pick V32 when
OPT Encoder/Indx
3 printer in OFF Vtt Reg
Mtr (DDR)
BOF, TOF,and 5 Ana
mode) Load REDIs have
Enc
ADC inputs
J7
Pick Encoder
Dig
4 4
Enc
3A fuse J28
V32 Line Feed Cal (top
J9 4 line calibration)
SS J37
3
Mtr 330uF J16 Roll Cover Sensor
3
(No Load)
RFID/NFC
J2 5 (No Load) J38 Dock on NVM Backup PCA
SS Encoder 8
MPCA
8
Dig 4 4 SPI Flash
Enc
Hannibal Hannibal J33
Carr
Push J8
# H2 # H1 3
Mtr
Prime 2
Mtr A = Pick motor Carriage, Paper, J32
Rewind motors Feed
B = ISS motor 2
J10
C = SS mtr V3P3 Mtr
OOPS Sensor 3 V5P4
3 D = Prime solnd
V1P5 (1.37V) Feed Encoder
V3P3_PBB J13 4 Ana
Vcore (1.2V) Enc
J20 8
C-Shape TOF Sensor
3 3 Feed Index
Tray 3

Sensors Media Presence

J19 J30 Re-
3 3 Pick Index Vtt Reg
3 wind
6 6
(DDR)
Mtr
J11
Rewind Encoder
4 4 Dig
OAI ISS Station J5 Enc
4 Acumen harness
J35
Output Tray Sensor
(No Load) 3

J2 Front Window
Q5669-60605
3 3 Sensor (Top Cover)
3 3 3 3 J11

12 ISS OOI sensors

ISS Home Sensor PHA Assy

3
1990-3432

J12 J26
Hot Bar Acumen PCA
J1
ISS home sensor X-chamber w/ SHAID pins
ISS 5 ISS pump motor FFC
Pump 16 16 SHAID spring connectors

V32 (2)
4 Pin PHA PCA
Gnd (5)
Spring connectors
nOOPS
MICCI CLK J15 J12
MICCI DAT
Acum CLK
32 32 Carriage PCA TOF/ZIM Sensor
Acum DAT J11
PICK IND J10 J19 5
PRE TR
CISS IDS/SHAID MEDIA PRE 19 19 Carr
15 (No Load)
Enc

Electrical system 63
 ● The printer contains a total of 19 PCAs in SFP Basic, 22 PCAs in SFP Power, 25 PCAs in MFP Basic, 28
PCAs in MFP Power. All the sensors and encoders are on PCAs; see the system block diagram (light
green blocks represent PCAs).

● The OOP sensor, Front Window sensor, and Feed Index are exactly the same board. The Pick
Encoder, Service Station Encoder, and Rewind Encoder are exactly the same board.

● The WiFi PCA, although included in the Main PCA Service Kit, is a different board used in other
products.

Table 1-4 Electrical system

Part Brief technical function

Main PCA Contains memory and Firmware, manages paper and

carriage motors.

Print Bundle Board Mechatronics driver for the right part of the machine
motors and encoder.

Front panel and power button Tactile color visual screen with buzzer for machine power
up and down, control, and user interface.

Ink Door Sensor Ink Door Sensor opening state control.

Carriage PCA => Part of Carriage assembly Carriage control and feed for printhead spitting.

OOPS Paper presence detection.

Front Window sensor Front Window sensor state control (open or closed).

Feed index Encoder to detect the paper placement (absolute).

Feed encoder Encoder to control the exact advance of the paper

(relative).

Wifi PCA Radio module (including antenna) to give wireless

capabilities (802.11 a/b/g/n + Bluetooth).

eMMC Module Store the firmware.

NVM Back PCA Store the backup memory for all factory calibration
values.

Scanner Bundle Board Contains memory and Firmware, manages scanner

functions.

Locations of the PCAs

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

64 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Locations of the PCAs 65
 HP DesignJet T950 and T850
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

66 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Stand Description
The stand module provides structural support to both the printer itself and to the accessories installed
on it.

Stand Description 67
68 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals
 Output Bin
Bin is a simpler output where the plots are being collected and protected from ground floor dirtiness.

Bin must be open to properly collect plots.

Bin intent is not to stack plots, it's recommended not to store a lot of plots in bin as they could be
damaged by their own weight.

Power SKU - Soft Stacker and Cut sheet Pocket

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Power SKU - Soft Stacker and Cut sheet Pocket 69

70 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals
The Beam Stacker and Cutsheet Pocket System is an output system designed to collect printed A4/A3
size cutsheet and A2/A1/A0 size roll media in printed order. It comes default with Beam Power SKUs and
is available as an accessory on a Basic SKU.

The Stacker and Cutsheet Pocket Systems contains two main subsystems: the Stacker Assembly and
Pocket Assembly. The Stacker Assembly consists of the Stacker itself with fabric for roll collection and 4
bottom adaptors + 2 side stacker adaptors to hold it in place to the stand assembly, these are required
to be assembled by the end user. The Cutsheet Pocket only Assembly consists of the Pocket, U-Frame,
adapter hook, fabric and requires 2 bottom support stands to hold it in place for cutsheet collection.

The Stacker needs to work together with the Pocket system to form an integrated path, thus the Beam
Stacker does not have a standalone stacker configuration. U frame is needed for stacking properly as
it's being used as a guide for media top of form. It also avoids paper edge to be blocked in pocket.

Two primary configurations for Roll collection, by default A2/A1 configuration (default) and A0
configuration (User adjustable by pulling the backboard towards user). The following figures show the
respective primary configurations.

Figure A2/A1 configuration.1

Figure A2/A1 configuration.2

Power SKU - Soft Stacker and Cut sheet Pocket 71

 Figure A0 configuration.1

Figure A0 configuration.2

Activation of the front board lever in the board up position allows the board to free fall to the down
position.

NOTE: As the lever is cable activated, it is dependent on the proper assembly of 3x main components
to function (1) Cable properly secured to the trigger support part, (2) Trigger support properly secured
to the cam shaft, (3) Spring properly secured to the hook features. Re-tightening, replacement or
reattachment of parts may be needed if the lever fails to function due to loosened parts.

72 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 8x screws do not dismantle.

NOTE: For faulty component (4) due to the needing for factory alignment it is recommended to not
these 8x screws on site. Replacement of stacker assembly will be needed.

HP DesignJet T850/T950 MFP subsystems

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Printer
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Covers
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Functionality
These parts cover the printing mechanism and act as protection from potential knocks or dust. They
also prevent the customer from coming into contact with unsafe parts during the operation of the
printer. Finally, the covers complement the style and aesthetics of the printer.

HP DesignJet T850/T950 MFP subsystems 73

74 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals
Maintenance
Other than the cosmetic aspects of the covers, there are several sensors related to the subsystem
covers. The sensors are designed to detect the status of the cover, open or closed.

● The front window sensor detects whether the printer has the center window open or closed. If it is
open, the printer stops.

Maintenance of the following printers:

HP DesignJet T850 Printer

HP DesignJet T950 Printer

● The ink door sensor detects whether the ink cartridge cover is open or closed. By opening the ink
cartridge cover, the ink cartridge replacement may be carried out manually.

The sensor is housed in the printer chassis.

Maintenance 75
 ● To carry out maintenance on the PHA, it is necessary to open the Front Window (printer stops) and
then the PHA Door.

● To carry out maintenance on the cutter, it is necessary to open the Cutter Door.

IMPORTANT: Damage to the covers can cause the sensors to malfunction.

Removal and installation

In order to proceed with the removal and installation of the covers it is important to bear in mind their
cosmetic aspects. It is recommended that you use gloves for any service operation involving the covers.

Due to the layout of the covers, it is important to remember that some parts require removal before you
can remove a specific cover.

Electronics
Other than the sensor boards, there are no electronics related to this subsystem.

Printhead health systems: Service Station, Primer system, and Left Spittoon
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Function
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

The service station is responsible for printhead maintenance. It cleans ink residues and service the
ink nozzles, and prevents ink from drying in critical zones by capping the printhead once printing has
finished.

The Primer system provides the necessary air pressure to the printhead to perform initialization. This
system also provides pressure to the necessary printhead service operations (by boosting air which
pushes ink out through the printhead nozzles, cleaning residues of dried ink and other particles).

The Left spittoon is a small container located to the left of the print-zone area, this is the area used by
the printhead to “spit” a small amount of ink at the end/beginning of the printing swath in order to ensure
correct nozzle heath for left-to-right printing.

Components
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

76 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 Table 1-5 Components

Item Function

Off-axis coupling assembly This is a rubber spring link located on the side plate of the
scan axis (area where the Carriage moves). It links the primer
system with the Carriage when the Carriage is located in its
maximum right position. This system ensures the pressure
from the primer reaches the printhead for nozzle servicing.

Prime Pump This is an air pump which provides the necessary pressure
for printhead servicing and nozzle repair. The Prime Pump is
suspended on a rubber holder to minimize the noise that the
Prime Pump makes while in operation.

Primer Tubes The tubes take the air from the Prime Pump to the off-axis
coupling. There is a T link feature connected to a tube that
goes inside the service station; the purpose of this tube is to
release the air pressure from the system. The tube is pinched
by the shuttle of the service station when reaching a certain
position; this action closes the circuit and allows the system
to be pressurized. With the movement of the service station
the tube is released, allowing the pressure from the system to
escape.

Notes and considerations

Any leakage in the primer system will generate poor or no priming, this will affect nozzle heath (or even
cause the printhead startup to fail). Bear in mind that the system is not just for the Prime Pump and
tubes, the prime pressure is transmitted via the off-axis coupling to the Carriage and from there to the
printhead assembly and from there to the cartridges.

Notes and considerations 77

 NOTE: There is no pressure sensor in the system. The Prime Pump operates at a certain time to reach
a specific pressure level, the system is depressurized by releasing the pinching of the release tube in
the Service Station (by moving the service station).

NOTE: It is important to ensure the Carriage reaches the maximum right position; if not, the off-axis
coupling will not connect the Prime Pump with the Carriage. Also, the coupling is made of a rubbery
material, degradation of the material will affect Primer performance due to air leaks.

Electronics
The control driver of the Prime Pump is located on the printer bundle board located on the right-hand
side of the printer. There is no encoder for the Prime Pump. This pump is managed only by a DC motor
activated for a certain period of time to create the required priming pressure.

Printhead assembly
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Notes and considerations

The printhead operates as a full assembly, regulating ink flow in the NOA regulator, and warehousing air
during the life of the PHA. This is done by balancing pressure between the inside of the NOA regulator
and atmosphere. When ink is printed out, the pressure becomes more negative inside the chamber,
causing the bag to open, which allows more ink into the system, putting it back into equilibrium and
closing the regulator.

There are 4 colors on the die. With the PCA facing away from you, the color order is Black, Cyan,
Magenta, and Yellow.

78 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 When the PHA is empty when replaced. The system uses the startup routine to fill the PHA and prepare it
for the first page of printing. When performing a PHA replacement it is necessary to have enough ink in
the cartridges, as prompted by the front panel. As noted in the section on the ISS (2Y9H0-67013) on page
682; when the tubes are empty, a new, empty printhead must be used.

NOTE: HOT SWAP is not allowed: If the PHA is replaced with the printer turned ON, there is a risk of
Main PCA damage if the printhead replacement front panel procedure is not followed.

Electronics
The PHA is controlled through the carriage PCA and trailing cables to power the printhead and transmit
data. It is connected on the backside of the carriage.

Service Station system

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Functionality
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Electronics 79
 Table 1-6 Function

Item Function

Printhead Wipers These are rubber paddles that are passed through the nozzle
plate of the printhead with the Service Station movement.
They clean the excess ink from the nozzle plate with a wiping
action.

Printhead Cap This caps and protects the nozzles from drying when they are
not printing.

Service Station Motor system This moves the shuttle with the wiper and the cap so that
these two items can perform their functions. The system is
composed of a DC motor and an encoder disk with an encoder
sensor to read the motor position.

Bottom Spittoon This part acts as an ink reservoir when spitting and nozzle
health operations are performed. It contains diapers that
absorb ink and keeps it contained.

Top Spittoon This seals the reservoir and completes the main body of the
service station.

80 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 Table 1-6 Function (continued)

Item Function

Wiper Shuttle This mobile part is propelled by the motor that contains the
Wiper and Cap. Depending on the position, spitting, wiping,
capping, or priming can take place:

Spitting: The printhead “spits” a little ink into the spittoon to

get the nozzles conditioned and ready for the next swath of
printing.

Wiping: A physical action to pass the rubber wipers through

the printhead nozzles.

Capping: Parking the printhead to maintain nozzle heath

during printer inactivity, with a surrounding seal.

Priming: Squirts ink through the nozzles to clean and unblock

them.

Notes and considerations

The service station is offered as a complete service part for full replacement. The failures from this
subsystem are usually related to the mobile parts: motor or encoder failures that prevent the shuttle
from reaching the positions for capping or uncapping.

Over the life of the primer system, tube pinching can present an issue (although it is designed to function
for the life of the printer).

When the Service Station is replaced, it is mandatory to reset the Preventive Maintenance Kit for the
Service Station, this will trigger a simple calibration that is done with the Service Station on the next
printer startup. The calibration measures the length of the Service Station (shuttle front bump to shuttle
rear bump), which ensures a correct capping position.

Electronics
All the controlled movements for the Service Station are done from the Printer Bundle Board located
on the right-hand side of the printer. Issues with the Service Station can also be related to this control
board.

Ink system overview

The ink system consists on the Ink Supply Station to pump ink from the supplies and the Ink Tubes to
carry ink to the printhead.

Notes and considerations 81

 Below the two main systems mentioned are described.

Ink Supply Station (ISS)

The Ink Supply Station (ISS) pumps ink from the supplies to tubes in order to print. The ISS acumen
sensors identify HP ink supplies.

The ISS is mounted on the right of the printer so as to pump ink from the supplies to the PHA. Several of
their main components are carry-over parts from other products.

The ISS is designed to admit different supply types: Mirasis (130 cc), Mirasis Plus (300 cc) and Oasis (69
cc), with four different colors; Cyan (C), Magenta (M), Yellow (Y), Black (PK).

The Printer Bundle Board that controls the Primer, Ink Door Sensor, PHA Cover Sensor, Pick motor, ISS
motor, ISS acumen sensor, ISS home flag encoder and Service Station motor is located just next to the

82 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 ISS. The cables must be routed correctly (by means of wire saddles fixed in the Printer Bundle Board
support), to prevent interference and wire pinching whenever the Right Cover is assembled.

Ink Tubes (RIDS)

The tubes connect the Ink Supply Station with the printhead and ensure ink is transferred from the
supplies to the printhead. The tubes are independent of the Trailing Cables.

The PHA connector is not connected to the carriage, but a floating connector and the septums come
pre-lubricated. Good lubrication is essential for easy insertion in the printhead.

Ink Tubes (RIDS) 83

 The supplies end is embedded in the Ink Supply Station and its design is very similar to other products.
There is a risk that when removing the tubes from the printer some ink spillage can occur.

Printhead-Ink Tubes connection

This latch allows for the removal and installation of the off-axis ink tubes that go to the printhead
assembly.

The ink tubes come connected to the printhead and are pre-installed in the carriage, but manual
connection must be performed by the customer when a printhead replacement is required.

84 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

In order to help the user check if the tubes are well connected to the printhead, there is a locking
indicator:

Printhead-Ink Tubes connection 85

 While printhead replacement is happening, it is important to handle the tubes carefully. Tubes should be
left in the printhead door holder:

Paper path and Cutter

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Functionality
This comprises all the elements of the printer in contact with the paper, designed to hold, move, and
manage it in a controlled manner in order to print.

86 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

The paper path

Paper can be loaded using a roll, which is mounted on the rear spindle, or single sheets loaded from the
Multi-Sheet Tray, or single sheets loaded singly.

The paper passes from its source (Roll, Single Tray, or Multi-Sheet Tray) until it touches the Out-Of-Paper
Sensor, when the printer detects the presence of the paper and proceeds to load it.

To perform the paper feed, the printer catches the paper in between the Drive Roller and the Pinch
Rollers (Pinch Rollers are spring-loaded pushing the paper down on top of the Drive Roller), then the
paper is pushed forwards on top of the Print Platen in the print zone, which is where the printing
operation is performed. The paper advance is provided by a motor that moves the Drive Roller. The exact
position of the Drive Roller and hence the paper is controlled by an Encoder Disk located on the roller
axis.

The printed paper then passes between the Output Shaft and the Starwheels (which keep the paper
tension as flat as possible for printing) to exit on the Output Platen, where it is held in case of cut sheet
or is cut to fall on the output basket in the case of roll paper.

Functionality 87
 The Output Shaft is designed to over-advance the Drive Roller movement slightly, and hence create the
necessary paper tension to keep the paper as flat as possible. The Starwheels are spring-loaded and
are designed to create force on top of the paper, this is done so as to leave the paper unmarked and at
the same time allow the Output Shaft force to be appropriately transmitted.

In the Roll configuration, the rewinder module generates back force while printing to facilitate paper
control.

A key electrical element of the paper path is the Paper Sensor (also known as the Out-Of-Paper Sensor
or OOPS). This sensor is located at the beginning of the Print Platen; it detects paper insertion for roll
load and single-sheet load.

Electronics
In the paper-path driving system, the only electrically active element is the Drive Roller. The Drive Roller
is impelled by the drive roller motor and it contains an Encoder Disk on the axis to determine its position.
The Encoder Disk is read by two sensors. One, the “encoder sensor”, designed to read the encoder,
counts the Encoder Disk (the Encoder Disk outer marks) and another one, the “encoder index sensor”,
determines the start position (the 0 position) of the Drive Roller by reading the inner thicker lines of the
Encoder Disk.

NOTE: Every time the printer starts up, it searches for the 0 position of the Drive Roller. If this search
fails (which means that the index sensor is faulty), the printer will give a system error and will be unable
to initialize.

The roll paper input system

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Functionality
This system keeps the roll in place and ensures controlled rotation.

It contains the rewinder, which rewinds the paper for paper ejection, and provides an opposite tension to
the paper advance for better paper control.

● The Left Support encloses the Rewinder Motor and Encoder, containing a set of gears that transmit
the Rewinder motion to the spindle. There is a V-shaped spring to load and fix the spindle in position.

● The Right Support holds the spindle in position to rotate over passive rollers. The right support also
contains the damper for the roll cover opening movement control (the internal dampers perform a
braking action preventing sudden movement during the opening operation).

NOTE: Damper only in POWER SKUs, not in BASIC ones.

● The spindle is designed to hold the paper rolls, and receive the motion from the rewinder gear in
the Left Support. It consists of a central bar and two hubs; the right hub is fixed to determine the
right-side loading position of the paper, and the moveable left hub adjusts to the width of the paper.

● The Roll Cover shields the roll from dust.

NOTE: The Roll Cover is a passive part, with no sensor: the printer does not know its status.

88 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Electronics
The Rewinder Motor and Encoder system are directly controlled by the Main PCA.

The paper output system

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Functionality
The system ensures that the printed paper follows a controlled path and acquires a certain shape in
order to be delivered properly to the user. It also has a cosmetic function.

The system includes a set of three telescopic trays, which are extended to collect the cut-sheet paper
printed from the Multi-Sheet Tray. When printing from roll, telescopic output trays should be closed.
Otherwise, Front Panel will warn us.

There are two roll-paper control tabs that are deployed automatically when the telescopic trays of the
Output Tray are in the closed position. This is a purely mechanical action as the tabs are pushed up by
the output trays when closed. The purpose of those tabs is to control the shape of the roll paper when
coming out of the paper path.

The Front Cover is located underneath the Output Platen.

Electronics 89
 Electronics
The only electronic component related to the Output Platen is the Output Tray Sensor located
underneath the output trays. The sensor is activated when the three output trays are fully closed.
The sensor cable is routed via the front of the machine and is directly connected to the main PCA.

The Cutter system

The Cutter cuts the paper after the print has completed.

It comprised of 1) a cutter module that cuts the paper with two rotary blades, 2) a Cutter Bridge attached
to the Carriage that catches and releases the Cutter to perform the cutting operation and then to leave
it in capping position, 3) a Cutter Guide that holds the movement of the Cutter along the printer width.

In order to operate the Cutter, it needs to be in the parked position. If not, the Cutter will not be engaged
by the Cutter Bridge and the printer will not perform the cutting action.

Whenever the printer initializes, it performs a parking movement with the Carriage to ensure that the
Cutter is left in the appropriate position.

90 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 The printer does not have any feedback about the cutter engagement action. Therefore, if for any
reason the engagement is not performed correctly, the printer will continue operating as if the
engagement has occurred.

How activation works

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Pre-activation phase: The Cutter Engagement Feature of the Bridge gets into the funnel of the
Cutter Module grooving the Cutter to ensure the correct position for activation.

How activation works 91

 2. Hook catching: The cutter bridge continues moving to the left pushing down the cutter hook (in
orange), after the left side of the cutter bridge passes the Carriage stops and the cutter hook
returns to its position due to its spring motion.

3. Cutter action: The left feature of the cutter bridge pushes the cutter to the left, performing the
cutting operation.

How deactivation works

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

92 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

1. Disengagement: Hook Bridge changes direction moving now from right to the left, so that Cutter
Hook slides out of the Cutter Catch Feature.

2. Move-away action: the Cutter Hook deactivates from the bridge by passing in front of it.

How deactivation works 93

 Accessory Tray and Bridge Plate

Functionality
The accessory tray holds and loads the cut-sheet paper for the printer. The accessory tray itself is a
completely mechanical system with no electronics or motors. All the motion drives for both picking and
paper drive are or created or transmitted by the Bridge Plate module located on the right-hand side of
the printer, behind the Service Station.

The ARSS accessory loads the Roll for the printer. It consists of 3 sets of swing pick tires which rise to
drive the Roll and descend for handoff. All the motion drives are also transmitted by the Bridge Plate.

The Bridge Plate module has two main functions: to drive the Accessory Tray and the ARSS.

94 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Bridge Plate module functionality
The Bridge Plate module has two gear trains.

Bridge Plate module functionality 95

 ● The 1st gear train consists of motor, gears, and the switching mechanism:

By default, the motor engages with the gear to drive the picking roll of the Multi-Sheet Tray.

96 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 When the Service Station's Sled moves to rear home, the switching mechanism forces the motor to
engage with the gear to drive the ARSS.

● The 2nd gear train is to link the Drive Roller with the Intermediate Shaft in the Multi-Sheet Tray:

A swing arm engages the gear train when the Drive Roller is driven backwards (as shown in the
picture), driving the intermediate shaft forwards. When the Drive Roller is driven forwards, the swing
arm disengages from the gear train and the intermediate shaft is not driven. This action is to prevent
reverse paper movement being transmitted to the Multi-Sheet Tray.

Multi-Sheet Tray functionality

The function of the Multi-Sheet Tray is to pick and feed the cut-sheet paper until the paper is grabbed by
the drive roller (drive roller and pinch system).

The actions performed for those operations are (1) sheet pick and (2) sheet input.

Multi-Sheet Tray functionality 97

 1. Sheet pick
This movement is transmitted through a lateral gear chain in the Multi-Sheet Tray towards the swing arm,
which is pushed towards the paper, and the picking mechanism located at the bottom of the Multi-Sheet
Tray, which separates the top sheet from the stack of pages.

Standby:

● Swing Arm moves to left

● Hard Stop lifts up

Picking:

98 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 ● Swing Arm moves to right

● Hard Stop lifts down

2. Sheet input
Once the paper is in the intermediate shaft area, the printer attempts to load it via the following process.

NOTE: The printer considers the load successful if, after the picking and sheet input procedures, the
sheet is detected by the printer's Paper Sensor. Hence, a correct function of the Paper Sensor is
required also for the accessory tray loading action.

NOTE: It is possible to reproduce the picking and loading motions by extracting the Multi-Sheet Tray
and rotating the gears with the hand, to validate module performance and troubleshoot any possible
mechanical issues.

NOTE: Different elements of the Multi-Sheet Tray are not serviceable, the whole module requires
replacement in case of failure.

Functionality
The function of the ARSS is to pick and feed the Roll until the paper is grabbed by the drive roller.

Figure 1-6 ARSS

2. Sheet input 99
 Figure 1-7 ARSS components

100 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Figure 1-8 Picking: Swing-Arms and tires lift up

Functionality 101
 Figure 1-9 Handoff: Swing-Arms and tires lift down

Cycle to switch printing on Roll to Sheet to Roll

Roll standby on print zone

Roll rewind and top form move back to parking position

Multi-Sheet Tray pick and load Sheet to print zone for printing

ARSS load Roll from parking position to print zone for printing

102 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Electronics
Both the encoder and motor-drive system are managed by the Bundle PCA located on the right-hand
side of the printer.

Functionality
The accessory tray holds and loads the cut-sheet paper for the printer. The accessory tray itself is a
completely mechanical system with no electronics or motors. All the motion drives for both picking and
paper drive are or created or transmitted by the Right Gear module located on the right-hand side of the
printer, behind the Service Station.

Electronics 103
 The Right Gear module has two main functions. It contains the motor encoder and gear drive system for
the picking mechanism, and it contains the gear train system to transmit the movement from the drive
roller to the accessory tray.

Right Gear module functionality

The Right Gear module has two different functions associated with the Multi-Sheet Tray.

1. The paper drive from the Multi-Sheet Tray into the platen area (until the cut sheet reaches the drive
roller area).

104 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 The intermediate shaft in the Multi-Sheet Tray is driven by the drive roller through a gear train inside
the Right Gear module. The intermediate shaft meshes with the Multi-Sheet Tray gear interface (red
gear in the picture) at the end of the train. A swing arm engages the gear train when the Drive Roller
is driven backwards (as shown in the picture), driving the intermediate shaft forwards. When the
Drive Roller is driven forwards, the swing arm disengages from the gear train and the intermediate
shaft is not driven. This action is to prevent reverse paper movement to be transmitted to the
Multi-Sheet Tray.

2. Picking functionality drive system

The Multi-Sheet Tray pick drive assembly is mounted in the right side gear module. The assembly
contains a DC motor and pinion, belt, cluster pulley, and gear. An encoder (not shown, but it is
located in front of the white gear shown in the picture) is read by the encoder sensor (in red in the
picture) to servo-control the pick drive.

Right Gear and Multi-Sheet Tray interface

The two gears from the Right Gear module interface with the Multi-Sheet Tray by location once the
Multi-Sheet Tray is locked in position; both gears can be considered fully engaged.

Right Gear and Multi-Sheet Tray interface 105

 Multi-Sheet Tray functionality
The function of the Multi-Sheet Tray is to pick and feed the cut-sheet paper until the paper is grabbed by
the drive roller (drive roller and pinch system).

The actions performed for those operations are (1) sheet pick and (2) sheet input.

1. Sheet pick
This movement is transmitted through a lateral gear chain in the Multi-Sheet Tray towards the swing arm,
which is pushed towards the paper, and the picking mechanism located at the bottom of the Multi-Sheet
Tray, which separates the top sheet from the stack of pages.

106 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

1. Sheet pick 107
108 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals
2. Sheet input
Once the paper is in the intermediate shaft area, the drive roller is rotated, impelling the intermediate
shaft through the right gear module, pushing the sheet towards the inside of the printer, so that it will
be grabbed by the drive roller and main printer pinch system, proceeding with the standard paper drive
motion (as with roll paper).

NOTE: The printer considers the load successful if, after the picking and sheet input procedures, the
sheet is detected by the printer's Paper Sensor. Hence, a correct function of the Paper Sensor is
required also for the accessory tray loading action.

NOTE: It is possible to reproduce the picking and loading motions by extracting the Multi-Sheet Tray
and rotating the gears with the hand, to validate module performance and troubleshoot any possible
mechanical issues.

NOTE: Different elements of the Multi-Sheet Tray are not serviceable, the whole module requires
replacement in case of failure.

The Multisheet Media Sensor

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

This sensor detects the presence of media in the Multi-sheet Tray. Media is detected with a
retroreflective sensor (known as a Optical sensor) which is mounted on a bracket beneath the media roll.
The Optical sensor contains an LED which sends a beam of infrared light towards the Multi-sheet Tray,
and an infrared detector which measures how much of that light bounces back to the sensor.

2. Sheet input 109

 There is also a small mirror, located behind the media on the Multi-sheet Tray separator plate. This
arrangement of sensor and mirror is capable of detecting three states:

110 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

1. When the Multi-sheet Tray is installed but media is not present, the light from the Optical sensor hits
the mirror, and almost all of it bounces back to the sensor, resulting in a large signal.

2. When the Multi-sheet Tray is installed and media is present, the light from the Optical sensor hits
the media. Only a portion of the light bounces back to the sensor, resulting in a small signal.

The Multisheet Media Sensor 111

 3. When the Multi-sheet Tray is not installed, the light from the Optical sensor does not shine on
anything nearby, so no light will reflect back to the sensor, resulting in no signal.

The Multisheet Media Sensor has been designed to be tolerant of the following:

● Assembly variations that affect the position and alignment of the Optical sensor.

● Assembly variations that affect the position and alignment of the mirror.

● Variations in the sensitivity of the Optical sensor.

● Different quantities of media in the Multi-sheet Tray. (A taller stack of sheets will reflect a little more
light back to the sensor).

● Different media types, including off-white and glossy media.

The Multi-sheet Media Sensor may have problems in detecting certain media types:

● Transparent.

● Dark-colored paper.

Electronics
Both the encoder and motor-drive system are managed by the Printer Bundle Board located on the
right-hand side of the printer.

Scan Axis system: Carriage and Carriage impelling

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

This system moves the Carriage from left to right and right to left of the printer on top of the paper in a
controlled manner to perform printing, cutting, paper detection, and any other Carriage movements for
servicing and final capping process.

The system comprises the Carriage sliding on the scan axis rod, on which rotates and whose position
is determined by a cam mounted on the Carriage, which slides touching the bottom surface of the
anti-rotation rail.

112 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

There are two trailing cables mounted one on top of the other, which connect the Carriage with the main
electronics control board. A scan-axis encoder strip is needed for the Carriage to determine its position,
and a Carriage Motor which impels the Carriage via a belt.

The trailing cable is held in position by a plastic holder, which clips onto the scan axis structure. A
spring-loaded loop ensures follow-up action of the cables with the Carriage movement. Two plastic
cable sliders are also placed to ensure minimum contact of the trailing cables with the scan axis
structure. The plastic sliders are greased to prevent ink spray (aerosol) deposits from accumulating
on them, generating a sticky surface which could retain the cables and then be damaged by Carriage
movement.

The Encoder Strip Sensor is located inside the Carriage, once the Carriage is assembled the Encoder
Strip crosses the Carriage, passing by the detection area of the sensor inside the Carriage.

The main function of the Carriage is to hold the printhead in position and to move the printhead in a
controlled manner in order to print.

Scan Axis system: Carriage and Carriage impelling 113

 The Carriage holds all the necessary interface electronics for the main board to interact with the
printhead via the trailing cables. A set of spring-loaded connectors are the main interface Carriage-
printhead.

NOTE: It is very important that the contacts are clean, free of dust/ink to ensure a correct connection
between printhead and Carriage, as high-speed data are transmitted through this connection, and dust
could cause sporadic system errors. This is particularly important when replacing the printhead, as the
removal of the old printhead (extraction with a rotary movement) can cause the nozzle plate to touch
those contacts and create contamination that could cause problems with the new printhead. However,
manual cleaning of the contacts is not recommended.

The Carriage also has additional functionality:

1. Transmits the pressure from the Prime Pump via off-axis coupling to each of the four cartridges

● Off-axis coupling connects with the Carriage via the side connection bay:

● An internal passage of the Carriage transmits the air pressure towards the printhead.

● The rear hole of the printhead receives the air pressure which is distributed towards the four
air ports inside the printhead.

114 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

2. Holds the cutter bridge

The cutter bridge impels the Cutter for cutter operations (see additional information in the cutter
section).

3. Holds the Carriage Line Sensor

The Carriage Line Sensor (also known as the ZIM Sensor) is located on the right of the printer and
is used to detect the edges of the paper to determine the paper dimensions and start position. This
sensor is also the tool used to detect the position of printed lines to perform calibrations (Paper
Advance calibration and printhead alignment).

The Line Sensor is a reflective tool that generates a beam of LED light, whose reflection is detected
by a luminance sensor. The signal from this sensor is used to determine the position of lines or
paper edge according to the position of the Carriage.

NOTE: Both LED emitter and receiver sensor inside the line sensor are protected by a transparent
plastic cover. If this cover becomes dirty, the signal to detect edges or lines will be affected, which
could cause intermittent issues during the paper load.

It can also detect printed lines from short signals when the sensor crosses the lines:

Scan Axis system: Carriage and Carriage impelling 115

 Carriage CAM and Auto PPS adjustment
At the back of the Carriage there is a sliding cam that determines the PRS (Print to platen Rib Space)
of the Carriage. In manufacturing, the anti-rotation rail (area in which the PRS cam slides) is adjusted to
calibrate the nozzle plate position of the printhead, at around 1.6 mm all along the scan axis width. This
calibration is not service-adjustable and should remain constant throughout the printer's life.

As there are different paper thicknesses, the printer is able to rotate this sliding cam automatically
to three different positions, changing the PRS distance to accommodate it to the appropriate printing
distance.

This rotation is performed by taking the Carriage to a feature on the left-hand side of the scan axis,
different side movements of the Carriage at different speeds allow this feature to grab and rotate the
cam accordingly. The Cam has three different areas for three different PRS adjustments.

Auto-PRS feature located on the left-hand side of the scan axis.

Back part of the Carriage with auto-PPS cam, after being activated in position 1.

116 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Carriage impelling system
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Carriage encoder system

The encoder strip tension is also fixed by a tensioning spring. However, there is a mechanism to hold
it in position after the spring places the strip at one specific tension. This is to prevent the spring from
continually applying force over the encoder strip; which, over time and temperature changes, could
make it creep.

Carriage impelling system 117

 NOTE: When assembling the encoder strip, ensure that it is placed in the right orientation using the
smiling symbol located on the sides of the encoder strip.

NOTE: Due to the proximity of the encoder strip to the greased sliding rod, it is easy to dirty the strip
with grease when performing any repair operation in the area. Please clean any grease from the
encoder strip if necessary. A dry cloth can be used for this purpose, to prevent any deformation or
strain on the encoder strip while performing the cleaning.

Printer electronics, power supply, and cables

The printer contains several electronics boards and electrical and electronic components in different
locations.

● There are three main active boards (Main PCA, Print Bundle Board, and MFP only; Scanner Bundle
Board).

● One WiFi Module, which provides the WiFi functionality to the printer.

● One interface board (Carriage PCA), which provides and converts the appropriate signals for the
Carriage (printhead interface and line sensor signaling) .

● Three on/off sensor PCAs (Front Door sensor, Out of Paper sensor, and Ink Door sensor).

● One NVM Back up memory PCA for storing all factory calibration values.

● One encoder sensor and a feed index sensor (other than the encoder sensors located inside the
Rewinder, the Right Gear Module, and the Service Station).

● One Power Button PCA. Located beside the front panel, it is used to power the printer on and off.

● One Power Supply (PSU), which converts the AC power line (110–240 V AC) into the DC power needed
by the printer (32 V and 12 V).

118 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 The standard wiring used in the printer is Flat Flexible Cables (FFCs), to interconnect all boards (including
sensors and encoders) and distributed cables for power signals to the motors.

NOTE: It is important to bear in mind that FFCs are relatively delicate, so please ensure cable
connectors are not touched or dirtied during manipulation for assembly and disassembly operations.

NOTE: Ensure that you are properly grounded for any electronics or wiring manipulation.

The Main PCA

The Main PCA is located on the left-hand side of the printer. This board is the “brain” of the printer:
where all the processing and printer management occurs; control of the overall machine (digital and
mechatronics) with the battery for the Real-Time Clock.

There are four different revisions depending on the printer features and firmware: Two SFP for T850 and
T950; Two for the MFP for T850 and T950.

The Main PCA also contains other elements with the following functions:

● Battery: To keep the internal clock running. The internal clock is used to remember the actual date,
used for cartridge life counting and warranty accounting.

● WiFi module: Attached to the top of the board with some plastic locators, provides WiFi functionality
to the printer.

● Buzzer: To provide acoustic signals to the user.

The Main PCA 119

 Figure 1-10 Reverse view

The Print Bundle Board

The Bundle Board is located on the right-hand side of the printer, this board includes a driver ASIC to
control and manage the motor, encoder, and sensors located on the right-hand side of the printer.

120 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 IMPORTANT: The pick encoder and Service Station cables are not poka-yoke cables: it is possible to
connect them incorrectly, in which case a system error will result.

CISS IDS PCA

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

CISS IDS PCA 121

 Electrical system
The following diagram describes the connections between components and electronic boards, the
voltage, and the type of data line.

122 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 MFP (Scanner) Electronics
J5 MPCA Scan Bundle Board
CLCD LVDS,SPI
4.3" Ripken Touch 40 40 V3P4
CP (Power & MFP)
SCIF
14 14 CIS Scanner_A
J41 Neuron
2.7" Cap Sense Touch
22
8-bit CLCD, I2C
22
TUX J47 USB DASIC 14 14 CIS Scanner_A
CP (Basic) DASIC Host 4 4 Device
14 14 CIS Scanner_A
J40
eMMC Module PCA eMMC
20 1GB DDR3
4GB eMMC
Dock on DDR3
MPCA
1GB
J12
Scan Encoder/Indx
SDIO SPI Flash 4
WiFi WiFi Module PCA
Dock on
12
J50 & System NVM
Dig
Enc
6 6
MPCA EEPROM
(System NVM) 8 8
GND Scan
Gbit LAN J7 V3P3_SW
Scan_Mtr_A
2
Mtr
V32 Scan_Mtr_B
GND Scan_Enc_A
USB Device J8 Scan_Enc_B
(development/test only) GPIO
Gauss v3.02
(Handshaking)

USB J1
USB Host USB Host PCA 6

1.5A fuse J4 BOF REDI

V32 4 REDI

9
L-TRAY (Basic)
330uF 4 REDI Load REDI
L-Tray Media J27 Buzzer
REDI REDI 4 4 J2
OPT Left
4 4 REDI REDI
NEURON Hannibal
Load_sense OPT Right
Garnet Power Supply V32, GND, nSLEEP
J34 Edge_sense
MICCI CLK
# H3 J5
4 REDI REDI
3 GND
CM751-60045 TUX On- MICCI Data Scan motor 10
Chip LDO GND
V3P3_SBB 4 REDI
TOF REDI
V1P8 3P3V
J18 MOSFET V5P4 J7
Power Button/LED Latch Left
3P3V (To V1P5 3 3
PCA 4
MOSFET V32 reset Scan Varm (1.166V) HE Sensor PCA
F9A30-60085 (cut off PBB Bars)
Latch Right
V32 when 3
HE Sensor PCA
printer in OFF
mode) Vcore
Ink Door Sensor
J3 Print Bundle Sw Reg
V1P8 J6
3
Lid
3 3 LDO HE Sensor PCA
PCA (1.00V)
14
MOSFET V32
(cut off SBB
J6
Pick V32 when
OPT Encoder/Indx
3 printer in OFF Vtt Reg
Mtr (DDR)
BOF, TOF,and 5 Ana
mode) Load REDIs have
Enc
ADC inputs
J7
Pick Encoder
Dig 4 4
Enc
3A fuse J28
V32 Line Feed Cal (top
J9 4 line calibration)
SS J37
3
Mtr 330uF J16 Roll Cover Sensor
3
(optional)
RFID/NFC
J2 5 (optional) J38 Dock on NVM Backup PCA
SS Encoder 8
MPCA
8
Dig 4 4 SPI Flash
Enc
Hannibal Hannibal J33
Carr
Push J8
# H2 # H1 3
Mtr
Prime 2
Mtr A = Pick motor Carriage, Paper, J32
Rewind motors Feed
B = ISS motor 2
J10
C = SS mtr V3P3 Mtr
OOPS Sensor 3 V5P4
3 D = Prime solnd
V1P5 (1.37V) Feed Encoder
V3P3_PBB J13 4 Ana
Vcore (1.2V) Enc
J20 8
C-Shape TOF Sensor
3 3 Feed Index
Tray 3

Sensors Media Presence

J19 J30 Re-
3 3 Pick Index Vtt Reg
3 wind
6 6
(DDR)
Mtr
J11
Rewind Encoder
4 4 Dig
OAI ISS Station J5 Enc
4 Acumen harness
J35
Output Tray Sensor
(optional) 3

J2 Front Window
Q5669-60605
3 3 Sensor (Top Cover)
3 3 3 3 J11

12 ISS OOI sensors

ISS Home Sensor PHA Assy

3
1990-3432

J12 J26
Hot Bar Acumen PCA
J1
ISS home sensor X-chamber w/ SHAID pins
ISS 5 ISS pump motor FFC
Pump 16 16 SHAID spring connectors

V32 (2)
4 Pin PHA PCA
Gnd (5)
Spring connectors
nOOPS
CISS Module MICCI CLK J15 J12
SHAID CISS IDS PCA MICCI DAT
Acum CLK
32 32 Carriage PCA TOF/ZIM Sensor
J11
J11 Acum DAT
7 PICK IND J10 J19 5
PRE TR
16 MEDIA PRE 19 19 Carr
15 15 CISS IDS/SHAID
7 Hannibal V32 Enc
GND
J10 # H4 V5P1
7 3P3V
3P3V_SW
16 A = Supply Pump MICCI CLK
7 B = Supply Pump MICCI DAT
C = not use Acum CLK
Acum DAT
D = not use
J6

8 8

● The printer contains a total of 19 PCAs in SFP Basic, 22 PCAs in SFP Power, 23 PCAs in CISS SFP
Basic, 25 PCAs in MFP Basic, 28 PCAs in MFP Power, 29 PCAs in CISS MFP Power and 31 PCAs in
CISS MFP Power Premium. All sensors and encoders are on PCAs; see the system block diagram
(light green blocks represent PCAs).

● The OOP sensor, Front Window sensor, and Feed Index are exactly the same board. The Pick
Encoder, Service Station Encoder, and Rewind Encoder are exactly the same board.

● The WiFi PCA, although included in the Main PCA Service Kit, is a different board used in other
products.

Table 1-7 Electrical system

Part Brief technical function

Main PCA Contains memory and Firmware, manages paper and

carriage motors

Print Bundle Board Mechatronics driver for the right part of the machine
motors and encoder

Front panel and power button Tactile color visual screen with buzzer for machine power
up and down, control, and user interface

Electrical system 123

 Table 1-7 Electrical system (continued)

Part Brief technical function

Ink Door Sensor Ink Door Sensor opening state control

Carriage PCA => Part of Carriage assembly Carriage control and feed for printhead spitting

OOPS Paper presence detection

Front Window sensor Front Window sensor state control (open or closed)

Feed index Encoder to detect the paper placement (absolute)

Feed encoder Encoder to control the exact advance of the paper

(relative)

Wifi PCA Radio module (including antenna) to give wireless

capabilities (802.11 a/b/g/n + Bluetooth)

eMMC Module Store the firmware

NVM Back PCA Store the backup memory for all factory calibration
values

HP DesignJet T850 MFP/T950 MFP

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Stand Description
The stand Supports the unit during use and has a bin to collect print outs from the machine.

In order to make the assembly easier the stand has poka yoke features, and some guiding features:

124 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Output Bin
The following sections provide details for this topic.

The Beam Stacker and Cutsheet Pocket System is an output system designed to collect printed A4/A3
size cutsheet and A2/A1/A0 size roll media in printed order. It comes default with Beam Power SKUs and
available as an accessory on a Basic SKU.

The Stacker and Cutsheet Pocket Systems contains two main subsystems: the Stacker Assembly and
Pocket Assembly. The Stacker Assembly consists of the Stacker itself with fabric for roll collection and 4
bottom adaptors + 2 side stacker adaptors to hold it in place to the stand assembly, these are required
to be assembled by the end user. The Cutsheet Pocket only Assembly consists of the Pocket, U-Frame,
adapter hook, fabric and requires 2 bottom support stands to hold it in place for cutsheet collection.

The Stacker needs to work together with the Pocket system to form an integrated path, thus the
Beam Stacker does not have a standalone stacker configuration. Two primary configurations for Roll
collection, by default A2/A1 configuration (default) and A0 configuration (User adjustable by pulling the
backboard towards user). The following figures show the respective primary configurations.

Output Bin 125

 Figure A2/A1 configuration.1

Figure A2/A1 configuration.2

Figure A0 configuration.1

126 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Figure A0 configuration.2

Activation of the front board lever in the board up position allows the board to free fall to the down
position.

NOTE: As the lever is cable activated, it is dependent on the proper assembly of 3x main components
to function namely, (1) Cable properly secured to the trigger support part, (2) Trigger support properly
secured to the cam shaft, (3) Spring properly secured to the hook features. Re-tightening, replacement
or reattachment of parts may be needed if lever fails to function due to loosen parts.

8x screws do not dismantle.

Output Bin 127

 NOTE: For faulty component (4) due to the need for factory alignment it is recommended to not
dismantle these 8x screws on site. Replacement of stacker assembly will be needed.

Basket
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Content Pending

Soft Stacker
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Content Pending

Cut sheet Pocket

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Content Pending

Scanner
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Overview
The HP DesignJet T830 MFP scanner is an automatic document feeder scanner placed on top of the
printer. The main elements are:

128 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Integration with the printer
The scanner is attached to the printer with 3 screws. Assembly is from top down, but it is necessary to
slide it to the left slightly to ensure that the tabs for the screws on the right on are not damaged. For this
reason there are guides on the left arch:

Integration with the printer 129

 Location of the screws:

Front panel outboard position

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

The front Panel and power button assembly are temporarily placed out of position to protect them when
installing the scanner.

130 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

The control panel fits into its bezel to help secure it. Press down the three catches until it sits in.

Front panel outboard position 131

 EE layout
Scanner general electronics layout:

Sensor principles
The scanner has two types of sensor:

● Mirror Sensor (Optical): The Optical sensor contains an LED that sends a beam of infrared light
towards the Multi-Sheet Tray, and an infrared detector which measures how much of that light
bounces back to the sensor:

132 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 ● Magnetic sensor (Lid magnetic): This sensor is based on the Lid magnetic. When a magnet
approaches the sensor, a current is induced in the sensor and it can be used as a detector.

Scanner Media Path

The dimensions of the T950 36-in Multifunction.

The media is loaded from the top of the scanner platen, the media load sensor will be triggered to
drive forward the media to hold it in place. When the media moves and detected by TOF sensor, the
media position is measured and proceeds to the scan zone, which is where the scanning operation is
performed. After the media is scanned, it is transferred to the bottom path by the rear drive roller until
it reaches the last sensor of the scan path- BOF sensor. The BOF sensor will detect the media position
and media will exit from the bottom of the scanner platen. The exit pinch roller will hold the media for
easy removal by the user.

Scanner Media Path 133

 How to remove Lower Pinch Assembly with mirror (F9A30-67033)
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Locate the Lower Pinch Assembly which is at the bottom of scanner assembly

2. Slide the Lower Pinch Assembly by pushing it away from you and towards the printer, and take it out
from the printer.

134 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 3. Remove the Lower Pinch Assembly.

Scanner Paper Path

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

When media is loaded from the top of the scanner platen, the media load sensor will be triggered to
drive forward the media to hold it in place. Once the media moves and detected by TOF sensor, the
media position is measured and proceeds to the scan zone, this is where the scanning operation is
performed. After the media is scanned, it is transferred to the bottom path by the rear drive roller until
it reaches the last sensor of the scan path- BOF sensor. The BOF sensor will detect the media position
and media will exit from the bottom of the scanner platen. The exit pinch roller will hold the media for
easy removal by the user.

Scanner Paper Path 135

 CIS scanning technology
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Contact Image Sensors (CIS) are image sensors used in flatbed scanners in direct contact with the
object to be scanned. A CIS typically consists of a linear array of detectors, covered by a glass, and
flanked by red, green, and blue LEDs for illumination. The use of LEDs allows the CIS to be highly
power efficient, allowing scanners to be powered through the minimal line voltage supplied via a USB
connection.

1. The light source is 3 RGB LEDs that are lit one at a time. The sensor consists of 14960 individual
monochrome sensors in 1200PPI.

2. The purpose of the lens is to channel the light from the “pixels” on the image to the sensors. There is
no magnification in the lens (1x1).

136 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

 3. Due to the very short focal length, the focus depth is limited. The original has to be in contact with
the surface of the glass plate in order to be in focus.

4. The LEDs flash one at a time, capturing one color at a time.

Calibration Sliders (or Calibration Surfaces)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Overview
The calibration sliders are used as the white color calibration for the Scanbars. There are 3 sliders in the
36 inch model and 2 in the 24 inch model; one slider for each Scanbar. The sliders are also used to hold
media up against the Scanbars during scans. The normal force is controlled by 4 springs for each slider.

Calibration Sliders (or Calibration Surfaces) 137

 The sliders move 4 mm towards the front of the scanner pushed by cams during PRNU calibration
process.

138 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

Once sliders are in the forward position, they will slide 4 mm towards the back of the scanner pushed by
cams. The cams are attached to a shaft with a gear at the right end. The transmission rotates the cam
shaft driven by the rear drive roller.

During a scan, media travels up the sliders. Media then pushes the sliders down and travels down the
paper path underneath the Scanbars and above the sliders.

There is a rib at the front of the sliders that is 0.25 mm high. This is to keep the scan surface at the
Scanbar’s focal length of 0.25 mm.

Overview 139
 Original Protection (OPT sensor and OPT wheel)
An original protection algorithm has been implemented to preserve the originals before they crash or
jam irrevocably.

● Two sensors in the side, monitor originals with excessive skew that could come into contact with
media path walls.

● An idle wheel with encoder (OPT wheel), propelled by the media, gives advance information on
discrepancies between the scanner motor encoder and OPT wheel encoder. It also helps to fine
tune the advance and improve image quality.

140 Chapter 1 Printer fundamentals

2 Printer dimensions

The dimensions of each printer in the series.

HP DesignJet T850 36-in dimensions

The dimensions of the HP DesignJet T850 36-in.

Printer dimensions 141

142 Chapter 2 Printer dimensions
HP DesignJet T950 36-in dimensions
The dimensions of the HP DesignJet T950 36-in.

HP DesignJet T950 36-in dimensions 143

144 Chapter 2 Printer dimensions
3 Troubleshooting

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Printer troubleshooting flowchart: SFP

Use the following as a guide to troubleshooting issues with the printer:

Troubleshooting 145
 Printer troubleshooting flowchart: MFP
Use the following as a guide to troubleshooting issues with the printer:

146 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Printer startup troubleshooting
The following diagram shows all the steps in the printer startup flow related to the tubes and PHA filling.
The filling process is the same in the case of PHA replacement.

The process automatically checks that the primer works, that the ink is flowing towards the PHA, and
activates the necessary recovery routines if needed. If the process fails in a unrecoverable way, it will be
canceled and a specific system error will be shown. Please see the system error section for details on
the steps to follow.

Printer startup troubleshooting 147

148 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting tree for boot up failure
Follow this troubleshooting tree when the printer doesn't boot up without showing a system error.

TIP: All these steps can be checked with customers over the phone. Follow the steps to identify what
component is failing before going onsite.

Troubleshooting tree for boot up failure 149

 Plug in the po wer
cable.

PSU / Main PCA

Is FP on for some
NO
seconds?

YES

1. Power is not coming to PSU.

White LED in the White LED in the
NO 1. Main PCA is failing. NO 2. PSU is failing.
power button is on? power button is on?
3. Main PCA is failing.

YES YES

Orange LED in the Orange LED in the

power button is On power button is On
While pressing the NO 1. Main PCA (powe r button) is failing. NO While pressing the
pow er button? (Do pow er button? (Do
not hold it) not hold it)

YES YES

Green LED on the Main PCA Green LED on the Main PCA
(heartbeat LED) is on (not NO 1. Main PCA is failing NO (heartbeat LED) is on (not
blinking nor off)? blinking nor off)?

YES
YES

Front Panel
1. Ch eck flat cable from Front Panel to M ain PCA.
Front Panel shows
YES Printer is in OO BE*? NO Carriage moves? YES 2. Front Panel is failing.
only black screen?
3. M ain PCA is failing.

*OOB E: Ou t Of Box Experience. First boot up after assemble

the new printer. Before touch “Done” in the “Set the Time”
screen in the first boo t up, pr inter doesn’t initialize nor NO 3 beeps? YES
move any mechanical components.

NO
YES / UNKNOWN
3 beeps? YES / NO

NO

1. M ain PCA is failing.

1. Ch eck flat cable from Front Panel to M ain PCA.

Front Panel shows
YES Printer is in OO BE*? NO Carriage moves? YES 2. Front Panel is failing.
only white screen?
3. M ain PCA is failing.

YES / UNKNOWN

NO 1. M ain PCA is failing.

NO

1. Ch eck flat cable from Front Panel to M ain PCA.

Front Panel Shows
YES Printer is in OO BE*? NO Carriage moves? YES 2. Front Panel is failing.
corrupted screen?
3. M ain PCA is failing.

YES / UNKNOWN

NO 1. M ain PCA is failing.

NO

Main PCA

Freeze at any of these

YES 1. Main PCA is failing.
screens?

NO

Assert error

Assert Screen is
YES Ch eck “Assert Screen du ring initialization” section
showing in FP?

NO

System error / Alert message

1. Ch eck if windo w is closed completely.
1 beep? YES
2. Window sensor is failing.

NO

3 beeps? YES System error in FP? YES Ch eck “System error codes” section.

NO

Error/A lert text

1. Ch eck “System error codes” section.
messages is YES
2. Ch eck “Front-panel error messages” section in User Gu ide.
showing in FP?

NO

Front Panel
Touch scr een 1. Ch eck flat cable from Front Panel to M ain PCA.
NO
respond? 2. Front Panel is failing.

YES

Printer OK

150 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Basic printer troubleshooting
This section presents fundamental troubleshooting situations and responses.

The printer does not print

If all is in order (paper loaded, all ink components installed, and no file errors), there are still reasons why
a file you have sent from your computer may not start printing when expected:

1. You may have an electrical power problem. If there is no activity at all from the printer, and the front
panel does not respond, check that the power cord is connected correctly and that there is power
available at the socket.

2. You may be experiencing unusual electromagnetic phenomena, such as strong electromagnetic

fields or severe electrical disturbances, which can cause the printer to behave strangely or even
stop working. In this case, turn off the printer using the power key on the front panel and unplug
the power cord, wait until the electromagnetic environment has returned to normal, then turn it on
again. If you still experience problems, please contact your customer service representative.

3. You may not have installed in your computer the correct driver for your printer.

4. If you are printing on a sheet, you must specify Automatic, Sheet or Tray as the paper source in your
printer driver. This printer has auto roll switching support.

No power comes to the printer

Perform the following steps if experiencing this issue.

1. Check that the power socket is working by connecting another device to it and checking if the
device functions correctly.

2. Check that the customer is not using a power transformer which might cause an issue. Check the
printer without the transformer connected.

3. Ensure the cable is inserted correctly at both ends; proceed with a reinsertion to ensure correct
connection especially on the printer side, where sometimes the full insertion requires a bit of force.
Ensure the customer is using the correct power cord for the printer. In some regions, more than 1
power cord is supplied in the printer box.

Front Panel is frozen

If the Front Panel display is blocked, and clearly shows that it has frozen while performing a process,
follow these steps.

1. Remove all jobs from the computer’s spooler.

2. Reboot the printer through the power cord.

3. Perform “Reset user data” from low-level menu:

a. Unplug the power cable.

Basic printer troubleshooting 151

 b. Then you need to press the power button and hold it for 10 seconds while plugging in the
power cable until the black screen backlighted appears.

c. Once the black screen backlighted appears you can enter the sequence to access to the blue
screen menu.

d. The printer will boot to a blue screen menu.

e. Press MENU.

152 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 f. In the Reset user settings screen, press NETX.

g. In the Reset user data screen, press press OK to perform a reset user data.

h. After pressing OK, the printer will reboot. If the reset user data has been successful, the
printer will boot successfully and run through the entire OOBE configuration.

4. Manually upgrade the printer to the latest firmware using the HP Printer Utility (Windows)/HP Utility
(Mac).

5. If the issue remains, arrange a service engineer visit to replace the Main PCA.

Assert Screen during initialization

If you see the assert screen during initialization, try the following options before replacing the Main PCA.

Assert Screen during initialization 153

 Phone
Follow this procedure for dealing with the Assert Screen issue by phone.

1. If the issue is intermittent and the customer can reach the home screen, Perform Menu > Tools >
Restore settings > Reset User Data from the front panel.

2. Record or take the photo of the front panel screen.

3. Remove the ethernet and USB cables. If Wi-Fi is used, disconnect it from the access point if
possible.

4. Perform “FULL RESET” from low-level menu:

a. Unplug the power cable.

b. Then you need to press the power button and hold it for 10 seconds while plugging in the
power cable until the black screen backlighted appears.

154 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

c. Once the black screen backlighted appears you can enter the sequence to access to the blue
screen menu.

d. The printer will boot to a blue screen menu.

e. Press MENU.

f. In the Reset user settings screen, press NEXT.

Phone 155
 g. In the Reset user data screen, press NEXT.

h. At the restore all factory defaults screen, press OK to perform a Full Reset

i. After pressing OK, the printer will reboot. If the Full Reset has been successful, the printer will
boot successfully and run through the entire OOBE configuration.

Onsite
Follow this procedure for dealing with the Assert Screen issue when onsite.

1. If the issue is intermittent and you can reach the home screen, Perform Menu > Tools > Restore
settings > Reset User Datafrom the front panel.

2. Reseat all the cables to the Main PCA and reseat all the cables to the Bundle PC.

3. Reseat the NVM PCA.

4. Reseat the Main PCA.

156 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Where to find the LEDs
The following images demonstrate the locations of the LEDs associated with the Power Button, the Main
PCA, and the Network Port.

Power Button LEDs

There are two LEDs associated with the Power Button.

Main PCA LED ("Heartbeat LED")

There is one LED associated with the Main PCA. The customer will not be able to observe this LED
because a cover must be removed to observe it. So only the service engineer will have access to it.

In order to access this LED, the cutter door cover must be removed.

Where to find the LEDs 157

 Network Port LEDs
There are two LEDs associated with the Network Port.

System error codes

System error codification
The following sections provide details for this topic.

158 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Understanding system error codes
System error codes are generally used to report internal system errors. Try only one recommended
action at a time, in the order in which they appear in this manual and restart the printer after each action.
If the error code no longer appears, there is no need for any more corrective actions.

Errors severity
System Errors can be raised in different severities, affecting how the printer behaves after the error:

● Some system errors have severity “error” (also called “advisory”), which means that a hardware
issue was found but the printer can still be used, sometimes with some functions disabled.

● Some system errors have severity “critical” (also called “severe” (non-continuable)), which means
that you cannot continue using the printer. In this case, turn the printer off and on again. If the error
code reappears, an intervention is needed to resolve the problem.

● Some system errors have severity “info” (also called “silent”), which means that they are not visible
to the customer using the printer (they only appear in the printer logs). These usually indicate
situations that may be an issue, although the printer cannot confirm it. In other situations (especially
for errors in the format XX.XX.XX.XX) they indicate a printer event rather than a printer error. If the
customer is not experiencing a problem, these events can usually be ignored.

However, it is advisable to supervise and use them as a complementary information when

troubleshooting issues.

Apart from that, each system error can have its visibility enabled or silent (this parameter can be
checked at the EWS event log). If a system error has “silent” visibility, it will not be shown in the control
panel as a system error

The following table summarizes the relationship between severity, visibility and printer behavior:

Table 3-1

Severity Visibility Printer behavior

Info Always silent Not shown in FP. No effect on printer

behavior.

Error Silent Not shown in FP. No effect on printer

behavior. Otherwise, an alert (not a
system error) will be shown in FP.

Enabled Shown in FP. Printer can be

used without rebooting, but some
functions could be disabled.

Critical Always Enabled Reboot required. If problem persists,

service intervention is needed to
resolve the problem.

TIP: Printer self-diagnostics work more accurately on printer start-up. Therefore, when a system error
appears, you are recommended to restart the printer and repeat the action that caused the error, to
get a more accurate diagnostic.

Reading a system error code

System error codes explain what action should be taken to resolve the problem.

Understanding system error codes 159

 System error codes have been defined in two different formats: D0XX-YYZZ, which explains which
component or system is failing, and xx.xx.xx.xx. Both formats explain what action should be taken.

The second format (xx.xx.xx.xx) occurs in response to internal firmware failures. In this case, you should
restart the printer, then ensure that you have the latest firmware version: updating it may solve the
problem. If the problem persists, contact your service representative. Some examples of these errors
are F0.01.01.02, F0.01.04.07, F0.01.01.04 or F0.01.01.01.

For System Errors in format D0XX-YYZZ, the different parts of the code have the following meaning:

D: Device information in which the failure has been detected.

XX: Subsystem in which the failure has been detected (see the subsystem error codes table below)

YY: Service part in which the failure has been detected.

The following table summarizes the relationship between severity, visibility and printer behavior:

ZZ: Indicates the cause of error as identified by self-diagnostics; see the next section for more details.

Table 3-2 Values of D (Device)

Value Subsystem

0 Printer

1 Accessories

8 Internal printer firmware error1

1 Errors starting with 8 (D=8) are internal firmware issues (for example, 86B0-1A7E-0000). If an error of
this kind appears, there is probably an issue in the firmware that will be solved in a future release. These
errors are not documented for this reason. If one of these errors appears, check whether the latest
firmware is installed and install it if needed.

Table 3-3 Values of XX (Subsystem)

Value Subsystem

01 Main PCA

04 Print Bundle PCA

09 Scanner

21 Service Station

26 Ink Supply Station

27 Printhead

41 Carriage PCA

42 Carriage motor

43 Pick Motor

44 Feed Motor

45 Rewind Motor

59 NVM

85 Feed index PCA

160 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 Table 3-3 Values of XX (Subsystem) (continued)

Value Subsystem

87 Encoder

For System Errors in format XX.YY.XX.XX, the meaning of YY is the subsystem:

Table 3-4

Value Subsystem

01 System

02 Security

03 Connectivity

04 Control panel firmware

31 Job management

Text messages and numerical error codes

Occasionally you may see one of the following messages appear on the front-panel display. If so, follow
the advice in the Recommendation column.

If you see an error message that does not appear here, and you feel in doubt about the correct
response, or if the recommended action does not seem to solve the problem, contact HP Support.

Table 3-5 Text messages

Message Recommendation

[Color] cartridge has expired Replace the cartridge.

The indicated cartridges are low. You do not have to replace HP recommends you have a replacement available for when
the cartridge(s) now the cartridge is depleted and will need to be replaced.

[Color] cartridge is very low on ink Ensure that you have a new cartridge of the same color ready.

Depleted cartridges must be replaced to resume printing Replace the cartridges as needed.

Maintenance kit 1 required Contact HP Support.

Maintenance kit 2 required Contact HP Support.

Cartridge Problem (animation) Insert cartridges of the correct color as needed.

Paper jam animation + Open the print zone access window See Roll has jammed on page 202 or L-Shaped Multi-sheet tray
and clear any paper jam or obstruction has jammed on page 204.

See 1. Printer shows Paper Jam or Carriage Jam screen on

page 218.

The width of the paper is smaller than the minimum size Remove the paper and load paper of the correct size.
supported by the selected media source. Loading cancelled.

Loaded paper is too wide. Manual unload required. Remove the paper manually and load paper of the correct size.

The paper is too far from the lateral load line. Try loading the Remove and reload the paper.
paper again.

See Leading Edge not detected on page 201 The printer cannot detect the leading edge of the paper.

Text messages and numerical error codes 161

 Table 3-5 Text messages (continued)

Message Recommendation

Please manually unload roll paper and try again. Rewind the roll manually.

The currently loaded paper has too much skew and cannot be Remove and reload the paper.
corrected automatically. Touch "Remove" , and then load the
paper again.

The roll is out of paper, and the current job has been cancelled. Load a new roll.
Load another roll, and then send the job again.

You are printing a multipage job. Load another sheet to Load another single sheet.
continue printing or cancel the job.

Multi-sheet tray is out of paper. Load paper in multi-sheet tray Load paper into the multi-sheet tray.
and press OK to continue printing or cancel the job.

Actual message specifies media source, for example:

"Universal Heavyweight Coated Paper, A4 (210x297mm)"

End of roll has been reached. It is not possible to load the roll. Load a new roll.

Missing or failed printhead. Remove and reinsert the same printhead, or try cleaning the
electrical connections. If necessary, insert a new printhead.
See the chapter "Replace the printhead" in the User Guide.

NOTE: The error message does not permit returning to the

home screen to start the printhead replacement. Instead,
press Show more.

Refilled or depleted cartridge detected Check the cartridge.

Used cartridges might not have enough ink to complete start- A new printhead has been inserted without a new set of ink
up. Open ink door to replace the cartridges. cartridges. Replace the cartridges not marked as new.

Wrong file format. The file format is incorrect or not supported. The printer
cannot process the job, which will be discarded.

Printhead Startup Failed See Printhead Startup Failed on page 251.

Incompatible Cartridges See Incompatible Cartridges shown during printer setup or

replacing printhead on page 249.

Align Printhead - Printhead alignment unsuccessful See "Printhead alignment unsuccessful" on page 797.

Table 3-6 Numerical error codes

Error code Recommendation

0001-0082 The battery of the real-time clock has expired; contact HP Support.

0021-0017 Service station error. There may be a paper or carriage jam. Check and clear the paper path if
necessary and restart the printer.

0041-0017, 0041-0117, There may be a paper or carriage jam. Check and clear the paper path if necessary.
0042-0117

0085-XXXX Feeding paper problem. Restart the printer.

0086-0008 There may be a paper or carriage jam. Check and clear the paper path if necessary. Also clean
the carriage encoder strip.

162 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Silent error codes
Silent error codes help with specific troubleshooting. They are accessible only through the error log and
don't directly appear in the front panel.

System Error Service Part (XX.YY) Error Cause (ZZ)

Code (DAXX-
YYZZ)

0026-2175 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (K) Generic Ink Supply failure.

0026-2182 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (K) IDS startup failure (long repumps).

0026-2184 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (K) IDS startup failure (delay phase).

0026-2185 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (K) PHA primed with empty supply.

0026-2186 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (K) IDS startup failure (cycling phase).

0026-2187 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (K) IDS startup failure (shaid not covered).

0026-2190 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (K) Cartridge Altered

0026-2191 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (K) Cartridge Out of ink

0026-2192 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (K) Ink Sensor detected unexpected OOI

0026-2196 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (K) Altered cartridge OOI

0026-2275 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (C) Generic Ink Supply failure.

0026-2282 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (C) IDS startup failure (long repumps).

0026-2284 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (C) IDS startup failure (delay phase).

0026-2285 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (C) PHA primed with empty supply.

0026-2286 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (C) IDS startup failure (cycling phase).

0026-2287 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (C) IDS startup failure (shaid not covered).

0026-2290 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (C) Cartridge Altered

0026-2291 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (C) Cartridge Out of ink

0026-2292 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (C) Ink Sensor detected unexpected OOI

0026-2296 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (C) Altered cartridge OOI

0026-2375 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (M) Generic Ink Supply failure.

0026-2382 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (M) IDS startup failure (long repumps).

0026-2384 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (M) IDS startup failure (delay phase).

0026-2385 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (M) PHA primed with empty supply.

0026-2386 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (M) IDS startup failure (cycling phase).

0026-2387 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (M) IDS startup failure (shaid not covered).

0026-2390 27.00. Printhead Cartridge Altered

0026-2391 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (M) Cartridge Out of ink

0026-2392 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (M) Ink Sensor detected unexpected OOI

0026-2396 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (M) Altered cartridge OOI

0026-2475 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (Y) Generic Ink Supply failure.

Silent error codes 163

 System Error Service Part (XX.YY) Error Cause (ZZ)
Code (DAXX-
YYZZ)

0026-2482 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (Y) IDS startup failure (long repumps).

0026-2484 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (Y) IDS startup failure (delay phase).

0026-2485 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (Y) PHA primed with empty supply

0026-2486 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (Y) IDS startup failure (cycling phase).

0026-2487 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (Y) IDS startup failure (shaid not covered).

0026-2490 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (Y) Cartridge Altered

0026-2491 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (Y) Cartridge Out of ink

0026-2492 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (Y) Ink Sensor detected unexpected OOI

0026-2496 Ink Supply Station Ink Cartridge (Y) Altered cartridge OOI

0027-0002 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: not responding at all"

0027-0003 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: CSIO xfer completed incorrectly"

0027-0004 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: Watchdog fault"

0027-0014 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: TSR fault"

0027-0016 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: Pen not heating"

0027-0020 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP short"

0027-0021 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP short"

0027-0022 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP short"

0027-0023 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP short"

0027-0024 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP short test"

0027-0025 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP short test"

0027-0033 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP bleed failed"

0027-0034 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP check timeout"

0027-0035 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VDD check timeout"

0027-0039 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VDD too many ignored"

0027-0040 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VDD too many ignored"

0027-0046 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP on"

0027-0047 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP setpoint failed"

0027-0049 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP bleed failed"

0027-0050 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP bleed failed"

0027-0051 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP bleed failed"

0027-0053 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP bleed failed"

0027-0054 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP bleed failed"

0027-0055 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP bleed failed"

0027-0056 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: VPP expected on"

164 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 System Error Service Part (XX.YY) Error Cause (ZZ)
Code (DAXX-
YYZZ)

0027-0059 Printhead Printhead "PHA error: missing"

0027-0080 Printhead Printhead Printhead reseat required (IDS prime failed)

0042-0059 Carriage Carriage motor Servo shutdown

0043-0059 Pick motor Pick motor Servo shutdown

0044-0059 Feed Motor Feed motor Servo shutdown

0045-0059 Rewinder Rewinder motor Servo shutdown

Silent error codes with related front panel messages

Some front panel errors may not have a visible error code, because they usually require operator
intervention only (no service intervention). Examples of this are Printhead Errors, jams, etc.

However, the root cause for those errors could be sometimes a HW issue. In those rare cases, service
intervention may be required. Here are some examples of these error messages:

For this reason, each of those errors have a “SILENT” error code related to them. When the error
happens, the user may see one of the above messages without a system error code. But, if the error log
is checked, a SILENT system error code will be logged at the time the issue happened.

Silent error codes with related front panel messages 165

 In the following table, the relationship between several front panel errors and their silent error code is
shown. In case of persistent errors, the troubleshooting for the related error code should be followed (all
errors 0027-00XX are PH errors and require a similar troubleshooting, see error 0027-00XX).

The list contains all the “SILENT” error codes available in the printer, with their related front panel
message in case that this applies. There are some “SILENT” error codes that do not cause any
consequence visible to user (front panel message), this is also stated in the table.

System Error Code (DAXX-YYZZ) Front Panel message (if applicable)

0042-0059 Carriage jam. The print carriage cannot move.

0043-0059 Paper jam. There is a paper jam in the printer and the print job has been canceled.

0044-0059 Paper jam. There is a paper jam in the printer and the print job has been canceled.

0045-0059 Paper jam. There is a paper jam in the printer and the print job has been canceled.

0024-1000 An error occurred and the printhead start-up failed. Contact HP. Error code:
0x00241000.

0024-1100 The printhead has failed due to used cartridges installed during the startup process,
and must be replaced.

0027-0001 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0002 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0004 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0016 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0020 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0021 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0022 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0023 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0024 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0025 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0033 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0034 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0035 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0046 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0049 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0050 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0051 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0053 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0054 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0055 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0056 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0059 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

0027-0060 The printhead appears to be missing, incorrectly installed or incompatible.

166 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 System Error Code (DAXX-YYZZ) Front Panel message (if applicable)

0027-0061 [This is a PH status change, not an error. Consequently, user won't see this as a
message in front panel]

0027-0062 [This is a PH status change, not an error. Consequently, user won't see this as a
message in front panel]

0027-0063 [This is a PH status change, not an error. Consequently, user won't see this as a
message in front panel]

0027-0064 [This is a PH status change, not an error. Consequently, user won't see this as a
message in front panel]

0027-0065 [This is a PH status change, not an error. Consequently, user won't see this as a
message in front panel]

0027-0066 [This is a PH status change, not an error. Consequently, user won't see this as a
message in front panel]

0027-0067 [This is a PH status change, not an error. Consequently, user won't see this as a
message in front panel]

0027-0080 Printhead problem. The printhead appears to be missing, not detected or incorrectly
installed.

System error code troubleshooting

This section describes each of the severe errors that may be encountered while using the printer, and
provides the diagnostic method and the actions required to solve the problem detected.

In general, each error is explained for two different situations:

1. For a call agent to solve remotely with the customer

2. If necessary, for an on-site service engineer to solve

NOTE: When more than one component could be affected by the system error, replace one
component at a time and check whether the error has gone before replacing another component. Do
not replace two electronic parts at same time! Using this procedure you will be able to determine
exactly which component failed.

System error: 0000-0059

Problem description: Carriage or Paper jam.

Other potential parts Carriage motor, Paper motor

associated:

System error code troubleshooting 167

 Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

■ This System Error may report two different front panel messages depending on the root
cause of the error:

If the “Carriage Jam” message appears, follow the troubleshooting for error 0042-0117. If
the “Paper Jam” error appears, followthe troubleshooting for error 0041-0017.

NOTE: The error 0000-0059 is common for both motors only if it is detected when the
printer is already powered (for example while printing). During boot-up, the printer will
detect and report which motor is failing. In this case, the error 0042-0117 or 0041-0017 will
appear.

NOTE: See also

System error: 0001-0082

Problem description: Battery or Real time clock ran down.

Other potential parts Main PCA

associated:

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. If the problem persist the call agent should arrange a service engineer visit .

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and replace the battery of the Main PCA.

2. Disconnect and reconnect it properly and restart the printer.

3. Run the Main PCA Test (see Main PCA Test on page XX) to check whether the system error
has disappeared.

4. If the problem persists, replace the Main PCA, see Removal on page XX.

·Main PCA.

System error: 0004-0001

Problem description: Printer Bundle Board communication failure or malfunction

Other potential parts Bundle FFC, Main PCA

associated:

168 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Bundle PCA and
follow steps below on Onsite Troubleshooting:

● Printer Bundle Board

3. If a different system error is displayed then the call agent should perform the applicable
troubleshooting procedure.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that all the cables in the Bundle PCA and associated parts
are correctly connected, and that none of them is damaged. If any cable is disconnected
then reconnect it, and power on the printer again to check whether the system error has
disappeared. Important note: If any cable is damaged then order a Cable Service Kit:

● Cables and sensors

2. Replace the Bundle PCA. See Print Bundle PCA (PBB) (2Y9H0-67017) on page 511.

● Printer Bundle Board

3. Replace the Bundle FFC cable.

4. Replace the Main PCA. See Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015, 2Y9H2-67002,
2Y9H3-67003) on page 505

● Main PCA

System error: 0021-0017

Problem description: Service station is not able to move all the way

Other potential parts Print Bundle PCA

associated:

System error code troubleshooting 169

 Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord.

2. Open the PHA door and look for paper remains that could be blocking the SVS movement.

3. Reconnect the power cord and power on the printer.

4. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Service Station, and
follow the Onsite troubleshooting below:

● Service station assembly

5. If a different system error is displayed then the call agent should perform the applicable
troubleshooting procedure.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the Service Station to the Bundle PCA
are correctly connected and not damaged. Important note: If any cable is disconnected
then reconnect it, and power on the printer again to check whether the system error has
disappeared. If any cable is damaged then replace the Service Station.

● Service station assembly

2. Make sure that the Service Station path is clear. Remove any visible obstacles (screws,
plastic parts, etc.) restricting the movement of the Service Station.

3. Go to Service Menu , see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315 and run the Service Station diagnostic test, to check whether the system error has
disappeared.

4. Replace the Service Station, see Service Station Assembly (CQ890-67045) on page 534.

● Service station assembly

5. Replace the Bundle Board, see Print Bundle PCA (PBB) (2Y9H0-67017) on page 511.

● Bundle board

System error: 0021-0060

Problem description: Service Station motor direction test failure

Other potential parts Print Bundle PCA

associated:

170 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. Enter the support menu (see Entering the service menus on page XX) and run the "Test
Service Station" diagnostics test.

3. After running the diagnostic, if the result is FAIL please follow the instructions of the
diagnostic.

4. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Service Station.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the Service Station located in the Bundle
PCA are correctly connected and not damaged.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer
again to check whether the system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged then
replace the Service Station.

● Service station assembly

2. Make sure that the Service Station path is clear. Remove any visible obstacles (screws,
plastic parts, etc.) restricting the movement of the Service Station.

3. Run the "Test Service Station" diagnostic test to verify the motor and sensors, and replace
them if needed.

System error: 0021-0062

Problem description: Service Station assy Electrical warm

Other potential parts Print Bundle PCA

associated:

System error code troubleshooting 171

 Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Remove the PHA Door and check for
any visible obstacles restricting the movement of the Service Station. If there is a wrinkled
mass of Substrate inside the Service Station path, clear the obstruction.

2. Reconnect the power cord and power on the printer.

3. If the problem persist the call agent should arrange a service engineer visit.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the Service Station located in Print Bundle
board are correctly connected and not damaged.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer
again to check whether the system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged then
replace the Service Station.

● Service station assembly

2. Make sure that the Service Station path is clear. Remove any visible obstacles (screws,
plastic parts, etc.) restricting the movement of the Service Station.

3. Go to the Service Menu. See Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page 315
and run Service Station Test to verify the Service Station and replace it if needed.

4. If the problem persists, replace the Print Bundle PCA, see Print Bundle PCA (PBB)
(2Y9H0-67017) on page 511

·Print Bundle PCA.

System error: 0021-0180

Problem description: Prime pump air leakage

Other potential parts

associated:

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Prime pump and
follow steps below on Onsite Troubleshooting:

·Primer pump

3. .If a different system error is displayed then the call agent should perform the applicable
troubleshooting procedure.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the air pump tube is not broken, undamaged and properly
connected.

2. Disconnect and reconnect it properly and restart the printer.

3. Go to the Service Menu (see See Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on
page 315) and run the XX see XX on page XX to check whether the system error has
disappeared.

4. Replace the air pump tube, if needed.

172 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

System error: 0024-1000

Problem description: Out of ink, faulty or missing cartridge during the PHA startup process

Other potential parts Supplies, primer system, encoder strip, carriage assembly, bundle PCA, main PCA.
associated:

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. This error appears when, during the PHA startup process, the printer detects that one of
the cartridges is out of ink. First, reboot the printer and check if the PHA process is able to
finish without further intervention.

2. Open the front window and verify that all the cartridges are properly installed. A leakage
due to an improperly inserted cartridge could cause this issue.

3. If all the supplies were well inserted, ask the customer to try the process again with a new
supply. It is not required to replace the PHA as the same one can be used to retry the
process.

4. If the supply was prematurely detected as OOI, the call agent will arrange a shipment for
the faulty HP supply replacement.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. If the problem was not resolved with remote troubleshooting steps (and replacing the
supplies did not resolve the issue), replace the PHA.

2. The issue could also be related to an air leak in the system. To verify or discard this:

a. Check that the encoder strip is not dirty.

b. Check the primer system: check that the valve is properly installed (reseat it). Check
air tubes are fully connected and not pinched. Check if the motor is working fine by a
visual and sound check (or replace the motor).

c. Replace the carriage assembly.

3. If the problem persists, replace the Bundle PCA.

4. If the problem persists, replace the Main PCA.

System error: 0024-1100

Problem description: Out of ink detected in altered supplies during the startup process

Other potential parts PHA

associated:

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

■ Ask the customer to try the process again with a new unused HP supply. It is not required to
replace the PHA as the same one can be used to retry the process.

System error: 0026-0061

Problem description: ISS motor stall or bad encoder disc

Other potential parts None

associated:

System error code troubleshooting 173

 Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Restart the unit. If the problem persists, then:

2. Go to the Service Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315) and run the ISS Pump and home sensor test.

3. Arrange visit with ISS Service kit.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the ISS motor located in Print Bundle
board are correctly connected and not damaged.

NOTE: If any cable is disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer again to
check whether the system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged, then replace
the ISS Pump Station assy.
ISS Pump Station assembly

2. Go to the Service Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315) and run ISS Pump and home sensor test to verify the ISS Pump and replace it if
needed.

System error: 0026-2X75

Problem description: Problem description: Generic Ink Supply failure.

Other potential parts None

associated:

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Check that the cartridge is present.

2. Remove the cartridge, shake it, and insert it again.

3. Verify that the cartridge slot is not obstructed.

4. Clean the surface of the slot and of the cartridge itself if it is dirty.

5. Arrange visit with ISS Service kit.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Check that the cartridge is present.

2. Remove the cartridge, shake it, and insert it again.

3. Verify that the cartridge slot is not obstructed.

4. Clean the surface of the slot and of the cartridge itself if it is dirty.

5. Change the cartridge.

6. Verify the connection of the accumen in the slot.

7. Replace the cable at J5 of the Print bundle PCA (present in the ISS SvKit).

System error: 0026-2X83

(X may be in the range 1-4, 0026-2183, 0026-2283, 0026-2383, 0026-2483)

174 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Problem description: Opto trip failure in cartridge

The meaning of X is:

1: Opto trip cartridge K

2: Opto trip cartridge C

3: Opto trip cartridge M

4: Opto trip cartridge Y

Other potential parts None

associated:

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the ISS Ink Sensor, and
follow the Onsite troubleshooting below:

● ISS Ink Sensor assembly

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from ISS Ink Sensor located in Bundle Board
are correctly connected and not damaged.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer
again to check whether the system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged then
replace the ISS Ink Sensor.

● ISS Ink Sensor assembly

2. Run the Service diagnostics test to verify the ISS motor and sensors.

System error: 0027-00XX

Problem description: PHA problem

Other potential parts Carriage PCA, Trailing Cable, Main PCA

associated:

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Remove, clean and reseat PHA kit. Also, check if ink tubes latch and PHA latch are properly
closed (Green Lock).

2. The last 2 ciphers of the error code indicate the specific PHA failure. The call agent will
note the complete system error. for later failure analysis.

3. If the PHA is still in warranty, the call agent will arrange a shipment with a PHA
replacement.

NOTE: System Errors 0027-0061 to 0027-0067 are PH status changes. They do not cause any
consequence on user experience (front panel message or intervention needed). Therefore they
do not require any troubleshooting. However, they may be seen sometimes together with other
PH errors that do require user intervention.

System error: 0041-0017

Problem description: Unable to move Paper Servo or no feedback received.

System error code troubleshooting 175

 Other potential parts Feed Encoder Sensor PCA, Feed Index Sensor PCA, Feed Encoder Disk
associated:

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. Go to the Support Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315) and run Paper Servo diagnostic.

3. After running the diagnostic the printer will show one of these system errors:

● 0081-0008, 0041-0017 or 0041-0117: arrange a service engineer to replace Paper/

Feed motor and follow the Onsite Troubleshooting explained below, see Paper Motor
(F9A30-67049) on page 529.

– Paper Motor

● 0085-0101 need to replace Feed encoder sensor PCA and follow the Onsite
troubleshooting and solution (service engineer) explained for error 0085-0201.

● 0085-0201 need to replace Feed encoder sensor PCA and follow the Onsite
troubleshooting and solution (service engineer) explained for error 0085-0201.

4. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to replace the right part depending
on the system error.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that all the cables are well connected to the Main PCA,
specially the paper motor cable, and none of them are damaged. If any of the cables
is not connected, then reconnect it, and power on the printer again to check whether the
system error has disappeared. Check that there are no debris, media or foreign objects
preventing drive shaft movement.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is damaged then order a Cable Service Kit:

● Cables and sensors

2. Go to the Service Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315) and run Paper Servo diagnostic. After running the diagnostic check for the following
system errors:

After running the diagnostic the printer will show one of these system errors:

● 0081-0008, 0041-0017 or 0041-0117: arrange a service engineer to replace Paper/

Feed motor and follow the Onsite Troubleshooting explained below, see Paper Motor
(F9A30-67049) on page 529.

– Paper Motor

● 0085-0101 need to replace Feed encoder sensor PCA and follow the Onsite
troubleshooting and solution (service engineer) explained for error 0085-0201.

● 0085-0201 need to replace Feed encoder sensor PCA and follow the Onsite
troubleshooting and solution (service engineer) explained for error 0085-0201.

3. If the 0041-0017 error continues then the Paper/Feed motor should be replaced. See Paper
Motor (F9A30-67049) on page 529.

● Paper Motor

4. Replace the Main PCA, see Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015, 2Y9H2-67002,
2Y9H3-67003) on page 505.

● Main PCA

176 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

System error: 0042-0059

Problem description: Carriage Motor Servo shutdown

Other potential parts None

associated:

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. Enter the support menu (see Entering the service menus on page XX) and run the Test
Carriage.

3. After running the diagnostic, if the result is FAIL please follow the instructions of the
diagnostic.

4. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Carriage Station.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the Carriage Motor located in the MPCA
Board are correctly connected and not damaged.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer
again to check whether the system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged then
replace the Carriage Motor Station assy.

● Carriage Motor Station assembly

2. Make sure that the Carriage path is clear. Remove any visible obstacles (screws, plastic
parts, etc.) restricting the movement of the Carriage Motor.

3. Run the Carriage test to verify the Carriage motor and replace it if needed.

System error: 0042-0060

Problem description: Carriage Motor Direction test

Other potential parts None

associated:

System error code troubleshooting 177

 Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. Enter the support menu (see Entering the service menus on page XX) and run the Test
Carriage.

3. After running the diagnostic, if the result is FAIL please follow the instructions of the
diagnostic.

4. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Carriage Station.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the Carriage Motor located in the MPCA
Board are correctly connected and not damaged.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer
again to check whether the system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged then
replace the Carriage Motor Station assy.

● Carriage Motor Station assembly

2. Make sure that the Carriage path is clear. Remove any visible obstacles (screws, plastic
parts, etc.) restricting the movement of the Carriage Motor.

3. Run the Carriage test to verify the Carriage motor and replace it if needed.

System error: 0042-0117

Problem description: Unable to move Carriage Servo or no feedback received.

Other potential parts Trailing Cables, Carriage Board, Carriage Motor, Carriage Belt, Encoder Strip
associated:

178 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. Go to the Support Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315 and run Carriage Servo diagnostic.

3. If the carriage it is not held by the service station, move the carriage and check if there is
to much friction.

CAUTION: Do not damage the encoder strip.

4. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the carriage motor.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Check that the Carriage Motor belt is not broken or out of place, and the pulley on the SVS
side turns freely and horizontal.

2. If the belt and pulley are OK, then the Carriage Motor should be replaced, see Carriage
Motor with Sled (2Y9H0-67045) on page 592.

● Carriage Motor

3. If the belt or pulley were damaged, they should be changed. Order the belt service kit.

● Belt (36)

4. Check the error log report. If the error 0042-0117 appears together with the SILENT error
0027-0059, the issue may be related to the Carriage PCA or its connections with the Main
PCA. In this case, follow the proposed troubleshooting:

● Check the cables going from the Main PCA J10 and J15 connectors to the Carriage
PCA.

● Install a new Carriage PCA. See

System error: 0042-0162

Problem description: Carriage Motor Electrical warm

Other potential parts Main PCA

associated:

System error code troubleshooting 179

 Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Remove the Front Window and
check for any visible obstacles restricting the movement of the Carriage Motor. If there
is a wrinkled mass of Substrate inside the Carriage path, clear the obstruction. Check
Substrate weight is not heavier than printer specs.

2. Reconnect the power cord and power on the printer.

3. If the problem persist the call agent should arrange a service engineer visit.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the Carriage Motor located in MPCA
board are correctly connected and not damaged. Important note: If any cable is
disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer again to check whether the
system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged, then replace the Carriage Motor
Station assy.

· Carriage Motor Station assembly

2. Make sure that the Carriage path is clear. Remove any visible obstacles (screws, plastic
parts, etc.) restricting the movement of the Carriage Motor. .

3. Go to the Service Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315) and run Carriage Test to verify the Carriage motor and replace it if needed.

4. .If the problem persists, replace the Main PCA, see Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015,
2Y9H2-67002, 2Y9H3-67003) on page 505.

·Main PCA.

System error: 0043-0017

Problem description: Unable to move Pick Servo or no feedback received.

Other potential parts None

associated:

Corrective action: Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove the covers and check that all the cables are well connected to the Printer Bundle
Board (right side of the unit), especially the pick motor cable, and none of them are
damaged. If any cable is not connected, then reconnect it, and power on the printer again
to check whether the system error has disappeared.

Check right hand gear train for blockage or damage.

2. Replace the Bridge Plate. See

System error: 0043-0060

Problem description: Pick Motor Direction test

Other potential parts Pick motor, Print Bundle PCA.

associated:

180 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. Enter the service menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315 ) and run the Pick Motor test. See 4.22 Pick Motor Test on page 353.

3. After running the diagnostic, if the result is FAIL please follow the instructions of the
diagnostic.

4. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Pick Motor Station.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the Pick located in the Bundle Board are
correctly connected and not damaged.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer
again to check whether the system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged then
replace the Pick Motor Station assy.

● Pick Motor Station assembly

2. Make sure that the Pick path is clear. Remove any visible obstacles (screws, plastic parts,
etc.) restricting the movement of the Pick Motor.

3. Run Test Pick Motor to verify the Pick motor, and replace it if needed. See 4.22 Pick Motor
Test on page 353.

4. If problem persists, replace Print Bundle PCA. See Print Bundle PCA (PBB) (2Y9H0-67017)
on page 511

System error: 0043-0059

Problem description: Pick Motor Servo Shutdown

Other potential parts None

associated:

System error code troubleshooting 181

 Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. Go to the Service Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315) and run the Test Carriage test. (see 4.19 Carriage Test on page 349)

3. After running the diagnostic, if the result is FAIL please follow the instructions of the
diagnostic.

4. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Pick Motor Station.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the Carriage Motor located in MPCA
Board are correctly connected and not damaged

IMPORTANT: If any cable is disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer
again to check whether the system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged then
replace the Carriage Motor Station assy.

● Carriage Motor Station assy assembly

2. Make sure that the Carriage path is clear. Remove any visible obstacles (screws, plastic
parts, etc.) restricting the movement of the Carriage Motor.

3. Run Carriage Test to verify the Carriage motor (see 4.19 Carriage Test on page 349 and
replace it if needed. See Carriage Motor with Sled (2Y9H0-67045) on page 592

System error: 0043-0062

Problem description: Pick Motor Electrical warm

Other potential parts Print Bundle PCA.

associated:

182 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Remove the Front Window and
check for any visible obstacles restricting the movement of the Pick Motor. If there is a
wrinkled mass of Substrate inside the Carriage path, clear the obstruction.

2. Check Substrate weight is not heavier than printer specs.

3. Reconnect the power cord and power on the printer.

4. If the problem persist the call agent should arrange a service engineer visit.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the Pick Motor located in Print Bundle
board are correctly connected and not damaged.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer
again to check whether the system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged, then
replace the Pick Motor Station assy.

● Pick Motor Station assembly

2. Go to the Service Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315) and run Pick Motor Test to verify the Pick motor and replace it if needed. (see Entering
the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page 315)

3. .If the problem persists, replace the Print Bundle PCA, see Print Bundle PCA (PBB)
(2Y9H0-67017) on page 511.

- Print Bundle PCA.

System error: 0044-0059

Problem description: Feed motor Servo shutdown

Other potential parts None

associated:

System error code troubleshooting 183

 Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Make sure there is no paper jam restricting the movement of roll.

2. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

3. .Enter to service menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page 315)
and run the Paper Motor Test. See 4.18 Paper Motor Test on page 347.

4. After running the diagnostic if the result is FAIL, please follow the instructions of the
diagnostic.

5. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Feed Station.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the feed motor located in MPCA board are
correctly connected and not damaged.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer
again to check whether the system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged, then
replace the Feed Motor Station assy.

● · Feed Motor Station assembly

2. Make sure that the Carriage path is clear. Remove any visible obstacles (screws, plastic
parts, etc.) restricting the movement of the Feed Motor.

3. Go to the Service Menu (see Entering the service menus on page 315) and run Paper
Motor Test to verify the Feed motor and replace it if needed. See 4.18 Paper Motor Test on
page 347.

System error: 0044-0060

Problem description: Feed motor Direction test

Other potential parts Main PCA

associated:

184 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. Enter to support menu (see Entering the service menus on page 315) and run the Paper
Motor Test. See 4.18 Paper Motor Test on page 347.

3. After running the diagnostic if the result is FAIL, please follow the instructions of the
diagnostic.

4. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Feed Station.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the feed motor located in MPCA board are
correctly connected and not damaged.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer
again to check whether the system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged, then
replace the Feed Motor Station assy.

● · Feed Motor Station assembly

2. Make sure that the Carriage path is clear. Remove any visible obstacles (screws, plastic
parts, etc.) restricting the movement of the Feed Motor.

3. Go to the Service Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315) and run Paper Motor Test to verify the Feed motor and replace it if needed. See 4.18
Paper Motor Test on page 347.

4. If the problem persists, replace the Main PCA, see Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015,
2Y9H2-67002, 2Y9H3-67003) on page 505.

·Main PCA

System error: 0044-0062

Problem description: Feed Motor Electrical warm

Other potential parts Main PCA

associated:

System error code troubleshooting 185

 Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Remove the Front Window and
check for any visible obstacles restricting the movement of the Feed Motor. If there is a
wrinkled mass of Substrate inside the Carriage path, clear the obstruction

2. Check Substrate weight is not heavier than printer specs.

3. Reconnect the power cord and power on the printer.

4. .If the problem persist the call agent should arrange a service engineer visit.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the Feed Motor located in MPCA board
are correctly connected and not damaged.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer
again to check whether the system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged, then
replace the Feed Motor Station assy.

● · Feed Motor Station assembly

2. Make sure that the Carriage path is clear. Remove any visible obstacles (screws, plastic
parts, etc.) restricting the movement of the Feed Motor

3. Go to the Service Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315) and run Paper Motor Test to verify the Feed motor and replace it if needed. See 4.18
Paper Motor Test on page 347.

4. If the problem persists, replace the Main PCA, see Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015,
2Y9H2-67002, 2Y9H3-67003) on page 505.

·Main PCA

System error: 0045-0017

Problem description: Unable to move Rewind Servo or no feedback received.

Other potential parts Main PCA

associated:

186 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. Remove the spindle, check the spindle gear and gear cap position. Check rewinder gears
for damage. Finally, boot the unit without the spindle.

3. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Rewinder module,
and follow the Onsite troubleshooting below:

● Left Roll Support

4. If a different system error is displayed then the call agent should perform the applicable
troubleshooting procedure.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove the covers and check that the cables of the rewinder module are correctly
connected to the Main PCA, and that none of them are damaged. If any cable is
disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer again to check whether the
system error has disappeared.

2. Replace the Left Roll Support. See Left Roll Support (2Y9H0-67025, 2Y9H1-67026) on page
470.

● Left Roll Support

3. Replace the Main PCA, see Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015, 2Y9H2-67002,
2Y9H3-67003) on page 505.

● Main PCA

System error: 0045-0059

Problem description: Rewinder Motor Servo shutdown

Other potential parts None

associated:

System error code troubleshooting 187

 Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. Enter the service menu, see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315, and run the Rewinder Motor test. See 4.20 Rewinder Motor Test on page 350.

3. After running the diagnostic if the result is FAIL, please follow the instructions of the
diagnostic.

4. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Rewinder Motor.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the Rewinder located in the MPCA Board
are correctly connected and not damaged.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer
again to check whether the system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged, then
replace the Rewinder Motor Station assy.

·Rewinder Motor Station assembly

2. Make sure that the Rewinder path is clear. Remove any visible obstacles (screws, plastic
parts, etc.) restricting the movement of the Rewinder Motor.

3. Go to the Service Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315) and run the Rewinder Motor Test to verify the Rewinder motor and replace it if
needed. See 4.20 Rewinder Motor Test on page 350.

System error: 0045-0060

Problem description: Rewinder motor Direction test

Other potential parts Main PCA

associated:

188 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. Enter to the service menu, see (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on
page 315), and run the Rewinder Motor test. See 4.20 Rewinder Motor Test on page 350.

3. After running the diagnostic if the result is FAIL, please follow the instructions of the
diagnostic.

4. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Rewinder Motor.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the Rewinder located in the MPCA Board
are correctly connected and not damaged.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer
again to check whether the system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged, then
replace the Rewinder Motor Station assy.

·Rewinder Motor Station assembly

2. Make sure that the Rewinder path is clear. Remove any visible obstacles (screws, plastic
parts, etc.) restricting the movement of the Rewinder Motor.

3. Go to the Service Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315) and run the Rewinder Motor Test to verify the Rewinder motor and replace it if
needed. See 4.20 Rewinder Motor Test on page 350.

4. If the problem persists, replace the Main PCA, see Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015,
2Y9H2-67002, 2Y9H3-67003) on page 505.

·Main PCA.

System error: 0045-0062

Problem description: Rewinder Motor Electrical warm

Other potential parts Main PCA

associated:

System error code troubleshooting 189

 Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord. Open the Front Window and the Roll
cover and check for any visible obstacles restricting the movement of the Rewinder Motor.
If there is a wrinkled mass of Substrate inside the Carriage path, clear the obstruction.

2. Check Substrate weight is not heavier than printer specs.

3. Reconnect the power cord and power on the printer.

4. If the problem persists, the call agent should arrange a service engineer visit.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove covers and check that the cables from the Rewinder located in the MPCA Board
are correctly connected and not damaged.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is disconnected then reconnect it, and power on the printer
again to check whether the system error has disappeared. If any cable is damaged, then
replace the Rewinder Motor Station assy.

·Rewinder Motor Station assembly

2. Make sure that the Rewinder path is clear. Remove any visible obstacles (screws, plastic
parts, etc.) restricting the movement of the Rewinder Motor.

3. Go to the Service Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315) and run the Rewinder Motor Test to verify the Rewinder motor and replace it if
needed. See 4.20 Rewinder Motor Test on page 350.

4. If the problem persists, replace the Main PCA, see Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015,
2Y9H2-67002, 2Y9H3-67003) on page 505.

·Main PCA.

System error: 0059-0190

Problem description: Conflict found between NVM main and backup

Other potential parts None

associated:

Corrective action: Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. The error appears if during a service operation, the Main PCA or the NVM backup PCA are
replaced by a reused part (not a new spare part).

2. To recover, repair using HP genuine new spare parts.

System error: 0059-0191

Problem description: Default data found in both NVM main and backup

Other potential parts None

associated:

190 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Corrective action: Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. The error appears if during a service operation, the Main PCA and the NVM backup PCA
are replaced at the same time.

CAUTION: Do not replace both the Main PCA and NVM Backup PCA at the same
moment.

2. To recover, repair by changing first one component (use the old component for this
printer), then power the printer off and on, and change the other.

System error: 0059-0289

Problem description: NVM backup is missing or does not work correctly (NVM location).

Other potential parts Main PCA

associated:

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

■ Restart the unit. If the problem persists, then:

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove left cover, and ensure NVM backup cable is properly connected to it and to the
Main PCA.

2. Replace the NVM backup.

3. If the issue persists, replace the Main PCA.

System error: 0085-0101

Problem description: Feed index encoder sensor does not work properly

Other potential parts Feed Encoder Disk, Main PCA

associated:

System error code troubleshooting 191

 Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch off the printer, and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Feed Index PCA and
follow onsite troubleshooting below.

● Feed Index encoder sensor PCA

3. If a different system error is displayed then the call agent should perform the applicable
troubleshooting procedure.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove the covers and check that all the cables are well connected to the Main PCA, and
none of them are damaged. If any cable is not connected then reconnect it, and power on
the printer again to check whether the system error has disappeared.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is damaged then order a Cable Service Kit:

● Cables and sensors

2. Replace the Feed Index Encoder Sensor PCA.

● Feed Index encoder sensor PCA

3. Check that the Encoder Disk is not dirty or damaged. If the Encoder Disk is damaged, it
should be replaced, see Encoder Disk (CQ890-67033) on page 531.

● Encoder Disk

System error: 0085-0201

Problem description: Feed encoder sensor does not work properly

Other potential parts Feed encoder Disk, Main PCA

associated:

192 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch off the printer, and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Feed encoder sensor
PCA.

● Feed Encoder Sensor PCA

3. If a different system error is displayed then the call agent should perform the applicable
troubleshooting procedure.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove the covers and check that all the cables are well connected to the Main PCA, and
none of them are damaged. If any cable is not connected then reconnect it, and power on
the printer again to check whether the system error has disappeared.

IMPORTANT: If any cable is damaged then order a Cable Service Kit:

● Cables and sensors

2. Replace the Feed Encoder Sensor PCA, see .

● Feed Encoder Sensor PCA

3. Check that the Encoder Disk is not dirty or damaged. If the Encoder Disk is damaged it
should be replaced, see Encoder Disk (CQ890-67033) on page 531.

● Encoder Disk

System error: 0087-0001

Problem description: Encoder Strip failure

Other potential parts Carriage (encoder sensor)

associated:

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch off the printer, and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Encoder Strip and
follow onsite troubleshooting below.

● Encoder Strip (36)

3. If a different system error is displayed then the call agent should perform the applicable
troubleshooting procedure.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Remove the covers and check that Encoder Strip is not broken or dirty.

2. If the Encoder Strip is dirty, follow the procedure in this manual to clean it, see Clean the
Encoder Strip on page 715.

3. If the Encoder strip is damaged or does not work, it should be replaced, see Encoder Strip
(CQ893-67029) on page 489.

4. If this fails to solve the issue, the problem might be due to the encoder sensor within the
carriage. In that case, replace the carriage, see Carriage assembly (5HB10-67001) on page
550.

System error code troubleshooting 193

 System error: 0153-0302

Problem description: Multi-Sheet Tray presence not detected

Other potential parts MPCA

associated:

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

■ Remove the Multi-Sheet Tray (if installed). Check if Multi-Sheet Tray sensor physically
exists.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Verify that there is no damage on the Multi-Sheet Tray sensor cable.

2. Ensure that the Multi-Sheet Tray sensor cable is correctly connected to the MPCA,
checking the J27 connector on the MPCA.

IMPORTANT: This error is not about the failure to detect the Multi-sheet "tray", but about
the Multi-sheet tray "sensor". Therefore, the error can show up even in a printer that has
no Multi-Sheet Tray installed. Do not try to replace the Multi-Sheet Tray.

System error: 0942-0188

Problem description: Carriage homing problem

Other potential parts None

associated:

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Reboot the unit. If the problem persists, clean the encoder strip, see Clean the Encoder
Strip on page 715.

2. If the issue is not solved, open the PHA door and check if there’s any paper strips blocking
either the carriage or the SVS.

3. Go to the Support Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315) and run Carriage Servo diagnostic, see .

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Check encoder strip, scan axis and service station parts.

2. Depending on the failing subsystem, any one of them may need replacing.

System error: 0955-0050

Problem description: Line sensor failure

194 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 Other potential parts Carriage PCA, Trailing Cable, Main PCA
associated:

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Switch off the printer, and disconnect the power cord. Reconnect the power cord and
power on the printer.

2. Go to the Support Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315) and run the Line Sensor diagnostic, see 4.21 Line sensor (ZIM/SPOT) Test on page
352..

3. The call agent should arrange a service engineer visit to change the Line Sensor
assembly; follow the onsite troubleshooting below.

● Line Sensor

4. If a different system error is displayed then the call agent should perform the applicable
troubleshooting procedure.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Go to the Service Menu (see Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page
315) and run the Line Sensor diagnostic, see 4.21 Line sensor (ZIM/SPOT) Test on page
352.

2. Remove the covers and check that the cable of the line sensor is connected to the
Carriage PCA and it is not damaged. If the cable is not connected then reconnect it, and
power on the printer again to check whether the error has disappeared.

IMPORTANT: If the cable is damaged then replace the Line Sensor, see Carriage Line
Sensor (ZIM sensor) (CQ890-67001) on page 588.

● Line Sensor

3. Clean the Line Sensor and try again, see Clean the Carriage Line Sensor on page 714.

4. Replace the Carriage Assembly, see Carriage assembly (5HB10-67001) on page 550.

● Carriage assembly w/belt (36)

5. Replace the Main PCA, see Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015, 2Y9H2-67002,
2Y9H3-67003) on page 505

● Main PCA

8XXX Internal printer firmware error

8XXX-XXXX FW assertion failure. FW assertion failure.

Description All system errors with the format 8XXX-XXXX are firmware assertion failures, an internal
firmware error and usually the system can’t continue working after it one of these failures is found. In
other words, it is an unexpected fw condition that usually crashes the FW or running process. They are
very rarely seen and HP fixes all the identified and reproducible ones, so first step after restart the
printer is to ensure you have the latest FW version or upgrade it. In case you get and assertion in a
repetitive way please contact your HP support representative.

Preliminary Troubleshooting for CustomersRestart the printer. Check that the printer has the latest
firmware version. If the problem persists, call your support representative.

System error code troubleshooting 195

 Other possible errors
Although infrequent, there are errors and asserts that can be displayed in the Front Panel in a different
format. Usually these errors are solved by turning the printer off and on.

Examples of these errors are shown here:

Assert codes
In certain circumstances, an assert error code can be displayed on the Front Panel. Assert error codes
are displayed in unexpected and uncontrollable FW conditions (equivalent to a blue screen in Windows).

Assert codes have 3 equivalent codifications: 0xAAAABBBB, 1800-AAAA-BBBB, or AAAABBBB. For

example, assert code 1800-6101-1bf0 is equivalent to assert 0x61011bf0 and to assert code 61011bf0. The
code will be shown in one format or the other depending on the place where it is shown (Front Panel,
error log, etc.).

Assert codes can be displayed in the Front Panel in several ways: blue screens with a code, white
screens with a code, normal screens with the error code, etc.

196 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

It is the assert code that the printer will display when an unknown exception occurs that cannot be
pointed to by any specific subsystem of the printer. Since the trigger is an unknown exception, the
number of possible causes behind it is large. The majority can be grouped, however, into the following
groups.

● Job-related

● Data-related

● User-interaction related

● Hardware-related

● Network-related

● Random

Assert error codes are rarely related to hardware issues with a printer component. Replacing PCAs or
other components of the printer due to assert error codes is discouraged, unless this is part of the
troubleshooting defined for an specific assert code.

Assert codes 197

 When encountering an assert error code that appears consistently, check if there is a specific
troubleshooting in the following table of "known assert error codes and solutions".

For assert error codes without a specific troubleshooting, the following procedure is recommended:

1. Capture all the information related to the error situation (when did the error appear: during boot-up,
printing, during physical intervention with the printer, etc.). If the error reappears in similar situations
(for example, sending a plot of a certain format from a certain application), avoid this work-flow as a
workaround until the issue is fixed in a future FW release.

2. Ensure the latest FW and drivers are being used. Newer FW releases contain fixes for most common
asserts seen in the printers.

Here are some known assert codes and the solutions.

Assert code When Corrective action

B8000000 After sending a job or during initialization How to solve: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

B80383B2 1. Remove all jobs from computer’s spooler

0005fbb6 2. Ensure latest FW and drivers are being used.

C4EB0400 During physical user intervention (for Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)
example, when accessing ink cartridge
door, ink cartridge, etc.) 1. Remove covers and check that all the cables in the
Bundle PCA and associated parts are fully connected.

2. Refer to System error 0004–0001.

0af7ffc1 Booting up/Anytime Reboot. If problem persists install a new Main PCA.

0x0af7ffc1

1800-0af7-ffc1

01B6B8E6 Booting up/Anytime Reboot. If problem persists install a new Main PCA.

0x01B6B8E6

1800-01B6-B8E6

0EDE34E8 Booting up How to solve: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

01B7B8E6 1. Power off the printer and wait 30 minutes before

powering it up again.

2. If another error code/message is shown after step 1,

proceed with the troubleshooting for this other error
code/message.

B85B609E While processing job/printing How to solve: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

0xb85b609e Out of memory. Job size is too big.

1800-b85b-609e Reboot the printer. Use PCL3 driver to send the job.

How to get the system error log

The last 50 system errors can be viewed on the Front Panel.

To see the error log, go to the Service Menu, enter the Information Menu, and go to Event Log; see 1.6
Event log on page 319 .

198 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 To print the error history, go to the Service Menu, enter the Reports Menu, and go to Event Log; see 1.6
Event log on page 319 .

To check the error log by EWS go to General > Event Log.

Paper troubleshooting
Use the following section to troubleshoot paper-related issues when the problem has not been solved by
following the troubleshooting of paper issues in the user's guide.

For every paper issue, first make sure you have reviewed the paper supported by the product (type
and size). Also make sure the customer has followed the user's guide instructions to load the paper. In
summary, check that the customer is:

● Using supported paper

● Using appropriate paper path

● Following the front-panel instructions

For further detailed information about HP Large-Format Printing Supplies, see

http://www.hp.com/go/designjet/supplies.

Paper specifications:

Minimum Maximum

Roll width 279 mm ((11 in)) 610 mm ((24 in) )or 914 mm ((36 in))

Roll length 46 m (150 feet)

Roll diameter 100 mm ((3.9 in))

610 mm ((24 in) )roll weight 4.1 kg ((9 lb))

914 mm ((36 in) )roll weight 6.2 kg ((14 lb))

Sheet width 210 mm ((8.27 in)) 610 mm ((24 in) )or 914 mm ((36 in))

Sheet length 279 mm ((11 in)) 1676 mm ((66 in))

Paper thickness 0.3 mm ((0.01 in))

Paper weight 60 g/m² 280 g/m² (220 g/m² in multi-sheet

tray)

Multi-sheet tray stacking capacity 5 mm height

Paper troubleshooting 199

 Paper cannot be loaded successfully
Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

● Check that the customer has followed the paper troubleshooting included in the user's guide, if not,
help the customer to do it.

● If the problem persists, ask the customer to restart the printer.

● If the paper still cannot be loaded after restarting, follow the next recommendations depending on
the type of paper the user is trying to load (roll, single sheet, or from the Multi-Sheet Tray).

Unsuccessful roll load

Follow these recommendations if confronted with this situation.

1. Ensure that the Output Tray is closed. If the Output Tray is open, ask the customer to close it and try
to load the roll again.

2. Check spindle hubs and roll directionality feed under or over.

3. Ask the customer to try to print from the Multi-Sheet Tray. If he can print from the Multi-Sheet Tray, it
means that the OOP sensor and the paper motor work correctly. Ask the customer to re-check that
there are no pieces of paper stuck in the paper path.

4. If no anomalies are detected, ask the customer to cut 10 cm of the paper roll or use a new roll (if
possible) and try to load the roll again.

5. If no anomalies are detected, ask the customer to run the OOP sensor diagnostics. If they fail
the OOP sensor should be replaced, arrange the shipment of an OOP sensor (CSR A part) to the
customer.

6. If the OOP sensor diagnostics pass, arrange a service engineer visit to diagnose the issue.

Unsuccessful sheet load

Follow these recommendations if confronted with this situation.

1. Ensure that the Output Tray is closed. If the Output Tray is open, ask the customer to close it and try
to load the sheet again.

2. Ask the customer to try to print from the Multi-Sheet Tray. If he can print from the Multi-Sheet Tray, it
means that the OOP sensor and the paper motor work correctly. Ask the customer to re-check that
there are no pieces of paper stuck in the paper path.

3. If no anomalies are detected, ask the customer to try to load a different paper type (roll or single
sheet). If the load is successful, check with the customer that the type of paper failing to load is a
supported paper.

4. If the paper is supported, ask the customer to run the OOP sensor diagnostics. If the diagnostics
fail, the OOP sensor should be replaced, arrange the shipment of an OOP sensor (CSR A part) to
the customer.

5. If the OOP sensor diagnostics pass, arrange a service engineer visit to diagnose the issue.

Unsuccessful load from the Multi-Sheet Tray

Follow these recommendations if confronted with this situation.

200 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 1. Ask the customer to remove all the sheets from the Multi-Sheet Tray, and load only one sheet (A4 or
A3). Try to print. If the load is correct, ensure that the customer has not loaded too many sheets into
the tray, also that the paper is supported.

2. Ask the customer to ensure that the Multi-Sheet Tray is well positioned.

3. If one sheet works OK, but it fails with several, it could mean that there is a problem with the
Multi-Sheet Tray. To check this, ask the customer if roll or single sheet can be loaded successfully.
If yes, the Multi-Sheet Tray should be replaced, arrange the shipment of a Multi-Sheet Tray (CSR A
part) to the customer.

4. If it is impossible to load a sheet through the Multi-Sheet Tray, and neither roll nor single sheet can
be loaded, ask the customer to remove the Multi-Sheet Tray and re-check whether there is any
piece of paper stuck in the tray.

5. If no anomalies are detected, ask the customer to run the OOP sensor diagnostics. If they fail,
the OOP sensor should be replaced, arrange the shipment of an OOP sensor (CSR A part) to the
customer.

6. If the OOP sensor diagnostics pass, arrange a service engineer visit to diagnose the issue.

Leading Edge not detected

Onsite troubleshooting

The service engineer should first follow the paper troubleshooting procedure in the user's guide, and
also the instructions in this manual given to the customer by the call agent to double-check that the
troubleshooting has been done correctly. In most cases the problem can be solved by following these
instructions. If the problem persists, try the following:

1. Remove covers and check that there is no broken part in the following:

● Starwheel rail

● Pinchwheels

● Strange noise in motor or Drive Roller

● Upper paper guide is out of place or broken

● Out-Of-Paper Sensor is badly positioned

2. If any defective or broken part is found, it should be replaced.

Multisheet Tray Sensor issues: Printer displays wrong status for Multisheet Tray
Follow these recommendations if confronted with this situation.

Onsite troubleshooting

In case front panel messages do not match actual tray status the issue may be related with the
Multisheet Tray sensor.

1. If the printer informs that the tray is detached when it is not: Clean the mirror in the tray or check
whether it is missing. Ultimately, replace the Multisheet Sensor.

2. If the printer informs media is present when it is not: Clean the mirror in the tray or check for media
pieces obstructing the sensor.

Leading Edge not detected 201

 3. If the printer informs media is not present when it is: The printer will trigger the loading action
anyway after a job is sent, if the media is there, it will be picked up and moved to the Out of Paper
sensor that will detect the media.

Leading Edge not detected

Follow these recommendations if confronted with this situation.

Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Verify that the paper is loaded and in good condition.

2. Run the "Line Sensor (Zim/Spot) Test" diagnostic and consult the Service Menu on how to run the
diagnostic.

3. If the diagnostic fails call service and report the corresponding result, and if it goes well, but we still
have the same error (Leading Edge not detected), also call service and report that the diagnostic
has run successfully.

Onsite troubleshooting
1. Verify that the paper is loaded and in good condition.

2. Run the "Line Sensor (Zim/Spot) Test" diagnostic and consult the Service Menu on how to run the
diagnostic.

3. If the diagnostic fails, go to the System error code troubleshooting section and consult the
corresponding SE that appears on the screen.

Media jam removal

When a paper jam occurs, you normally see a message about it in the front-panel display.

Roll has jammed

When a paper jam occurs, you normally see a message about it in the front-panel display.

1. Open the roll cover.

202 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

2. Open the main window.

3. Rewind the roll to create a loop. Cut the paper, if needed.

4. Carefully remove any of the jammed paper that you can from the top of the printer.

5. Carefully remove any of the jammed paper from the front window.

6. Reload the roll, or load a new sheet.

Roll has jammed 203

 NOTE: If you find that there is still some paper causing an obstruction within the printer, restart the
procedure and carefully remove all pieces of paper. You may need to remove the multi-sheet tray (see L-
Shaped Multi-sheet tray has jammed on page 204).

L-Shaped Multi-sheet tray has jammed

Paper can jam in the multi-sheet tray for a variety of reasons and there are steps to follow to correct an
issue.

Proceed as follows:

1. Remove as much paper as you can from the multi-sheet tray.

2. Push down the multi-sheet tray extensions, which will make the tray easier to handle.

3. Unlock the tray, using the rotary switch behind it.

4. Pull out the tray.

5. Remove all paper from the tray.

204 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 6. Put the tray in again.

7. Lock the tray.

ARSS: Paper Troubleshooting

Use the following section presents a guide to helping the customer identify which part is failing and how
to fix it.

Troubleshooting - Remote Support

The following steps represent over-the-phone customer support for the ARSS.

1. Check if ARSS is installed.

Check if ARSS is installed with the printer by visual check. If ARSS is not installed, the issue is not
related to ARSS. Remember that the printer has no sensor to detect the ARSS. Front panel or EWS
doesn’t show the information.

ARSS: Paper Troubleshooting 205

 2. Check if ARSS is correctly installed.

Install the ARSS by following the assembly instructions to ensure it has completely inserted and
Multi-sheet tray. Heard “click” on both sides during reseat ARSS. Outer surface is even with Guide-
Roll.

3. Check if ARSS is correctly working.

a. Load cut sheets in the Multi-sheet tray.

b. Load a roll.

c. Print "Printer Status Report" (FP > User menu > Report > Printer Status Report).

d. Printer rewinds the roll and move the leading edge to the parking position (Condition A).

e. Printer picks a cut sheet from the Multi-sheet tray and print the job.

f. After between 30 seconds and several minutes, the printer automatically loads the roll, the
line sensor checks the media, then moves it to standby position under the pinch rollers
(Condition B).

206 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 4. Check if the issue depends on media type/condition.

Deformation of the roll can brock the behavior of picking roll. Too curly especially at the end of roll,
high/low humidity, long time no use, specific media type, etc).

5. Perform “ARSS Test” (Support Menu > Print diagnostics > ARSS Test).

Troubleshooting - Onsite Support

This guide is for use by the engineer when onsite with the customer.

Service Station
Troubleshooting for onsite engineers:

1. Open the Right Cover.

2. Perform Support Menu > Service Tests > ARSS Test to move the Service Station forward and
backward.

3. Visually check if the Service Station Sled pushes and releases the trigger (white lever) in the Bridge
Plate Module.

4. If it doesn’t work, reseat or replace the Service Station.

Bridge Plate Module and ARSS

Troubleshooting for onsite engineers:

1. Remove the Multi-sheet tray and the ARSS.

Troubleshooting - Onsite Support 207

 2. Visually check if the ARSS Gear link is installed correctly.

3. Perform Support Menu > Service Tests > ARSS Test to rotate this gear. Ignore the result of the ARSS
Test on the FP.

4. If the gear doesn’t work, reseat the ARSS Gear link then replace the Bridge Plate Module.

5. Install ARSS.

6. Perform Support Menu > Service Tests > ARSS Test to raise and lower the ARSS pickup rollers.
Ignore the result of the ARSS Test on the FP.

7. To observe the pickup rollers, slacken the paper during the test.

a. Perform the ARSS Test.

b. Load a roll.

c. Printer moves the roll to the parking position.

208 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 d. Create a slackness in the paper to expose the pickup rollers for visual inspection:

e. Observe the pickup rollers as the printer raises and lowers them.

8. If the pickup rollers do not perform as described, replace the ARSS.

Symptoms related to ARSS failure and corrective actions

This section details ARSS failure warning signs and the appropriate actions to take.

You would see the following symptoms if ARSS fails: Printer fails to pick up or move the roll from parking
position to ready position, and the front panel shows the following screens after printing from the
multi-sheet tray.

Issue #1: Paper Jam

Root cause: PWM of Pick Motor in the Bridge Plate Module is over its limit.

Symptoms related to ARSS failure and corrective actions 209

 How this happens: A paper jam occured and the paper is blocking the movement of the Pick Motor.

● ARSS was wrongly installed. The movement of the ARSS link Gear and/or the gears of the Bridge
Plate Module are blocked.

Corrective actions - for Customer over the phone

Perform the following steps to complete this procedure.

1. Check if ARSS is installed in the printer with a visual check. If ARSS is not installed, the issue is not
related to ARSS.

2. Remove the multi-sheet tray, roll, and ARSS.

3. Clean any paper jam from the paper path for the Multi-sheet tray if needed.

4. Install the ARSS by following the assembly instructions to ensure it and the multi-sheet tray have
been completely and correctly inserted.

5. Load the roll manually.

Corrective actions - for Onsite Engineer at customer’s site

Perform the following steps to complete this procedure.

1. Check if there is any paper jam in the printer.

2. Reseat the ARSS link Gear.

3. Replace the Bridge Plate Module.

Issue #2: The printer cannot detect or load the media

Root cause: The line sensor cannot detect the media.

210 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 How this happens:

1. Printer successfully picks up the roll from the parking position.

2. Then the leading edge of the roll passes over the OOPS.

3. However, it doesn’t reach the feed shaft (feed roller).

4. The feed shaft drives but it doesn’t carry the media.

5. Finally, the printer tries to detect the media presence on the print platen with the line sensor, but it
doesn’t detect it because the media didn’t reach the print platen. It’s still located before feed shaft.

Corrective actions - for Customer over the phone

Perform the following steps to complete this procedure.

1. Check if ARSS is installed in the printer with a visual check. If ARSS is not installed, the issue is not
related to ARSS.

2. Unload the roll and then load it manually.

3. If the issue repeats quite frequently, replace the roll to mitigate any possible deformation.

Corrective actions - for Customer over the phone 211

 Corrective actions - for Onsite Engineer at customer’s site
Perform the following steps to complete this procedure.

■ Check if the roll shows any deformation (too curly, especially at the end of roll; could be due to high or
low humidity, going a long time without use, the specific media type, etc.). If yes and the issue repeats,
replace the roll.

Issue #3: Roll automatically unloaded

Root cause: OOPS didn’t detect the media presence within expected time.

How this happens:

1. The leading edge of the roll escaped from the area where the pick rollers of ARSS can reach or pick
up. Potential causes include:

a. User accidently rewound the roll manually.

b. Deformation of the roll (too curly, especially at the end of roll; high or low humidity; long time
without use; specific media type; etc.).

c. Roll was over-rewound by the rewinder for some reason.

2. ARSS was wrongly installed. It doesn’t engage with the ARSS link gear.

3. ARSS link gear is missing or failing.

4. Bridge Plate Module is failing.

5. Service station doesn’t push the trigger (white lever) of the Bridge Plate Module.

Corrective actions - for Customer over the phone

Perform the following steps to complete this procedure.

1. Check if ARSS is installed in the printer with a visual check. If ARSS is not installed, the issue is not
related to ARSS.

2. Remove the multi-sheet tray, roll, and ARSS.

3. Install the ARSS by following the assembly instructions to ensure it and the multi-sheet tray have
been completely and correctly inserted.

4. Load the roll manually.

5. If the issue repeats quite frequently, replace the roll to mitigate any possible deformation.

212 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Corrective actions - for Onsite Engineer at customer’s site
Perform the following steps to complete this procedure.

1. Check if the roll ahows any deformation (too curly, especially at the end of the roll; could be due
to high or low humidity, going a long time without use, the specific media type, etc.). If yes and the
issue repeats, replace the roll.

2. Check that the ARSS link gear is not missing.

3. Reseat the ARSS link Gear.

4. Replace the Bridge Plate Module.

5. Replace the Service Station.

Printer displays out of paper when paper is available

Follow these recommendations if confronted with this situation.

Remote troubleshooting

● Check if the customer has followed the paper troubleshooting included in the user's guide. If not,
help him or her to do it.

● If the problem persists, ask the customer to unload paper, restart the printer and ask to load paper
again. If everything is OK, it is likely the printer has an old firmware version, ask the customer to do
an firmware upgrade.

● If there is a problem with the printer, it is likely that the customer cannot load paper after restarting
the printer, in this case see Paper cannot be loaded successfully on page 200.

Onsite troubleshooting

The service engineer should first follow the paper troubleshooting in the user's guide, and also
the instructions in this manual given to the customer by the call agent to double-check that the
troubleshooting has been done correctly. In most cases the problem can be solved by following these
instructions. If the problem persists:

1. Remove the covers and check that the OOP sensor is well placed and the flag is not broken.

2. Check the cables to see whether any of them is broken or disconnected (especially the OOPS
cable and the cable in the Bundle Board).

3. If everything is OK, replace the Bundle Board (see Print Bundle PCA (PBB) (2Y9H0-67017) on page
511).

4. If the problem persists, replace the Main PCA (see Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015,
2Y9H2-67002, 2Y9H3-67003) on page 505).

How to troubleshoot cutter issues

Follow the troubleshooting tree if the cutter doesn’t work. It is important to understand “how” the issue is
occurring to be able to identify the cause.

Corrective actions - for Onsite Engineer at customer’s site 213

 Troubleshooting tree for cutter issues

Cutter doesn’t
work.

Hardware
Is the roll supported
by the printer? See NO 1. Use the supported rolls.
Appendix A.

YES

Does the printer cut

without issue 1. Does the carriage
using ”FP > Setup > move to the left end
NO NO 1. Reboot the printer.
Form Feed > Form to pick up the
Feed and Cut”? See cutter?
Appendix B

YES

1. Ensure there is no piece of paper on the cutter or the left

2. Does the carriage end of the cutter guide. See Appendix C
pick up the cutter at NO 2. Reseat the cutter. See Appendix D
the left end? 3. Replace the cutter.
4. Reseat Cutter Bridge / Replace Cutter Bridge (onsite).

YES

3. Does the carriage 1. Replace the media with another type and try it again. Check
move and cut the if the media is supported.
NO
paper from left to 2. Reseat the cutter.
right? 3 .Replace the cutter.

YES
YES

4. Does the carriage

and cutter 1. Reseat the cutter.
NO
move/reach to the 2. Replace the cutter.
left end?

YES

5. Does the carriage

1. Ensure there is no piece of paper on the cutter or the left
disengage the
end of the cutter guide. See Appendix C
cutter then the NO
2. Reseat the cutter. See Appendix D
cutter remains at
3. Replace the cutter.
the left end?

Driver/Configuration Driver >

Does printing a job Preferences >
1. Enable the cutter in the driver.
from the driver cut NO OUTPUT > NO
Driver > Preferences > OUTPUT > Horizontal cutter > On
the roll? Horizontal cutter >
On?

YES

FP > Setup > Print

1. Enable the cutter in the front panel.
Settings > Enable NO
FP > Setup > Print Settings > Enable Cutter > On
Cutter > On?

YES

1. Disable then enable the cutter again in the front panel.

FP > Setup > Print Settings > Enable Cutter > Off
FP > Setup > Print Settings > Enable Cutter > On

Problem solved?

NO

Are you Printing

YES from macOS 10.13 NO 1. Download the latest driver and install/reinstall the driver.
or 10.14?

YES

Are you printing 1. Install and print from Raster driver or use macOS 10.15/newer
YES
through AirPrint? version.

Printer OK

Appendices
A. Is the roll supported by the printer?

1. Supported rolls

See the User Guide > 10 Accessories > Order paper.

214 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

2. Width and diameter of the roll supported by the printer.

Maximum supported roll width for 24-inch models: 24-inch model printers do not support rolls wider
than 24 inches. Check if the width of the loaded roll is 625 mm or not. If it is 625 mm or wider, do not
use the roll. The Left Roll Support (the black one) comes into contact with the Left Spindle Hub (the
blue one) and there is no more space between these components (see the following photos).

The Maximum supported roll diameter is 100 mm (3.9 in): Check if the diameter of the roll exceeds
100 mm.

For details of the supported paper sizes, see the User Guide > 18 Printer specifications > Functional
specifications.

B. Does the printer cut without issue using “FP > Setup > Form Feed > Form Feed and Cut”?

■ While the printer is cutting paper, with a flashlight, visually check the movement of the carriage and
the cutter from the paper output area.

CAUTION: Do not put your fingers into the printer during this procedure.

TIP: Place the front door in the “Middle position” to allow better visibility to check the cutter.

How to troubleshoot cutter issues 215

 For details on this position, see the User Guide > 11 Troubleshooting paper issues > Prevent a jam.

C. Ensure there is no piece of paper on the cutter or the left end of the cutter guide

1. Turn off the printer. Unplug the power cord.

2. Open the front door.

3. Manually move the cutter from the left to the middle of the printer.

4. With a flashlight, ensure there is no piece of paper around the cutter assembly. Also check the
cutter guide.

5. With a flashlight, ensure there is no piece of paper at the left end of the cutter guide.

216 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 6. Move the cutter to the left end and close the front door.

D. Reseat the cutter

■ See Cutter replacement instructions on page 775. When the customer opens the Cutter Door, also
ensure there is no piece of paper at the left end of the cutter guide.

How to troubleshoot Paper Jam, Carriage Jam, and Paper loading issues
Symptoms and troubleshooting steps

How to troubleshoot Paper Jam, Carriage Jam, and Paper loading issues 217
 1. Printer shows Paper Jam or Carriage Jam screen
There are 2 type of screens that the front panel can show: Paper Jam and Carriage Jam. It is very
important to understand which screen the printer is showing. Corrective actions depend on Paper or
Carriage. However, the first step is always the same, which is to “remove the paper.” See User Guide >
11 Troubleshooting paper issues > Roll has jammed / Multi-sheet tray has jammed. After that, follow the
corrective actions in these tables.

Paper jam
Table 3-7 Corrective actions

Affected FP Screen Triggers Corrective action

subsystem

Paper axis Paper Jam* 1. OOPS (Out Of Paper Remote troubleshooting (Call Agent)
Sensor) is being blocked
unexpectedly. 1. Check if there is any paper blocking the
OOPS. SeeAppendix A on page 222 .
2. Unable to move Paper
Motor or no feedback Check if there is any paper blocking the
from Encoder Disk. Feed Shaft and the Output Shaft. See
Appendix B on page 223.

2. If issue only seen with roll paper: Check

if the width and diameter of the roll are
supported by the printer . See Appendix
C on page 223.

3. If issue only seen with paper from Multi-

sheet tray: Check if Multi-sheet tray is
fully seated and locked by the rotary
switch.

4. If issue only seen with paper from Multi-

sheet tray: Clean the 2 gray rubber
pickup rollers in the Multi-sheet tray with
a water-dampened cloth. See Appendix
D on page 224 .

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (Service

Engineer)

1. Check if OOPS is seated in the correct

position and the flag moves smoothly.

2. If issue only seen with paper from Multi-

sheet tray: Replace Multi-sheet tray.

3. Replace Bridge Plate. See Appendix E on

page 224.

4. Follow Service manual > System error

code troubleshooting > 0041-0017.
* The animation and the instructions on the front panel depend on the paper source (Roll, Multi-sheet tray or Single sheet).

218 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Carriage jam
Table 3-8 Corrective actions

Affected FP Screen Triggers Corrective action

subsystem

Scan Axis Carriage Jam* Unable to move Carriage Remote troubleshooting (Call Agent)
Motor or no feedback from
Encoder Strip. 1. Check if there is any paper blocking the
Carriage. See Appendix F on page 225.

2. Check if the Cutter is blocking the

Carriage.

3. OOBE** only: Check if orange pin was

removed. See Appendix G on page 226.

4. OOBE** only + 24inch model only: Check if

a piece of cardboard was removed. See
Appendix H on page 226.

5. Check if ink cartridges are seated in the

slots completely.

6. Check if the Encoder Strip is damaged or

not seated correctly.

7. Clean the Encoder Strip.

8. OOBE** only: Perform “FULL RESET”. See

Assert Screen during initialization on
page 153.

9. Follow Service manual > System error

code troubleshooting > 0042-0117.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (Service

Engineer)

1. Follow Service manual > System error

code troubleshooting > 0042-0117.

2. Perform “FULL RESET”. See Assert

Screen during initialization on page 153.
* The animation and the instructions on the front panel depend on the paper source (Roll, Multi-sheet tray or Single sheet).
** OOBE: Out Of Box Experience. First boot up after assembling the new printer.

CAUTION: Disconnect the power cable before tryting to access any components in the printer.

TIP: These 2 front panel screens leave the same silent error code 0000-0059 in the Error Log.

This is a list of paper and scan axis related system errors. Normally these errors show up right after the
printer changes the screen from the HP logo to “Checking the printer. Please wait…”, during initialization.
In most cases, these errors show up due to hardware failures (not a paper jam).

Table 3-9 Paper-axis and scan-axis related system errors

Affected FP Screen Triggers Corrective action

subsystem

Paper axis 0041-0017 Unable to move Paper Motor or no Follow Service manual > System error
feedback from Encoder Disk. code troubleshooting > 0041-0017.

Carriage jam 219

 Table 3-9 Paper-axis and scan-axis related system errors (continued)

Affected FP Screen Triggers Corrective action

subsystem

Scan axis 0042-0117 Unable to move Carriage Motor or no Follow Service manual > System error
feedback from Encoder Strip. code troubleshooting > 0042-0117.

2. Printer doesn’t pick up the cut sheet in the Multi-sheet Tray and shows “Load Paper in Tray”
The printer actually moves the pickup rollers (as you know, you can hear the noise coming from the
Multi-sheet Tray), but the cut sheet in the Multi-sheet Tray doesn’t enter into the printer, then it shows
“Load Paper in Tray.”

If the OOPS doesn’t detect the leading edge of the paper in the expected time, the printer shows this
screen:

Corrective action
Remote troubleshooting (Call Agent)

1. Ensure cut sheets are loaded in the Multi-sheet tray.

2. Remove Multi-sheet tray and ensure there is no piece of paper blocking the paper path.

3. Ensure Multi-sheet tray is fully seated and locked by the rotary switch.

4. Check if the symptom meets these conditions:

● The leading edge (red dotted line in the photo) of the cut paper from the Multi-sheet Tray doesn’t
enter into printer at all and the jammed paper becomes “bellowed”:

220 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 Onsite troubleshooting and solution (Service Engineer)

If this is the symptom, replace the Bridge Plate. See Appendix E on page 224.

5. Clean the 2 gray rubber pickup rollers in the Multi-sheet tray with a water- dampened cloth. See
Appendix D on page 224.

6. Replace the Multi-sheet Tray.

3. Roll crashes, jams, or skews while loading a roll without showing a Jam screen
If a small piece of paper is blocking the paper path, this symptom can be seen. The printer can also show
this screen while loading a roll.

Corrective action
Remote troubleshooting (Call Agent)

1. Turn off the printer.

2. Open the door and, with a flashlight, ensure there is no piece of paper blocking the paper path in the
following locations:

a. The whole print zone.

b. Underneath the starwheel rail.

c. Behind the pinch rollers.

d. In the roll entry area.

3. Roll crashes, jams, or skews while loading a roll without showing a Jam screen 221
 3. Check if the width and diameter of the roll are supported by the printer. See Appendix C on page 223.

Appendices
Appendix A
OOPS (Out Of Paper Sensor):

Ensure there is no piece of paper blocking around the OOPS located between the 3rd and 4th pinch
wheels from the right. Also remove the Multi-sheet Tray and check the OOPS from the rear:

222 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Appendix B
Feed shaft and Output shaft:

Ensure there is no piece of paper blocking the Feed Shaft or Output Shaft.

Appendix C
Width and diameter of the roll supported by the printer:

Maximum supported roll width by 24 inch models: 24-in model printers do not support rolls wider than 24
inches. Check if the width of the loaded roll is 625 mm or not. If it is 625 mm or wider, do not use the roll.
The Left Roll Support (the black one) comes in contact with the Left Spindle Hub (the blue one) and there
is no more space between these components (see the following photos).

The Maximum supported roll diameter is 100 mm (3.9 in): Check if the diameter of the roll exceeds 100
mm.

Appendices 223
 For details on the supported paper sizes, see the User Guide > 18 Printer specifications > Functional
specifications.

Appendix D
Pickup rollers:

Remove the Multi-sheet tray and clean the 2 gray rubber pickup rollers with a water-dampened cloth. If
the paper type is smooth (like glossy paper) and the rollers are very dirty, slippage may occur.

Appendix E
Bridge plate:

Ensure these 2 gears are rotating.

1. Remove the Multi-sheet Tray.

2. Put a piece of paper on the Multi-sheet Tray Sensor. This is to fake the Multi-sheet Tray.

3. Print an internal plot: Go to Setup > Reports > Printer Status Report.

4. Check if these 2 gears rotate:

224 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

5. If they don’t rotate, replace the Bridge Plate.

Appendix F
Carriage:

Ensure there is no piece of paper blocking the Carriage’s movement along the whole Scan Axis:

● Move the Carriage and the Cutter to get complete visibility of the whole Scan Axis, from the left end
to the right end:

● Open the Cutter Door (Remove 1 screw with a flathead screwdriver) and ensure there is no paper in
the left end:

Appendices 225
 Appendix G
Orange pin:

Ensure that during setup the customer removed the 1 or 2 orange pins (the number of pins depends on
the model), holding the starwheel rail in place in the Out Of Box Experience.

Appendix H
Piece of cardboard:

24 inch models only. Ensure that the customer removed the piece of cardboard (36 inch models don’t
have this) during the Out Of Box setup. Normally it comes out together with the orange pin. Open the
front door and check the whole print zone from right to left, the Carriage and behind the trailing cable as
well, to try to find it.

226 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Paper has jammed
Remote troubleshooting

● Check that the customer has followed the paper troubleshooting procedures described in the
user's guide. If not, help him or her to do it.

● If the jam occurs with roll or single sheet, check with the customer that the output tray is closed. The
printer does not allow printing or loading roll or single sheet with the Output Tray open (a message
appears on the Front Panel). However if this is the case it is likely that the Output Tray Sensor is
broken. Ask the customer to run the Output Tray Sensor diagnostics. If the diagnostics fail, arrange
a service engineer visit to replace the Output Tray Sensor.

● If the jam occurs with roll, and the output tray is closed, check with the customer whether the jam
occurs at the beginning of the print, because due to the paper curling the paper is stopped into the
Output Tray (does not fall into the basket), provoking a paper jam. If this is the case, check with the
customer whether the ribs in the Output Tray have risen or not. If these ribs are not up while printing
from roll, it can cause paper jams at the beginning of the plot. If this is the case, arrange a service
engineer visit to replace the Output Tray.

● If the problem persists it is probably a mechanical problem that should be diagnosed by a service
engineer. Arrange a service engineer visit to diagnose the issue.

Onsite troubleshooting

The service engineer should first follow the paper troubleshooting in the user's guide, and also
the instructions in this manual given to the customer by the call agent, to double-check that the
troubleshooting has been done correctly. In most cases the problem can be solved by following these
instructions. However, if the problem persists, remove the covers and try the following steps:

Paper has jammed 227

 1. Check that all the Pinchwheels are all present and well assembled; check also that all the
pinchwheel springs are in place.

2. Check that the starwheel rail is correct.

3. Check that the spindle is not broken or inserted incorrectly, and that the spindle gear is OK.

Communication troubleshooting
Please follow these suggestions to diagnose remote communication issues.

General troubleshooting
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Check the following symptoms:

● The front-panel display does not show the Printing message when an image has been sent to
the printer.

● The computer displays an error message instead of printing.

● The computer or printer hangs (stays idle), while communication is taking place.

● The printed output shows random or inexplicable errors (misplaced lines, partial graphics, etc.).

2. To solve a communication problem:

● Ensure that the correct printer has been selected in the application.

● Ensure that the printer works correctly when printing from other applications.

● Remember that very large prints may take some time to receive, process, and print.

228 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 ● If the printer is connected to a network, check the printer connectivity status: the printer should
have an IP address and it should match the IP address specified in the printing computer. If the
addresses do not match, then configure it correctly; if the issue persists, check the network
configuration.

● Try WiFi.

● If the printer is connected to a wireless network, try moving the printer closer to the wireless
router. Alternatively, try connecting the printer by network.

● If the printer is connected to a wireless network, you can request a diagnostic report from the
front panel: Scroll down the dashboard and press , then scroll down the menu and press
Network Set Up > Print Reports >.Wireless Test Report. Alternatively, try moving the printer
closer to the wireless router, or try connecting the printer by wired network.

When a network device automatically configures itself by receiving an IP address from the DHCP
service, this IP address may change from the last time the device is powered off to the next time it
is powered on, which may lead to the device being shown as "offline" when driver port settings are
configured with the original IP address. There are at least three possible ways to avoid this:

● Increase the lease time of the DHCP server device.

● Set a fixed IP address for the printer so that it will not change by DHCP.

● Configure the printer and driver to refer to the hostname instead of the numeric IP address.

Wired network issues

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ If the HP software provided with the printer cannot be installed, check that:

● All cable connections to the computer and the printer are secure.

● The network is operational and the network hub is turned on.

● All applications, including virus protection programs, spyware protection programs, and firewalls,
are closed or disabled for computers running Windows.

● The printer is installed on the same subnet as the computers that use the printer.

If the installation program cannot discover the printer, print the Network Configuration Page, and
enter the IP address manually in the installation program.
Although assigning a static address to the printer is not recommended, some installation problems
(such as a conflict with a personal firewall) may be resolved by doing so.

Network port created does not match printer IP address (Windows)

If the computer is running Windows, make sure that the network ports created in the printer driver
match the printer's IP address.

1. Print the printer’s Network Configuration Page.

2. From Start > Set up, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes. - or - From Start > Front Panel, and
then double-click Printers.

3. Right-click the printer icon, click Properties, and then click the Ports tab.

Wired network issues 229

 4. Select the TCP/IP port for the printer, and then click Configure Port.

5. Compare the IP address listed in the dialog box and make sure it matches the IP address listed
on the Network Configuration Page. If the IP addresses are different, change the IP address in the
dialog box to match the address on the Network Configuration Page..

6. Click OK twice to save the settings and close the dialog boxes.

Wireless network issues

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Make sure the wireless (802.11) light at the top left of the front panel is turned on .

If the blue light is not lit, the wireless capabilities may not have been turned on. Swipe down the
dashboard and press , then scroll down the menu and press Network Set Up > Wireless Settings
>.On.

2. Make sure that an Ethernet cable has not been connected to the printer. Connecting an Ethernet
cable turns off the printer's wireless capabilities.

3. Restart components of the wireless network.

Turn off the router and the printer, and then turn them back on in this order: the router first, and then
the printer. Then run the Wireless Setup wizard in the front panel and select your network. If you still
are unable to connect, turn off the router, printer, and computer. Sometimes, turning off the power
and then turning it back on recovers a network communication issue.

4. Run the Wireless Network Test.

For wireless networking issues, run the Wireless Network Test. To print a Wireless Network Test
page, scroll down the dashboard and press , then scroll down the menu and press Network Set
Up > Print Reports >.Wireless Test Report. If a problem is detected, the printed test report includes
recommendations that could help to solve the problem.

5. If required, print the Network Configuration Page to check deep network status information.

NOTE: The wireless connection can be affected by the location of the network router and the device.
In order to improve your wireless connection:

1. If possible, try to position the wireless access point in a more central position of the office as shown
in figure no 2 below. Try and place away from dense materials; metal, concrete, double thick walls are
the hardest to penetrate, wood and plasterboard are easier. Consider these when positioning your
printer.

2. Change the wireless channel to one that’s not being used preferably; 1, 6 or 11 as these are non
overlapping channels.

3. Extend the range of the wireless network by using a simple wireless extender or adding more
wireless access points as shown in figures 3 and 4 below.

230 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Wireless Network Troubleshooting Report
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Print the Wireless Network Troubleshooting Report (WNTR). From the front panel: Swipe down the
dashboard and press , then scroll down the menu and press Network Set Up > Print Reports
>.Wireless Test Report.

This report consists of a top-level assessment of whether any wireless connection problems
exist between the printer (STA) and the home network’s wireless router, followed by more detailed
sections showing the result of various diagnostic tests as well as a configuration summary.

For more information about the contents of the Wireless Network Troubleshooting Report, see
Wireless network issues on page 230. There is only one situation that requires on-site repair: when
the Wireless PCA is defective. To replace the Wireless PCA, you must replace the Main PCA; see
Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015, 2Y9H2-67002, 2Y9H3-67003) on page 505.

Wireless Network Troubleshooting Report 231

 2. If you are not using a unique network name (SSID), then it is possible that the computer could be
connected to the wrong network.

Network Configuration Page

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Make sure that the computer's wireless networking has been turned on. For more information, see
the documentation that came with the computer.

2. Print the Network Configuration Page. From the front panel: press , then Internal Prints > User
Information Prints > Network Configuration Page.

This contains important wireless configuration information at a glance for the user and call agents.
Detailed configuration and status information is also included, such as MAC address, wireless
channel and signal strength, IP settings, Ports/Services status, and a list of wireless networks in
range of the printer. The Network Configuration Page contains important details for Wireless Direct
including SSID name, IP address and security pass code.

Manual driver installation

If there are issues installing the drive with the installer provided, it is necessary to perform a manual set
up.

Pre-installation
In order to perform a manual driver installation, several steps must first be taken.

232 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 1. Download driver package from the HP Support site and unzip it to a local folder.

2. Open the Print Management Console (In the Start menu, type “printmanagement.msc” -> In the
Print Management Console, go to Print Servers/Local):

Setting up the driver, port, and printing queue

In order to set up the driver for the printer, required are one driver, one port, and one printing queue.

1. Driver Set Up:

a. Select the drivers section and right click on a blank area.

b. Select Add Driver.

c. Follow the steps.

d. Select “Have Disk…”.

e. Browse to the location of the driver that you have previously unzipped.

Setting up the driver, port, and printing queue 233

 2. Port Set Up:

Select port section and right click on a blank area “Add Port…”

234 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3. Printer/Printing Queue Set Up:

Select port section and right click on a blank area “Add Printer…”

Setting up the driver, port, and printing queue 235

 Drivers Troubleshooting
When reporting a customer issue, it is very important to have the following information:

● Printer Model

● Operating system version (Client/Server?)

● Driver version

● Application causing problems and version

● Full list of driver settings used

● Killer plots

● PRN

Identifying the driver version

The driver version is obtained from “Print Management”.

1. Go to Print Management > Print Server > YOURCOMPUTERNAME (local) > Drivers

236 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 2. See the driver version in “Driver Version” column.

PRN File
The PRN is a file containing driver information generated before the spooler sends it to the printer.

1. From “Devices and Printers”, right-click on the printer and select “Printer properties” and then go to
the “Ports” tab.

2. Click “Add Port”, select “Local Port” type and “New Port”, and enter the full path (including file name)
where the PRN will be generated, for example:

● C:\Users\<username>\Desktop\issue.prn

After creating the new port, it will be assigned to the Printer Queue automatically.

NOTE: Every time the user prints to this printer, a PRN file will be generated with the driver’s job
information.

Table 3-10 Driver features

Feature V3 (W7) - PCL3GUI V4 (W10) - PCL3GUI MacOS- PCL3GUI

Document Size ( A4, A, ...) X X X

Margins: STD, Oversize, Clip content by margins X X X

Custom page size X X X

Paper Source: Tray, Roll, Manual feed X X X

PRN File 237

 Table 3-10 Driver features (continued)

Feature V3 (W7) - PCL3GUI V4 (W10) - PCL3GUI MacOS- PCL3GUI

Paper Source: including Automatic when X X

Automatic Roll Switch Support

Paper type: Actual media types, not Generics X X

Quality: Fast / Normal / Best X X X

Economode X X X

Max detail X X X

Resize: % , Fit to ... X X OS

Disable cutter X X X

Remove top/bottom blank areas X X X

Rotate 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees X X

Autorotate X X

Print on Color/Mono/Grayscale X X X

Max Application resolution X X

Page order: Front to Back, Back to Front X X OS

Bi-directionality X X X

Copies X X OS

Collate X X OS

Presets X X

Ink-supplies troubleshooting
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Handling ink cartridges and printhead

There are 4 replaceble ink cartridges that supply the printhead. You can check status information, and
easily change an ink cartridge when required.

About the ink cartridges

Ink cartridges store the ink and are connected to the printhead, which distributes the ink on the paper.

CAUTION: Observe precautions when handling ink cartridges because they are ESD-sensitive
devices. Avoid touching pins, leads and circuitry.

Storage of anonymous usage information

Each ink cartridge contains a memory chip that assists in the operation of the printer.

The memory chip stores a limited set of anonymous information about the usage of the printer, which
can include the following: the date when the cartridge was first installed, the date when the cartridge
was last used, the number of pages printed using the cartridge, the page coverage, the frequency of

238 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 printing, the printing modes used, any printing errors that may have occurred, and the product model.
This information helps HP to design future products to meet our customers' printing needs.

The data collected by the memory chip does not include information that could be used to identify a
customer or user of the cartridge or printer.

HP collects a sample of the memory chips from ink cartridges returned to HP's free return and recycling
program (HP Planet Partners: http://www.hp.com/recycle). The sampled memory chips are read and
studied in order to improve future HP products.

HP partners who assist in recycling ink cartridges may also have access to the data. Any third party
possessing the cartridge may be able to access the anonymous information on the memory chip. If you
prefer to not allow access to this information, you can render the chip inoperable. However, after you
render the memory chip inoperable, the cartridge cannot be used in an HP printer.

If you are concerned about providing this anonymous information, you can turn off the memory
chip's ability to collect printer usage information. To do so, access the front panel and tap , then
Preferences > Automatically send printer data, or access the Embedded Web Server, and click Settings
> Preferences > Data Collection settings. This does not prevent the cartridge from working normally in
other respects. However, if you change your mind later, you can restore the factory defaults to resume
collecting printer usage information.

Ink cartridges
The following sections provide details for this topic.

THIS TOPIC CONTENT DUPLICATED FROM PHOTON - TO BE CONFIRMED

Table 3-11 Available Ink Cartridges

Ink cartridge Part number

HP 728 69 ml Black Ink Cartridge F9J64A

HP 728 40 ml Cyan Ink Cartridge F9J63A

HP 728 40 ml Magenta Ink Cartridge F9J62A

HP 728 40 ml Yellow Ink Cartridge F9J61A

HP 728 300 ml Black Ink Cartridge F9J68A

HP 728 130 ml Cyan Ink Cartridge F9J67A

HP 728 130 ml Magenta Ink Cartridge F9J66A

HP 728 130 ml Yellow Ink Cartridge F9J65A

All ink cartridges are compatible with the T730 and T830.

Replace an ink cartridge

There are two occasions when you need to replace an ink cartridge.

● The ink cartridge is very low and you want to replace it with a full cartridge for unattended printing
(you can use up the remaining ink in the first cartridge at a more convenient time).

● The ink cartridge is empty or faulty, and you must replace it to continue printing.

CAUTION: Do not try to remove an ink cartridge while printing.

Ink cartridges 239

 CAUTION: Remove an ink cartridge only if you are ready to insert another one.

1. Make sure the printer is turned on.

2. Open the ink cartridge cover on the rear right-hand side of the printer.

3. Remove the ink cartridge.

4. Insert the new ink cartridge. Make sure that you insert the ink cartridge into the slot that has the
same colored letter as the cartridge you are installing.

5. Close the ink cartridge cover.

Check ink cartridge status

Information about the evolution of the ink cartridges.

To view the ink levels of your ink cartridges, tap the Supplies icon , then Ink Cartridges on the control
panel. For more information, tap the specific cartridge.

In the Embedded Web Server go to Home > Estimated Cartridges Levels or Supplies > Cartridges.

For an explanation of the ink cartridge status messages, see Ink cartridge status messages on page
240.

Ink cartridge status messages

There are ink cartridge status messages to alert you to an issue.

● OK: The cartridge is working normally, with no known problems.

240 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 ● Missing or Damaged: There is no cartridge present, or it is not correctly connected to the printer
(shown with an X on the status screen).

● Low: The ink level is low.

● Out of ink: The cartridge is empty.

● Not genuine HP: The cartridge is not a genuine HP cartridge.

● Wrong slot: The cartridge has been inserted into the wrong slot.

● Incompatible: The cartridge is incompatible with this printer.

● Note for service: Please be aware that some of these messages may be masking a silent error,
please check the ews.

Solving ink-supply problems

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Most of the problems that you may encounter when working with the ink supplies are solved with
guidance from the Front Panel. A full list of Front Panel messages is supplied in the user's guide.

1. Check that you have the correct type of cartridge (model number). See Solving ink-supply problems
on page 241.

2. Check that the colored label on the cartridge is the same color as the label on the slot.

3. Check that the cartridge is correctly oriented, with the letter or letters marking the cartridge label
right-side up and readable.

CAUTION: Never clean inside the ink cartridge slots.

Printhead
The printhead is extremely durable and does not need to be replaced every time an Ink Cartridge is
replaced. It is independent of the Ink Cartridges and will continue giving excellent results even if the Ink
Cartridges are low on ink.

Table 3-12 Available printheads

Part number

Printhead Host F9J56A

HP 729 Printhead Trade Replacement Kit F9J81A

Replace the printhead

When the printhead is out of ink or has an issue that cannot be fixed, you must replace it. After
replacement, the printer will automatically perform a printhead alignment on the loaded paper.

TIP: If you would like to perform the printhead alignment on a different paper (perhaps from the tray),
you could change the paper before starting this procedure. Plain white paper is recommended. A4 and
letter paper should not be loaded in landscape orientation.

1. Make sure the printer is turned on.

Solving ink-supply problems 241

 2. Make sure the printer wheels are locked (the brake lever is pressed down) to prevent the printer
from moving.

3. From the control panel, tap the Menu icon , then the Supplies icon , then Printheads >
Replace Printhead. Follow the instructions on the control panel.

4. Open the main door.

5. Open the printhead door on the right-hand side of the printer.

6. Locate the tubes connector-lever to release the ink tubes.

7. Raise the lever to release the tube connector and store the tubes connector on the tubes
connector-holder in the printer door.

242 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

8. Locate the printhead lever.

9. Raise the lever to release the printhead.

10. Remove the printhead, handling it with care to avoid getting ink on the connections.

Replace the printhead 243

 11. Insert the new printhead.

12. Lower the printhead lever (white).

13. Insert the tubes connector into the printhead.

14. Make sure that the tubes connector locks shut.

244 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 15. Close the printhead door.

16. Close the main door and follow the instructions on the control panel.

The control panel now recommends a printhead alignment.

The printer prepares the printhead for use.

NOTE: Do not open any covers during this process.

You cannot insert the printhead

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Check that you have the correct type of printhead (HP no. 729). See You cannot insert the printhead
on page 245 to check corresponding model number.

2. Check that you have removed the orange protective cap from the printhead.

3. Check that the printhead is correctly oriented.

You cannot insert the printhead 245

 4. Check that you have correctly latched the printhead (white latch), see Replace the printhead on
page 241.

5. Check that the printhead is correctly inserted.

6. Check that the tubes connector lever (blue) is up before connecting the tubes connector.

Clean the printhead

If your print is streaked or has incorrect or missing colors, the printhead may need to be cleaned.

There are three stages of cleaning (Express, Basic and Advance). Each stage lasts about two minutes,
uses one sheet of paper, and uses an increasing amount of ink. After each stage, review the quality of
the printed page. You should initiate the next phase of cleaning only if the print quality is poor.

If print quality still seems poor after you complete all stages of cleaning, try aligning the printhead.

NOTE: Cleaning uses ink, so clean the printhead only when necessary.

NOTE: Failing to turn off the printer correctly can cause print-quality problems.

Clean the printhead from the control panel

When your print quality seems poor, and you are next to the printer, this is a simple method to address
the issue.

1. Make sure there is paper in the input tray or a roll loaded.

2. Go to the control panel and tap the Menu icon , then Tools > Troubleshooting > Printhead
Cleaning.

Align the printhead

Precise printhead alignment is essential for accurate colors, smooth color transitions, and sharp edges
in graphical elements. Your printer has an automatic printhead alignment process which runs whenever
a printhead has been accessed or replaced.

You may need to align the printhead after a paper jam or if you are experiencing problems with color
accuracy.

To align the printhead, ensure that paper is loaded, then press , then Image Quality Maintenance >
Align printhead.

CAUTION: Do not use transparent or semi-transparent paper to align the printhead.

246 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Printhead troubleshooting
A printhead failure will be reported with the following message:

Press the Replace button to enter the replace routine and cut electrical power to the printhead.

1. Remove the printhead and check electrical contacts for damage or dirt.

2. Reseat the printhead and try again.

Further information can be obtained from the error log. System Errors for the printhead are not
explicitly shown in the Front Panel. This can give information about a failure in the printhead, if the
printhead is missing, or if the wrong part is being used (T120&T520 printhead).

3. If the System Error log points to a printhead failure proceed to replace the printhead.

4. If the error persists, then the carriage with the trailing cables should be replaced.

Error messages related with printhead and start-up

This topic explains the concepts involved in this subject.

● “The printhead appears to be missing, not detected, or incorrectly installed.”

– An error in the printhead was detected.

– How to solve: replace the printhead.

– In the error log, this is encoded using error codes 0027-XXXX.

● “A new, un-used printhead is needed.”

– The tubes are empty but the printhead is full; the only way to fill the tubes is by using an empty
(new) printhead.

– How to solve: replace the printhead.

● “The printer has detected an error. Restart the printer and retry the operation. If the problem
persists, call HP support. Error code: XXXX-XXXX.”

– 0021-0161: Priming motor or electrical failure.

– 0021-0180: Air Leak in Priming system.

– 0021-0132: Weak Primer motor or underpowered motor.

– 0024-0000: PHA startup failed due to ink blockage after retrying twice.

Printhead troubleshooting 247

 ● “An error occurred and the printhead start-up failed. Contact HP. Error code: XXXX-XXXX.”

– 0024-1100: IDS startup failure due to ALTERED supplies OOI.

– 0024-1000: IDS startup failure due to supplies OOI, or leaky tubes or supplies.

● “The printhead needs to be reseated. Open the door on the right to access printhead.”

– Bad connection of the tubes with the printhead. May happen once during startup before
showing a system error.

– User should just follow instructions.

Other system errors related with the PHA startup that may appear in the error log:

● 0824-0100: IDS startup detected no ink flow during the long repumps phase.

● 0824-0200: IDS startup detected no ink flow during the delays phase.

● 0824-0300: IDS startup detected no ink flow during the bag cycling phase.

● 0824-2000: SHAID was not covered during IDS startup.

Ink-supplies error messages

Cartridge Problem

Front Panel Message: Cartridge Problem with dotted frame.

One or more cartridges are missing or damaged.

Until cartridges are replaced make sure the printer is turned on to avoid damage to the
printer.

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Reseat ink cartridge.

2. Reseat Printhead.

3. Replace ink cartridge.

4. Replace Printhead Replacement Kit.

Front Panel Message: Cartridge Problem

The indicated cartridges are not communicating correctly with the printer. If this
problem persists, replace the cartridges.

248 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Check if the ink cartridge is supported by the printer. Do not insert the
unsupported ink cartridges (for example, insert T520 ink cartridge to T620).

2. Reseat ink cartridge.

3. Reseat Printhead.

4. Replace ink cartridge.

5. Replace Printhead Replacement Kit.

Incompatible Cartridges shown during printer setup or replacing printhead

If you see following screen during the first printer setup with the in-box HP ink cartridges or while
replacing the printhead with the in-box HP ink cartridges (Printhead Replacement Kit includes a set of ink
cartridges), follow the corrective action.

Front Panel Message: Incompatible Cartridges

This printer is not designed to use continuous ink systems.

To resume printing, remove continuous ink system and install original HP (or
compatible) cartridges.

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

■ Check which color of the ink cartridge(s) are failing and send the corresponding
ink cartridge(s).

Incompatible Cartridges shown during printer setup or replacing printhead 249

 Printer Failure

Front Panel Message: Printer Failure

There is a problem with the printer or print system. Turn the printer Off, then On. If you
continue to get this message, contact support.

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Reboot the printer.

2. Ensure there is no paper jam. Paper jams can cause this message on certain
occasions. See Paper jam on page 218.

3. Reseat ink cartridge.

4. Reseat Printhead.

5. Clean the electrical contact of the Printhead and the Carriage slot inside the
printer with a clean, dry, soft, and lint-free cloth; ensure that this is done by sliding
the cloth vertically.

6. Replace Printhead Replacement Kit (and ensure to replace the ink cartridges in
the kit at the same time).

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

■ Replace Carriage Assembly with Belt and Trailing Cable.

Printhead Problem

250 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 Front Panel Message: Printhead Problem

The printhead appears to be missing, not detected, incorrectly installed, or

incompatible.

Problem description: The printer is unable to determine whether the error is caused by a real hardware
failure or which part may be failing (possible candidates: ink cartridges, Carriage
Assembly, Trailing Cable, Primer).

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Reboot the printer.

2. Reseat Printhead.

3. Clean the electrical contact of the Printhead and the Carriage slot inside the
printer with a clean, dry, soft, and lint-free cloth; ensure that this is done by sliding
the cloth vertically.

4. Replace Printhead Replacement Kit.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

■ Replace Carriage Assembly with Belt and Trailing Cable.

Printhead Startup Failed

If you see following screen while printer is initializing the new printhead, follow the corrective action.

Front Panel Message: Printhead Startup Failed

An error occurred and the printhead start-up failed. Restart the printer and retry the
operation. If the problem persists, call HP support.

Problem description: Ink doesn’t reach to the printhead.

Printhead Startup Failed 251

 Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Reseat Printhead.

2. Try to keep rebooting the printer until this message disappears. Printer
automatically tries to recover the printhead while next boot up process.

3. If the message doesn’t disappear even after you reboot the printer more than 10
times, send a new Printhead Replacement Kit and replace it.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

1. Check if both the white and transparent air tubes from the prime pump and
service station are connected and not damaged. If damage is found, replace one
of them or both of them.

● Prime Pump

● Service Station Assembly

2. Replace Printhead Replacement Kit.

3. Replace Prime Pump.

Supply System Problem

Front Panel Message: Supply System Problem

There is a problem with the supply system.

Try replacing the affected cartridge with a different, non-empty, cartridge.

Problem description: The printer is unable to determine whether the error is caused by a real hardware
failure or which part may be failing (possible candidates: ink cartridges, Carriage
Assembly, Trailing Cable, Primer).

Corrective action: Remote troubleshooting (call agent)

1. Reboot the printer.

2. Reseat ink cartridge.

3. Reseat Printhead.

4. Clean the electrical contact of the Printhead and the Carriage slot inside the
printer with a clean, dry, soft, and lint-free cloth; ensure that this is done by sliding
the cloth vertically.

5. Replace ink cartridge.

6. Replace Printhead Replacement Kit.

Onsite troubleshooting and solution (service engineer)

■ Replace Carriage Assembly with Belt and Trailing Cable.

Safe Stop: printer behavior in the face of a Continuous Ink System

HP Designjet T730 & T830 MFP, and all new DesignJet printers, will include this feature to detect when
unsupported supplies are used in the unit: the printer expects a supply with finite volume, and after an
expected ink volume is extracted from the supply, an Out of Ink event must happen. If this event does not
happen, the printer evaluates that the customer is using a continuous ink system.

252 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 If customers are using a continuous ink system, the printer will show the following message:

There are comments included in the User guide to inform the customer about this unsupported
operation:

● The printer is not designed to use continuous ink systems. To resume printing, remove continuous
ink system and install genuine HP (or compatible) cartridges.

● This printer is designed for ink cartridges to be used until they are empty. Refilling cartridges prior to
depletion might cause your printer to fail. If this happens, insert a new cartridge (either genuine HP
or compatible) to continue printing.
There is also a clause in the warranty statement where this is clearly stated:

● 5. HP’s limited warranty is void in the event the printer is attached to an aftermarket apparatus or
system that modifies the printer’s functionality such as a continuous ink system.
In the event the customer is using a continuous ink system:

● Do not replace cartridges under warranty. (Instruct customer to replace the incompatible cartridges
with HP or compatible cartridges.)

● Do not replace or repair the printer under warranty!

● This error can also occur when customers refill supplies, never allowing them to become depleted.

The following messages are proposals of communication from Call Agent to Customer:

● "This printer is not designed to use continuous ink systems. To resume printing, remove continuous
ink system and install genuine HP (or compatible) cartridges."

● "This printer is designed for ink cartridges to be used until they are empty. Refilling cartridges prior
to depletion might cause your printer to fail. If this happens, insert a new cartridge (either genuine
HP or compatible) to continue printing."

● "HP’s limited warranty is void in the event the printer is attached to an aftermarket apparatus or
system that modifies the printer’s functionality such as a continuous ink system."

Print-quality troubleshooting
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Print-quality troubleshooting 253

 General print-quality troubleshooting
These procedures should help with streaked or faded prints, prints without black or other colors, prints
with blurred or fuzzy text, prints with ink streaks or smears, and many other problems.

Try the following solutions in the order presented in order to resolve the common issues described
above. When one of the solutions resolves the issue, there is no need to continue troubleshooting.

Use genuine HP ink cartridges

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ HP recommends that you use genuine HP ink cartridges. HP cannot guarantee the quality or
reliability of non-HP cartridges. If you are not using genuine HP ink cartridges, the following solutions
might not resolve your print-quality issue.

Check the paper

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Make sure that the paper type selected in the front panel is the same as the paper type loaded into
the printer. Also make sure that the paper type selected in your software is the same as the paper
type loaded into the printer.

Check the print settings

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

On the printer, open the driver Preferences menu, then adjust the "Print quality", "Document size", and
"Margins layout" settings

Print and evaluate a print-quality diagnostic report and troubleshoot defects

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

NOTE: Never use demo plots to check image quality as they are optimized for settings that may not
match the customer’s scenario.

Use the following procedure to print, and then evaluate a print-quality diagnostic report.

1. Print a print-quality diagnostic page.

a. Make sure there is plain white, letter-size paper loaded in the sheet feeder at the back of the
printer.

b. Choose the Multi-Sheet Tray (multi-sheet or single-sheet) from the front panel.

254 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 c. From the printer's control panel, tap the Menu icon , then Tools > Troubleshooting > (...) > Print
Quality Diagnostic. The print-quality diagnostic page prints.

2. If the lines in Test Pattern 1 are not straight and connected, follow these steps to align the printer:

a. Make sure there is plain white, letter-size paper loaded in the sheet feeder on the back of the
printer.

b. From the printer's control panel, tap the Menu icon , then Tools > Troubleshooting > (...) >
Printhead alignment. The printhead alignment procedure will begin.

c. At the end of the process a page prints, which may be discarded.

Print and evaluate a print-quality diagnostic report and troubleshoot defects 255
 3. Examine Test Pattern 2. Shown here is a good example of the test pattern.

If any of the colored blocks in Test Pattern 2 show white lines, or are faded or missing completely,
follow these steps to clean the printhead.

a. Make sure there is plain white, letter-size paper loaded in the sheet feeder on the back of the
printer.

b. From the printer's control panel, tap the Menu icon , then Tools > Troubleshooting > (...) >
Printhead Cleaning. There are three stages of cleaning (Express, Basic and Advance). Each
stage lasts about two minutes, uses one sheet of paper, and uses an increasing amount of ink.
After each stage, review the quality of the printed page. You should initiate the next phase of
cleaning only if the print quality is poor.

c. If the problem is still not resolved after third-level cleaning, proceed to the next step (check
print quality), before replacing the printhead.

NOTE: To avoid problems that require printhead cleaning, always use the Power button to
turn the printer off. Always replace any missing cartridges as soon as possible to avoid print-
quality issues and possible extra ink usage or damage to the ink system. Never turn off the
printer when the ink cartridges are missing.

Check ink supply station

Remove all ink cartridges and confirm movement of all the lifters, check the cartridges, and confirm
bongos are not damaged or blocked.

256 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Replace the problem ink cartridge

If none of the preceding steps resolved the issue, replace the cartridge that corresponds to the defect
on the Print Quality Diagnostic report. For example, if the magenta color block is streaked and printhead
cleaning does not help, replace the magenta cartridge, see Replace an ink cartridge on page 239.

NOTE: Use the Print Quality Diagnostic Page (not the Agent Assisted Image Test) to confirm failure
before replacing ink cartridges or the printhead.

Replace the printhead

If you have completed all of the troubleshooting steps and are still experiencing a problem, replace the
printhead.

NOTE: Use the Print Quality Diagnostic Page (not the Agent Assisted Image Test) to confirm failure
before replacing ink cartridges or the printhead.

Print and evaluate a print-quality diagnostic report and troubleshoot defects 257
 Service the printer

If the steps above have not solved the problem, service the printer.

NOTE: Keep a print sample that shows the problem. If the ink cartridges, printhead, or printer is
replaced under warranty, the support agent will request the print sample. If the printer is returned to
HP, the print sample must be returned with the printer. Place the sample in the output tray when you
package your printer for shipping.

Print-quality defects
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Horizontal lines across the image (banding)

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

If your printed image suffers from added horizontal lines as shown (the color may vary):

1. Check that the paper type loaded corresponds to the paper type selected in the front panel and in
the software.

2. Check that the customer is using appropriate print-quality settings for the purpose. In some cases,
you can overcome a print-quality problem merely by selecting a higher print-quality level. For
instance, if you have set the Print Quality slider to Fast, try setting it to Best.

3. Print the print-quality diagnostic report. See General print-quality troubleshooting on page 254.

4. If the printhead is working correctly, perform paper advance calibration, see the user's guide.

5. Even if no issues are found in the Diagnostic Report in step 3 but white horizontal lines or white
streaks still occcur in your image, it is recommended to clean the printhead. Be sure to complete
the entire 3 phases of the cleaning process.

If the problem persists despite all the above actions, contact your customer service representative for
further support.

Lines are too thick, too thin or missing

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

258 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 1. Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper type selected in the front
panel and in your software.

2. Check that you are using appropriate print-quality settings for your purposes. Select the custom
print-quality options in the driver dialog, and try turning on the Maximum detail option (if available).

3. If the resolution of your image is greater than the printing resolution, you may notice a loss of line
quality. You can find the Max. Application Resolution option in the driver dialog's Preferences tab.

4. If lines are too thin or missing, print the print-quality diagnostic report. See General print-quality
troubleshooting on page 254.

5. If the problem remains, align the printhead. See Align the printhead on page 246.

6. If the problem remains, perform paper advance calibration, see the user's guide.

If the problem persists despite all the above actions, contact your customer service representative for
further support.

Lines appear stepped or jagged

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

If lines in your image appear stepped or jagged when printed:

1. The problem may be inherent in the image. Try to improve the image with the application you are
using to edit it.

2. Check that you are using appropriate print-quality settings, see the user's guide.

3. Select the custom print-quality options in the driver dialog, and turn on the Maximum detail option
(if available).

Lines print double or in the wrong colors

This problem can have various visible symptoms:

Lines appear stepped or jagged 259

 ● Colored lines are printed double, in different colors.

● The borders of colored blocks are wrongly colored.

To correct this kind of problem, align the printhead. See Align the printhead on page 246.

Lines are discontinuous

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

If your lines are broken in the following way:

1. Check that you are using appropriate print-quality settings, see the user's guide.

2. Align the printhead. See Align the printhead on page 246.

260 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Lines are blurred
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Humidity can cause ink to soak into the paper, making the lines blurred and fuzzy. Try the following:

1. Check that your environmental conditions (temperature, humidity) are suitable for high-quality
printing.

2. Check that the paper type selected in the front panel is the same as the paper type you are using.

3. Try changing to a heavier paper type, such as HP Heavyweight Coated Paper.

4. Select a higher print quality (such as Normal or Best), the printer will then use more time to dry ink.

5. Select a paper type that is slightly thinner than the paper you have loaded; this will persuade the
printer to use less ink. Here are some example paper types in ascending order of thickness: Plain
Paper, Coated Paper, Heavyweight Coated Paper.

6. If you are using glossy paper, try changing to a different type of glossy paper.

7. Align the printhead. See Align the printhead on page 246.

Line lengths are inaccurate

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

If you have measured your printed lines and find that the lengths are not sufficiently accurate for your
purposes, you can try to improve line length accuracy in the following ways.

1. Print on HP Matte Film, for which your printer's line length accuracy is specified.

Polyester film is about ten times more dimensionally stable than paper. However, using film that is
thinner or thicker than HP Matte Film will reduce line length accuracy.

2. Set the Print Quality slider to Best.

3. Maintain the room at a steady temperature between 10 and 30°C (50 and 86°F).

4. Load the roll of film and let it rest for five minutes before printing.

5. If you are still not satisfied, try recalibrating the paper advance.

The whole image is blurry or grainy

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Lines are blurred 261

 1. Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper type selected in the front
panel and in your software.

2. Check that you are printing on the correct side of the paper.

3. Check that you are using appropriate print-quality settings. In some cases, you can overcome a
print-quality problem merely by selecting a higher print-quality level. For instance, if you have set the
Print Quality slider to Fast, try setting it to Best.

4. If the problem remains, align the printhead. See Align the printhead on page 246.

5. If the problem remains, perform paper advance calibration.

If the problem persists despite all the above actions, contact your customer service representative for
further support.

The paper is not flat

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

If the paper does not lie flat when it comes out of the printer, but has shallow waves in it, you are likely to
see defects in the printed image, such as vertical stripes. This can happen when you use thin paper that
becomes saturated with ink.

262 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 1. Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper type selected in the front
panel and in your software.

2. Try changing to a thicker paper type, such as HP Heavyweight Coated Paper.

3. Select a lower print quality (such as Fast); the printer will then use less ink.

4. Select a paper type that is slightly thinner than the paper you have loaded; this will persuade the
printer to use less ink. Here are some example paper types in ascending order of thickness: Plain
Paper, Coated Paper, Heavyweight Coated Paper.

The print is scuffed or scratched

The black ink pigment can be scuffed or scratched when touched by a finger, a pen or some other
object. This is particularly noticeable on coated paper.

Glossy paper may be extremely sensitive to the basket or to anything else that it contacts soon after
printing, depending on the amount of ink used and the environmental conditions at the time of printing.

To reduce the risk of scuffs and scratches:

● Handle prints carefully.

● Avoid stacking prints on top of each other.

● Catch your prints as they are cut from the roll and do not let them fall into the basket. Alternatively,
leave a sheet of paper in the basket so that freshly printed sheets do not make direct contact with
the basket.

● Increase the drying time. At the control panel, tap the Settings icon , then Setup > Print Settings >
Drying Time > Extended.

The print is scuffed or scratched 263

 Ink marks on the paper
This problem can occur for several different reasons.

Horizontal smears on the front of coated paper

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

If a lot of ink is used on plain or coated paper, the paper absorbs the ink quickly and expands. As the
printhead moves over the paper, the printhead may come into contact with the paper and smear the
printed image. This problem is normally seen only on cut sheets of paper (not on roll paper).

Whenever you notice this problem, cancel the printing job immediately. Press and also cancel the job
from your computer application. Soaked paper can damage the printhead.

Try the following suggestions to avoid this problem:

1. Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper type selected in the front
panel and in your software. Use a recommended paper type (see Order paper in the User Guide)
and the correct print settings.

2. Try changing to a thicker paper type, such as HP Heavyweight Coated Paper.

3. Select a paper type that is slightly thinner than the paper you have loaded; this will persuade the
printer to use less ink. Here are some example paper types in ascending order of thickness: Plain
Paper, Coated Paper, Heavyweight Coated Paper.

4. Try to increase the margins by relocating the image to the center of the page using your software
application.

Ink marks on the back of the paper

Clean the platen with a soft cloth. Clean each rib separately.

Black ink comes off when you touch the print

This problem may be caused by printing with matte black ink on glossy paper. The printer will not use
matte black ink if it knows that the paper will not retain it. To be sure of avoiding matte black ink, you can
select Photo Glossy Paper as the paper type (in the Photo Paper category).

Edges of objects are stepped or not sharp

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

264 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 If edges of objects or lines appear to be poorly defined or lighter in density, and you have already set the
print-quality slider to Best in the driver dialog, select the custom print-quality options, and try setting the
quality level to Normal. Another option is to try rotating the image.

Edges of objects are darker than expected

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

If edges of objects seem darker than expected, and you have already set the print-quality slider to Best
in the driver dialog, select the custom print-quality options, and try setting the quality level to Fast.

Vertical lines of different colors

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

If your print has vertical bands of different colors along it:

1. Try using thicker paper, choosing from the recommended paper types such as HP Heavyweight
Coated Paper.

2. Try using higher print-quality settings. For instance, if you have set the Print Quality slider to Fast,
try setting it to Speed.

White spots on the print

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

You may notice white spots on the print. This is probably due to paper fibers, dust or loose coating
material. To avoid this problem:

1. Try cleaning the paper manually with a brush before printing, to remove any loose fibers or
particles.

2. Always keep the cover of your printer closed.

Edges of objects are darker than expected 265

 3. Protect your paper rolls and sheets by storing them in bags or boxes.

Colors are inaccurate

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

If the colors of your print do not match your expectations, try the following:

1. Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper type selected.

2. Check that you are printing on the correct side of the paper.

3. Check that you are using appropriate print-quality settings. For the most accurate colors, select
Best quality.

4. Print the print-quality diagnostic report. See General print-quality troubleshooting on page 254.

Colors are fading

The (pigment) inks that this printer uses provide good fading behavior. Check you are using a
recommended paper type (see Order paper in the User Guide).

Prints on swellable coated papers will fade much less rapidly. However, lamination will increase the life
of prints (depending on the type of lamination) with all paper types. For more information, consult your
laminate provider.

The image is incomplete (clipped at the bottom)

This topic explains the concepts involved in this subject.

● Did you tap Cancel before all the data were received by the printer? If so, you have ended the data
transmission and will have to print the page again.

● There may be a communications problem between your computer and the printer. Check your USB
or network cable, or your Wi-Fi connection.

● Check to make sure that your software settings are correct for your current page size (for example,
long-axis prints).

● If you are using network software, make sure it has not timed out.

The image is clipped

Clipping normally indicates a discrepancy between the actual printable area on the loaded paper and
the printable area as understood by your software.

266 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 ● Check the actual printable area for the paper size you have loaded.

printable area = paper size – margins

● Check what your software understands to be the printable area (which it may call "printing area" or
"imageable area"). For example, some software applications assume standard printable areas that
are larger than those used in this printer.

● If you have defined a custom page size with very narrow margins, the printer may impose its own
minimal margins, clipping your image slightly. You may want to consider using a larger paper size.

● If your image contains its own margins, you may be able to print it successfully by using the Clip
Contents by Margins option.

● If you are trying to print a very long image on a roll, check that your software is capable of printing an
image of that size.

● You may have asked to rotate the page from portrait to landscape on a paper size that is not wide
enough.

● If necessary, reduce the size of the image or document in your software application, so it fits
between the margins.

There is another possible explanation for a clipped image. Some applications, such as Adobe
Photoshop, Adobe Illustrator and CorelDRAW, use an internal 16-bit coordinate system which means
that they cannot handle an image of more than 32,768 pixels.

NOTE: An image 32,768 pixels long would print at a length of 1.39 m (54.61 in) if you select Best or
Quality in the driver, 2.78 m (109.23 in) if you select Fast, Normal or Speed in the driver.

If you try to print an image larger than this from these applications, the bottom of the image may be
clipped. To print the whole image, try these suggestions:

● The driver dialog includes an option called Max. application resolution, which enables you to print
successfully in this situation. You will not normally need to change the default setting, which is Auto.
However, you can find the option in the driver Preferences.

● Save the file in another format, such as TIFF or EPS, and open it with another application.

Some objects are missing from the printed image

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Large quantities of data may be necessary to print a large-format print job, and in some specific
workflows, there may be an issue that can lead to some objects missing from the printed image. Here
are some suggestions to help you to avoid this problem.

Issue

Some objects are missing from the printed image.

NOTE: Print jobs which might be affected are files containing complex objects such as objects with
multiple layers, objects with gradients or/and the file size is relatively big in most of case. Usually this
kind complex job is made by CAD applications (For example AutoCAD).

Solutions

1. Update the printer’s firmware to the latest version. It can be downloaded and installed from hp.com.

Some objects are missing from the printed image 267

 2. Use the latest driver. It can be downloaded and installed from hp.com.

This is the most recommendable driver. By using the PCL3 driver, the customer’s computer handles
the rasterization process instead of the printer itself. Comparing to the printer, modern computers
have better performance to manage complex jobs due to more available resources.

TIP: Using the PCL3 driver is recommended in HP DesignJet T120/T520/T730 and T830 MFP
Series.

■ Go to driver. Preferences and Select Max. application resolution to 300

3. Use the latest HP DesignJet Raster driver for Windows Modern Apps. It can be downloaded and
installed from hp.com.

NOTE: This driver supports from Windows 10.

4. Use the HP-GL/2 Driver. It can be downloaded and installed from hp.com.

NOTE: This driver supports only Windows.

268 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 a. Enable Send job as bitmap.

b. Select Max. Application resolution: 300 and Resolution managed by application: Off.

5. Select a smaller page size and enlarge it to the desired final page size in the driver or in the front
panel.

6. Reduce the resolution of bitmap images in your application software.

7. Select a lower print quality in order to reduce the resolution of the printed image.

8. Update the application software to the latest version.

9. If the source file is a PDF:

a. Regenerate the PDF file: Open the PDF file with the printing application, then save it again as
PDF format. This could reduce the file complexity.

b. Use an alternative PDF reader to discard application issues.

10. Save the file in another format, such as TIFF or PDF, and print it from another application.

11. Try another software to print the file.

NOTE: If you are working under Mac OS, not all of these options are available.

Some options may adversely affect the final output quality or the time necessary to generate the print
job. Therefore, they should be cancelled if they do not help to solve the problem.

Some objects are missing from the printed image 269

 Links to download firmware and drivers

● HP DesignJet T120 Printer:

https://support.hp.com/us-en/product/hp-designjet-t120-printer/5263073/model/5263076/drivers

● HP DesignJet T520 Printer:

https://support.hp.com/us-en/product/hp-designjet-t520-printer-series/5263079/drivers

● HP DesignJet T730 Printer:

https://support.hp.com/us-en/product/hp-designjet-t730-printer/8764508/drivers

● HP DesignJet T830 Multifunction Printer:

https://support.hp.com/us-en/product/hp-designjet-t830-multifunction-printer-series/8764514/drivers

A PDF file is clipped or objects are missing

In older versions of Adobe Acrobat or Adobe Reader, large PDF files could be clipped or lose some
objects when printing with the HP-GL/2 and HP RTL driver at high resolution. In order to avoid such
problems, upgrade your Adobe Acrobat or Adobe Reader software to the latest version. From version 7
onwards, these problems should be solved.

Typical issues seen with non-HP ink

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

The printer print quality highly depends on the ink and its interaction with the printhead. The HP printers
are design for HP ink which means that the printhead architecture, the printmodes and many settings
and adjustments are design only for HP inks. This may cause that some IQ defects or printhead
reliability issues may appear when the used ink is not-HP, so the system has not been adjusted to it.

IQ defects related to ink performance:

Low black or color optical density:

HP ink has very good optical density, even in the plain non-colored papers. Other ink brand, could
perform different:

Color inaccuracy:

Inks could have different color leading to a bad color accuracy.

Edge roughness:

270 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Ink interaction in the paper could not be good, causing edge roughness:

Dry time issues – smudge:

The ink on paper could cause the ink to be wet and cause defects like the smudge:

Typical issues seen with non-HP ink 271

 Glossiness:

When printing in glossy papers, the glossiness also depends on the ink on paper interaction, causing low
glossiness properties or different gloss between different color inks.

IQ defects related to printhead performance:

Line roughness

The printhead is not adjusted to other inks what could cause bad dot performance and line roughness
issues.

272 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Banding:

The printhead performance over life could degenerate, the non-HP ink properties could block nozzles
and filters, causing banding in the plots.

Starvation and Printhead life:

In addition, if the ink blocks the printhead nozzles and filters, finally it shortens the printhead life, causing
one color or more stops printing.

Typical issues seen with non-HP ink 273

 Print mode summary table
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Figure 3-1 HP DesignJet T950/T950 MFP/T850/T850 MFP

Media Family in Bond and Coated Paper &
Bond and Coated Paper Bond and Coated Paper Bond and Coated Paper Technical Paper Photo Paper & Adhesive Paper Film
Front Panel Adhesive Paper

Heavyweight Coated Paper

HP Heavyweight Coated Paper
Photo Gloss Paper
Plain Paper HP Universal Heavyweight Coated Paper Transparent/Clear Film
Coated Paper Photo Semi-Gloss/Satin Paper
HP Bright White Inkjet Paper HP Universal Adhesive Vinyl HP Natural Tracing Paper Matte Film
Media type in the Front HP Coated Paper HP Universal Instant-dry Gloss Photo Paper
HP Universal Bond Paper HP Everyday Adhesive Matte Polypropylene Plain Paper for Retail Natural Tracing Paper < 65gr HP Clear Film
Panel HP Universal Coated Paper HP Universal Instant-dry Satin Photo Paper
Blueprint Paper Adhesive Matte Polypropylene Natural Tracing Paper > 65gr HP Matte Film
Ahesive Paper Adhesive Polipropylene Gloss
Blueprint Paper with Red Stamps HP Everyday Matte Polypropylene Specal Clear Film High KOD
HP Everyday Adhesive Gloss Polypropylene
HP Premium Matte Polypropylene
Polypropylene Matte

fast 1p bidi 1p L2R 1p bidi 1p bidi 1p bidi

(-2) 30ips 30ips, 40ips retrace 30ips 30ips 30ips
econo fast 1p bidi 1p L2R 1p bidi 1p bidi 1p bidi
(-1) 40ips (Basic) / 50ips (Power) 30ips, 40ips retrace 40ips (Basic) / 50ips (Power) 30ips 30ips
normal K/C: 1p/2pNUA 4p uni 6p uni 4p L2R K/C: 1p/2pNUA 8p uni K/C: 1p/2pNUA
(0) 30ips 40ips, 50ips retrace 40ips, 50ips retrace 30ips, 40ips retrace 30ips 40ips, 50ips retrace 30ips
best 6p L2R 6p L2R 8p L2R 6p L2R 4p L2R 10p L2R 4p L2R
(+1) 30ips, 40ips retrace 30ips, 40ips retrace 20ips, 40ips retrace 30ips, 40ips retrace 30ips, 40ips retrace 20ips, 40ips retrace 30ips, 40ips retrace
max dpi 12p L2R
(+2) 18ips, 40ips retrace

not supported

Scan and copy quality troubleshooting

In this chapter the most common defects and failure modes are shown, sorted by relevance and
frequency of appearance. A defect is a common image artifact that usually appears when using any CIS
scanner. These are due to incorrect settings, product limitations, or easily solvable mistakes. A failure
mode is due to malfunctions of some of the scanner components.

Scanner cleanliness is paramount to ensure good image quality. Before proceeding with any
troubleshooting, please make sure the glass scanbars are clean and in good condition and the pressure
sliders (wide, white plastic parts) are also in good and clean condition.

Some of the corrective actions proposed here require the use of the Scanner Diagnostic Plot, which you
can print and scan as indicated in The scanner diagnostic plot on page 291. When copying, to be sure
that the defect does not come from the printing function, use this diagnostic plot to detect any scanning
issue. Please do not use any printed version of this guide to test the scanner, as the resolution of the
images included here is insufficient. Use the diagnostic plot when recommended in response to any of
the errors described in this chapter.

First, check that the latest firmware is installed. See Update the firmware on page 298.

Random vertical lines

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

274 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 This is one of the most common issues in sheet-fed scanners. Usually, the vertical streaks are caused
by dust particles inside the scanner, or miscalibration of the scanner (in these cases, the problem can
be solved). Here are some examples of images suffering from vertical lines or streaks. Please note the
black arrow indicating the scanning direction in these examples.

1. Clean the scanner’s glass plate and the original to be scanned, as described in Preventive
maintenance on page 714. Reboot the printer and re-scan your original afterwards.

2. If the streaks remain, recalibrate the scanner as indicated in Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots
& Calibrations on page 315. Reboot the printer and re-scan your original after the calibration is
completed.

3. If the streaks still remain; replace the Scanbars and sliders and recalibrate the scanner.

NOTE: The problem of vertical streaks cannot always be solved, due to the technological limitations
of CIS technology. HP offers HD Scanners with CCD technology for higher quality requirements. If the
streaks remain after the corrective actions explained above, then no further action can be taken to
improve the image quality, except to buy a more expensive CCD scanner.

Wrinkles or folds
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Scanners based on CIS technology have a high optical resolution within their focus plane, at the price
of a very limited depth of field. Hence, the images are sharp and detailed when the scanned original is
perfectly flat against the glass plate. However, whenever the original contains wrinkles or folds, these
defects are clearly visible in the scanned image (as shown in the following example).

1. Re-scan the original and set the background color and noise removal to Off. If copying, set the
content type to IMAGE.

2. If the problem persists, re-scan the original at a lower scanner resolution (300 dpi or lower
resolution if scanning, Fast or Normal if copying). It may also help to flatten the original manually as
much as possible before scanning it again.

Wrinkles or folds 275

 NOTE: The problem of wrinkles cannot always be solved, due to the technological limitations of CIS
technology. HP offers HD Scanners with CCD technology for higher quality requirements. If the
wrinkles remain after the corrective actions explained above, then no further action can be taken to
improve the image quality, except to buy a more expensive CCD scanner.

Line discontinuities
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

When scanning or copying large originals, you may sometimes find issues such as that shown in the
following image, where a straight line (it does not necessarily have to be horizontal) appears with
discontinuities or small steps. Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction in this
example.

1. Repeat the scan, and this time make sure that the product is correctly positioned (it is flat on the
floor and it does not move). Turning the original 90 or 180 degrees and scanning it again may also
solve the problem.

2. If the problem persists, check that the original to be scanned is not skewed, and that it does
not become skewed during the scan. If so, please refer to Incorrect paper advance, skew during
scanning, or horizontal wrinkles on page 286. You might also want to deactivate the automatic
de-skew algorithm as indicated in A copied or scanned image is very skewed on page 291.

3. If there is no skew but the problem persists, clean and calibrate the scanner see Preventive
maintenance on page 714 to see how to clean the scanner, and see Service Menus, Diagnostic
Plots & Calibrations on page 315 to see how to Calibrate the scanner. See "Scanner Maintenance"
in the user guide for more information. Take care not to move the printer during the calibration,
and check that the maintenance sheet is correctly positioned before starting the calibration.
Also check that the maintenance sheet is not damaged before calibrating the scanner (an old or
damaged maintenance sheet may cause this problem); if it is damaged, reprint it.

4. If the problem persists, proceed to analyze the following areas of the diagnostic plot:

● D, H and L (for three modules, 0-Left, 1-Middle, and 2-Right and its intersection).

276 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 The two vertical thin black lines at the beginning and the end of the diagnostic plot show, approximately,
the position of the intersection between Scanbars, where this kind of error usually appears. If the error
appears outside these areas and the line discontinuity varies along the plot try to recalibrate the OPT
wheel. See Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations on page 315.

If unsuccessful try to reset the Scanbars. If the problem persists replace the OPT Wheel (F9A30-67038)
on page 651 and recalibrate it again. If the problem still persists replace the Scanbars.

Light colored area fills are missing in the scan or copy

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

When scanning or copying a map with a light are fill in the top of the plot, the Background color removal
setting could interpret it as a color in the background and may remove it, together will the lighter area
fills. This could cause some light area fills to disappear. The example below shows the original image on
the left and the scanned image on the right.

1. Repeat the scan or copy with Background color removal set to Off, or, in the case of copying, you
can select Image as the content type. See Scan settings and Copy settings sections of the User
Guide.

2. If the problem persists, see Preventive maintenance on page 714 to see how to clean the scanner,
and see Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations on page 315 to see how to Calibrate the
scanner. Repeat it again with Background color removal set to Off.

Grain in area fills when scanning plain paper

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

When making copies of an original containing area fills, if the paper used in the printer is plain paper
(for instance, HP Universal Bond or HP Bright White Inkjet Bond), some grain may appear in the image.
This error may also appear in scanned files of originals that were printed on textured paper. The example
below shows the original image on the left and the scanned, grainy image on the right.

Light colored area fills are missing in the scan or copy 277
 1. Please look at the original and check if it is dirty, has fingerprints on it or if the grain is already
present in the print. If not, then proceed to step 2.

2. If it is a copy, repeat it, setting the content type to Image.

3. If the problem persists:

● If the problem appears when copying, use Best quality. We also recommend using coated or
glossy paper in order to avoid grain in copies.

● If the problem appears in a scanned file, scan at a lower resolution (300dpi or less), and a lower
compression file format

4. If the problem persists, see Preventive maintenance on page 714 to see how to clean the scanner,
and see Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations on page 315 to see how to Calibrate
the scanner. Check that the maintenance sheet is also clean, and that it is not damaged before
calibrating the scanner (an old or damaged maintenance sheet may cause this problem); if it is
damaged, reprint it.

5. If the problem persists, proceed to analyze areas I and J of the diagnostic plot across modules =, 1
and 3. In the three examples below, the top example is ideal, the middle example can be regarded as
acceptable; but, if you see something similar to the bottom example (or worse), replace the scanbar.

Small color differences between adjacent Scanbars

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

When scanning wide plots, sometimes slightly different colors can be seen at both sides of the junction
between two scanbars. This issue, if present, can be easily seen by analyzing patterns A and G of the
diagnostic plot at the intersection between scanbars. Here are some examples. Please note the black
arrow indicating the scanning direction in these examples.

278 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 Sometimes the color mismatch between adjacent modules can be enormous, showing a serious
scanner malfunction, as in the following example. If this occurs, see Completely wrong colors on page
288.

1. Reboot the scanner and repeat the scan or copy. If the problem persists, repeat the scan or copy,
setting the background color removal to Off or turning the original 90 degrees before scanning it
again.

2. If the problem persists, see Preventive maintenance on page 714 to see how to clean the scanner,
and see Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations on page 315 to see how to Calibrate the
scanner. If calibration ended without errors, try to scan or copy again.

3. If the problem persists, proceed to analyze patterns A and G in the diagnostic plot, if you see
some color differences between left and right sides of the bars for neutral and vivid colors, call
HP support and report “small color differences between adjacent ”. Otherwise, if you see color
differences for vivid colors but not for neutral colors, see Clipping in dark or light areas on page 282.
If necessary, see also Grain in area fills when scanning plain paper on page 277.

Vertical light lines at the intersection between Scanbars

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

This problem can be found when scanning large uniform area fills which are made of some light color.
You sometimes find light vertical bands (around 0.5 cm wide) at the intersection between two scanbars,
as in this example. Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction in this example.

Vertical light lines at the intersection between Scanbars 279

 1. Repeat the scan or copy, rebooting the printer and setting the background color removal to Off or
turning the original 90 degrees before scanning it again.

2. If the problem persists, see Preventive maintenance on page 714 to see how to clean the scanner,
and see Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations on page 315 to see how to Calibrate the
scanner. Then proceed to analyze pattern B of the diagnostic plot at the intersections between
Scanbars. The example below shows a good result on the left and a bad result on the right: the
latter has light vertical banding 0.5 cm wide at the intersection between two Scanbars.

3. If you see the kind of result shown on the right, try to reseat the Scanbars and recalibrate the
scanner (see Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations on page 315). If it persists; try to
replace the Scanbars and sliders (all 3 scanbars need to be replaced).

Variable line thickness or missing lines

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

When scanning some CAD plots at low resolution, mostly when working with grayscale or black-and-
white prints that contain very thin lines, you may see a variation in line thickness, or even some missing
lines, in some places:

1. Repeat the scan or copy using a higher resolution (600 dpi). You should also set Background
color removal to Off, or, for copying, set the content type to Mixed.You might also deactivate the
automatic de-skew as explained in A copied or scanned image is very skewed on page 291. In case
you were working in black-and-white mode, we recommend using grayscale instead.

2. If the problem persists, turn the original plot 90 degrees before scanning it again.

3. If the problem persists, see Preventive maintenance on page 714 to see how to clean the scanner,
and see Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations on page 315 to see how to Calibrate the
scanner.

4. If the problem persists, see Defocus, blurring and fading colors on page 285.

280 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Inaccurately reproduced colors
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

You have to deal with several variables when attempting to match colors with the original you are
scanning and the copy or scanned file you obtain as a result. If you find undesired colors in cases like the
example shown below (original on the left, scanned image on the right), you can follow these guidelines.

1. When dealing with copies, you must take into account that good color matching between a given
original and its copy can be achieved only if both are printed on the same type of paper. In the case
of scanned files, good color matching can be achieved only if your monitor is color-calibrated or
compliant with sRGB or AdobeRGB standards.

2. Reboot the printer and scan or copy again.

3. If the above conditions are met, you should also take into account that various scanner settings
can affect the final color result, such as Lighter/Darker, background color or noise removal, content
type and paper type. To obtain the best possible colors, set the Darker/Lighter to Normal, the
Background color and noise removal to Off, set the Content Type to Image (only if copying), and do
not select the Translucent Media.

4. For optimum color results, see Preventive maintenance on page 714 to see how to clean the
scanner, and see Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations on page 315 to see how to
Calibrate the scanner.

5. Avoid placing the scanner in direct sunlight or near sources of heat or cold.

Color fringing
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

The problem called “color fringing” occurs when the scanner is affected by incorrect paper advance
and/or miscalibration. Nevertheless, some amount of color fringing is unavoidable, especially at high
scanning speeds. It can be seen at the borders of sharp black text over a white background, as in the
example below (original on the left, scanned image on the right). Please note the black arrow indicating
the scanning direction.

1. Repeat the scan after increasing the scanner’s resolution (choose 300dpi or higher quality if
scanning, Best if copying). Turn your original 90 degrees, if possible, before scanning it again.

2. If the problem persists, see Preventive maintenance on page 714 to see how to clean the scanner,
and see Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations on page 315 to see how to Calibrate the
scanner. Repeat the scan at a high resolution (300dpi or higher if scanning, Best if copying) and
check whether the problem disappears.

Inaccurately reproduced colors 281

 3. If the problem still persists, you can diagnose this issue by analyzing the E patterns of the
diagnostic plot. The black horizontal lines appear slightly colored at the top and bottom of each
end (in the example on the right, below). Normally, they look red at the top and blue or green at the
bottom, but it could be the other way around.

If you see this effect, call HP support and report “color fringing problem after calibration”.

Clipping in dark or light areas

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Sometimes you may see that the scanned file or copy of one of your plots has lost detail in light or dark
areas (or both), as in the example below: original on the left, scanned image on the right.

Image © www.convincingblack.com, reproduced with permission.

1. If you are making copies, and the original is printed on photographic paper, while you are copying it
onto matte paper, this problem is to be expected. However, you can try to reboot the printer and set
the background color and noise removal to Off and also change the Lighter/Darker settings; this
also applies if you see this problem in scanned files.

2. If the problem persists, repeat the scan or copy using a higher resolution (300dpi or higher if
scanning, Normal or Best if copying). Set the content type to Image (if copying).

3. If the problem persists, recalibrate the scanner, see Preventive maintenance on page 714. Make
sure you clean the maintenance sheet before calibrating the scanner, and check that the
maintenance sheet is not damaged. Re-scan your original after the calibration is completed.

282 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

4. If the problem persists, analyze patterns M (0, 1 and 2 modules) of the diagnostic plot. If you can
distinguish lightness steps beyond the upper and lower specified thresholds, then the scanner is
fine. Here you can see some examples of correct and incorrect functioning.

If your scanned pattern looks like the incorrect one on the right, whether the clipping is in dark
and/or light areas, first try to reset the Scanbars and recalibrate. If it persists; replace the Scanbars
and sliders, then recalibrate.

Clipping in dark or light areas 283

 Flare in the image when scanning glossy originals
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

If the scanner is miscalibrated, or if the original plot you are trying to scan is very glossy or reflective, you
can sometimes find flare in the scanned image, as in the following example: original on the left, scanned
image on the right.

Image © www.convincingblack.com, reproduced with permission.

1. Clean the original and the scanner’s glass plate, then scan again. See Preventive maintenance on
page 714.

2. If the problem persists, recalibrate the scanner, see Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations
on page 315 to see how to Calibrate the scanner. Re-scan your original after the calibration is
completed.

3. If the problem persists, see Clipping in dark or light areas on page 282.

Vertical red and green bands over white or black background

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

If the scanner has not been calibrated for a long period of time, or if the last calibration failed, you can
sometimes see defects like the following. Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction
in this example: original on the left, scanned image on the right.

1. First, reboot the printer and re-scan or copy. Clean and calibrate the scanner, see Preventive
maintenance on page 714 to see how to Clean the scanner, and see Service Menus, Diagnostic
Plots & Calibrations on page 315 to see how to Calibrate the scanner. Scan your original again and
check that the colored vertical bands have disappeared.

2. If the problem persists, try to reset the Scanbars and recalibrate the scanner. if it still persists, try to
replace the Scanbars and sliders and recalibrate the scanner.

284 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Vibration
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

If your printer is not properly placed on a flat surface, or if the scanner lid does not close correctly, you
may sometimes find that the scanned image suffers from vibration, as in the following example: original
on the left, scanned image on the right.

1. Make sure that the scanner is placed on a flat surface, the scanner lid is correctly closed, and the
printer is not working while you are scanning. Scan your original again.

2. If the problem persists, change (increase or decrease) the scanning resolution and re-scan your
original. We also recommend turning the original 90 degrees before scanning it again.

3. If the problem persists, analyze pattern D of the diagnostic plot. If you see the problem shown on
the right; check that the scanner lid is properly closed, open and close it, by pushing it down until a
you hear a click. Recalibrate the scanner and try again.

Defocus, blurring and fading colors

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

CIS technology scanners are tuned to work at a fixed focal distance, and they are very sensitive to small
variations in the position of the original with respect to the scanner glass plate. If the scanner lid is not
properly closed, or if the original has deep wrinkles or texture, you may sometimes find problems as in
the following example (on the right), where the scanned image is blurred and colors are faded.

Vibration 285
 1. Check that the scanner lid is properly closed, open and close it by pushing it down until you hear a
click. Then calibrate the scanner as indicated in Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations on
page 315, then reboot and repeat the scan.

2. If the problem persists, repeat the scan or copy using a higher resolution (300dpi or more if
scanning, Normal or Best if copying). You should also set background color removal to Off, or set
the content type to Mixed if copying.

3. If the problem persists, analyze pattern F in modules 0, 1 and 2 of the diagnostic plot. A correct
example is given below, followed by two incorrect examples. Note that there is a black ring near
the center of pattern F. In this step, you must look at the region near the black ring. If you can see
discontinuities in the black and white lines, try to reset the Scanbars and recalibrate the scanner. If
the problem persists; try to replace the Scanbars and the sliders, then recalibrate the scanner.

Incorrect paper advance, skew during scanning, or horizontal wrinkles

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

286 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 You may encounter problems with some thick glossy originals being moved through the scanner’s paper
path. In some cases, the original may become skewed during the scanning process.

If some of the paper rollers are not working correctly, you may find small horizontal wrinkles in the
scanned image, due to the paper being stuck in some regions while not in others.

1. Turn your original 90 degrees and repeat your scan.

2. Check media is within specification.

3. If the problem persists, open the scanner lid. Clean the feed wheels (small black rubber) and
the pressure sliders (wide white plastic). If you find dust particles or objects that obstruct the
movement of the pressure sliders, try to remove them, then close the scanner lid and repeat your
scan.

4. If the problem persists, restart the scanner by turning it off and on again. If you find an error
message on the front panel during this operation, review the error messages section.

5. If the problem persists, analyze patterns D, K, and L of the diagnostic plot. The plot should look like
this:

If you see an image resembling the incorrect examples below, call HP support and report an
“incorrect paper advance” problem.

Vertical black band 30 cm wide

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Your scanner contains various scanner scanbars, each of which covers an area 30 cm ( (12 in)) wide. If
one of the modules fails, and the scanner hardware check does not detect the failure, you may see a
black vertical band, corresponding to the area covered by a single scanbar, in your scanned image or
copy. Here is an example (on the right). Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction in
this example.

Original Scan affected by a CIS failing module

Vertical black band 30 cm wide 287

 1. Restart the scanner by turning it off and on again. If you find an error message on the front panel
during this operation, call HP support and report the error message. If no error message appears,
try repeating your scan.

2. If the problem persists, try to calibrate the scanner, see Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots &
Calibrations on page 315 to see how to Calibrate the scanner. If this operation fails, review the
error messages section. If no error code appears, try to repeat your scan.

3. If the problem persists, try to reset the Scanbars and recalibrate the scanner. If it still persists;
replace the Scanbars and recalibrate the scanner.

The scanner damages some originals

HP is aware that this scanner may cause vertical scratches on inkjet originals on thick glossy paper.
Very thin tracing paper or old originals may also be damaged. This is because CIS technology requires
the original to be held down with high pressure to obtain accurate results and avoid blurring and defocus
problems.

If the original you intend to scan is valuable, and if it belongs to one of the types described above (inkjet-
printed, thick, glossy original or old/thin/tracing paper original), HP recommends using a CCD.

Completely wrong colors

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

If some of the LEDs used for illumination in the scanner scanbars are failing, or the last calibration did
not work correctly, although no error message was given on the front panel, you may experience some
completely wrong colors in your scanned images, as in the example below: original on the left, scanned
image on the right.

1. Restart the scanner by turning it off and on again. If you find an error message on the front panel
during this operation, review the error messages section.

2. If no error message appears on the front panel during the restart process, try to calibrate your
scanner, see Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations on page 315.

3. If calibration succeeded, reboot and repeat your scan and check the colors.

4. If the colors are still wrong, analyze the whole diagnostic sheet. Check that you find completely
wrong colors in the area corresponding to just one of the scanbars, as in the following figure. If

288 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 so, try to reset the Scanbar and recalibrate the scanner. If it remains; replace the Scanbars and
recalibrate the scanner.

Vertical distortion
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

If the lid sensor of the scanner fails, the scanner cannot detect when the lid is open. Hence, you can start
a scan, and at some point find that the pressure sliders do not move the original through the scanner
paper path. You may see images like the following when this happens (original on the left, scanned
image on the right). Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction in these examples.

■ Open the scanner lid and close it by pushing it down until you hear a click. Then repeat your scan
and visually check that the original advances correctly through the scanner path. If not, first try to
calibrate the OPT wheel (see Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations on page 315 to see how
to Calibrate the OPT wheel) and try again. If it still fails; try to replace the OPT Wheel (F9A30-67038)
on page 651 and recalibrate it.

Object replication (ghosting)

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

This error very rarely appears in CIS scanners. However, you can occasionally find image defects like the
following: original on the left, scanned image on the right.

Vertical distortion 289

 Image © www.convincingblack.com, reproduced with permission.

Actions

1. Restart your printer. Then calibrate the scanner; see Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots &
Calibrations on page 315 to see how to Calibrate the scanner. Turn the original 90 degrees if
possible before rescanning. You can also try to modify the lighter/darker setting.

2. If the problem persists, analyze pattern C, modules 0, 1, and 2, of the diagnostic plot. First try
to reset the Scanbar and calibrate the scanner again. If it remains; replace the Scanbars and
recalibrate it.

Clipping or incorrect scale factor when down-scaling in copies and prints

When doing copies or prints (from USB, Embedded Web Server, or printer driver), the scaling setting is
available with various possible options. If you are experiencing problems related to border clipping, or it
seems that your print has lost the scale-factor adjustment, please read this section carefully in order to
select the best value for the scaling setting in future jobs.

290 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 ● Custom (Precise scaling): In this case, the content of the original image is scaled by the percentage
factor that you have selected. For example, in an original CAD image with a 1:100 scale, if user
selects scale to 50%, the printed plot will have an accurate scale of 1:200. Nevertheless, in the case
of down- scalings when selecting a fixed percentage, some clipping of the marginal content of the
plot may occur, as it is impossible for the printer to print up to the borders of the paper.

● Standard Sizes: In this case, the content of the original image is scaled by the percentage
necessary to make sure that all the content is correctly printed and no clipping occurs.
Nevertheless, in the case of down-scalings when selecting fit to page, the scale-factor adjustment
may not be an integer divisor of the original. For example, in an original CAD plot with a 1:100 scale on
A2 paper size, if user selects scale to fit on A3 paper size, the scaling factor will not be exactly 50%
and the scale of the printed plot will not be 1:200 exactly. However, the plot will be printed completely
without clipping any content.

Incorrect edge detection, mostly when scanning tracing paper

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Tracing or translucent papers can be scanned with good results, although totally transparent papers
are not supported. Nevertheless, the resulting image may have extra margins or some clipping of the
content in some situations when detection of the edge of the paper is not accurate, which may also
happen when scanning plain paper if the glass plate is dirty. In order to avoid these undesired effects,
please follow these recommendations.

1. Carefully clean the scanner’s glass plate and the original to be scanned with a cloth. Turn the
original 90 degrees if possible and re-scan it afterwards. Remember to select Translucent as the
paper type at the scanner if your original is translucent.

2. If the problem persists, please calibrate your scanner, and re-scan your original again afterwards.

3. If the problem persists in the case of translucent paper, attach a sheet of white paper to the back of
the original to be scanned.

A copied or scanned image is very skewed

Originals are often loaded into the scanner with some degree of skew. In order to correct for this
unavoidable problem, the scanner has a built-in automatic de-skew algorithm, which measures the skew
in the original and rotates the scanned image so that the result is perfectly straight. However, in some
cases the de-skew algorithm may increase the skew rather than correcting it. In other cases, the skew is
so bad that it cannot be automatically corrected.

To load the original with minimum skew, grasp the original with the image facing up and your hands at left
and right edges. You are recommended to avoid resting your hands or the original on the scanner's input
tray. Push the original into the scanner insertion slot until you feel the whole top border of the original
pressing against the scanner rubber rolls, which will load the original after a delay of 0.5 seconds. Now
you can take your hands off the original. If you are not happy with the way the scanner has grabbed your
original, you can touch and try again.

The action of the automatic de-skew algorithm can be deactivated by pressing , then Scan
preferences or Copy preferences (you might want to deactivate it in one case but not in the other).
You can also deactivate the automatic de-skew from the Settings button at every new scanner job.

The scanner diagnostic plot

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Incorrect edge detection, mostly when scanning tracing paper 291

 Prepare the printer and the paper to print the diagnostic sheet
Turn on your printer and wait until it is functioning. Then select the paper on which the diagnostic plot
is going to be printed (you can reuse the diagnostic plot any time in the future, if it is saved carefully).
Ideally, the diagnostic plot should be printed on glossy paper, and you are highly recommended to do
that if you use your printer mostly for scanning or copying photo originals (posters, pictures printed on
glossy paper, etc). If you use your printer mostly to scan or copy matte originals, then you can use any
matte white paper to print the diagnostic plot. Please do not use recycled or tracing paper to print this
plot. The size of the diagnostic plot is 610 × 914 mm (24 × 36 in). It can be printed on any 914 mm (36 in)
landscape or 610 mm (24 in) portrait paper roll. You can also use a single sheet that is at least 610 × 914
mm (24 × 36 in).

You can print the diagnostic plot from the front panel: press Tools > Troubleshooting > Scanner
Calinration > Check.

Visual check for errors while printing the diagnostic sheet

Once the diagnostic plot is printed, the first step is to check that all the patterns included in it are
correctly printed.

The diagnostic plot, if printed correctly, should look like this:

Some of the most common defects that may appear in a printed diagnostic plot are described below.
If you find any of these problems, you should follow the recommended recovery procedure (see Print-
quality troubleshooting on page 253). Once the printer has been diagnosed and it is working correctly,
you can reprint the diagnostic sheet as descrPrepare the printer and the paper to print the diagnostic
sheet on page 292ibed in .

Resolution
By looking at pattern F you may find problems with the printer’s resolution for the loaded paper. Usually,
this test does not reveal a printer problem, but a defect in the paper, which may not be suitable for
printing the diagnostic sheet with the required quality.

Here is what you should see if all is well, followed by two defective examples.

292 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Alignment
Looking at patterns D, K, and L, you may find problems with the printer’s printhead alignment, which can
cause defects such as the following.

Alignment 293
 Additionally, misalignment problems can be seen in patterns D and G in the form of color fringing (which
is exaggerated below, on the right). That is, the limits between two strong colors are not well defined or a
third color appears between them.

Finally, a special pattern for checking the printer’s printhead alignment can be found at the top left of the
diagnostic sheet. This pattern has no number as it is not used for scanner checking. It is made of three
colored crosses that may be used to identify the problem in question. The correct pattern is shown on
the left, an example of misalignment on the right.

Loss of shadow or highlight details

Looking at pattern H, you may find a problem with the color calibration of the printer (CLC process). If you
can distinguish lightness steps beyond the upper and lower specified thresholds, then the printer is fine.
Here you can see examples of correct functioning on the left, incorrect on the right.

294 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 If the printer does not pass this test, you should run a color calibration if the paper loaded in the printer
can be calibrated (coated or glossy paper, for instance). The color calibration can be launched from the
front panel by touching , then Image Quality Maintenance > Color calibration.

Printer banding
Looking at patterns A, B, and C, you can see vertical banding problems.

Printer banding 295

 See Horizontal lines across the image (banding) on page 258.

You can also see some banding in patterns 4, 9, 10, and 11, indicating that the printheads need to be
cleaned. From the printer's control panel, tap the Menu icon , then Tools > Troubleshooting > Print Quality
> Printhead Cleaning.

Streaks
Looking at patterns A, B, C, G and H, you may find vertical streaks as in the examples shown below, if the
printer’s printheads are not working correctly. Replacing the printhead for the color showing the streaks
may solve the problem.

296 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Grain
Looking at patterns A, B, and C, you may find problems in the printer’s paper advance or the printheads
that cause visible grain in area fills. The following examples show this defect: original on the left, printed
image on the right.

Scan or copy the diagnostic plot

There are two options for evaluating the diagnostic plot: scanning into a JPEG file, or copying onto paper.

We recommend using the scan option, so that the generated file can be analyzed more easily by
a remote support engineer if necessary. If you decide to scan the plot, first adjust your computer’s
monitor as described in Monitor calibration on page 298. Once you have scanned the diagnostic plot,
please remember to open the scanned file in any image viewer software and select a zoom of 100% for
correct visual evaluation of patterns.

If you decide to copy, make sure that a paper roll at least (36 in) (914 mm) wide is loaded in the printer.
Ideally, the same type of paper used to print the diagnostic plot should be used for copying it.

These are the settings that you should select:

Scan

● Quality: 600dpi

● File type: JPG

● Compression: medium

● Paper type: photo or matte, according to the paper used to print the diagnostic plot. Use photo if in
doubt

Copy

● Content type: Image

Load the diagnostic plot into the scanner input tray, making sure that the printed side of the plot is
facing up. The black arrows on the diagnostic plot indicate the direction of loading. Make sure that the
diagnostic plot is loaded without skew, and it is centered (that is, it covers the whole scanner area).

Once you have scanned the diagnostic plot (in case you selected the scan option), please remember
to open the scanned file in any image viewer software and select a zoom of 100% for correct visual
evaluation of patterns.

Grain 297
 Monitor calibration
The monitor on which the plot is going to be evaluated should ideally be calibrated. As this is not always
feasible, we propose here to follow an easy procedure for adjusting the brightness and contrast of the
monitor in order to see the patterns correctly.

Adjust the brightness and contrast of your monitor until you can see a difference in lightness between
these two squares:

Now you are ready to check each pattern individually.

Save the diagnostic plot for future use

We recommend saving the diagnostic plot for future use.

Scan media does not load

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

In case the customer has difficulty loading the original please try the following troubleshooting:

1. Check that unit is on.

2. Make sure the unit has booted up completely and it is idle.

3. Check for any messages in theFront Panel.

4. If everything above is correct, please check the original meets the specs of the scanner
capabilities.

5. Then, make sure to load the original far enough in so the scanner can sense it.

6. Try to smooth out the original leading edge or trim the leading edge so the media can travel nicely
into the scanner.

7. Finally try with a different media type to discard scanner hardware issues.

Update the firmware

There are various ways of downloading and installing firmware updates, as described below; you can
choose whichever you find most convenient.

298 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Update the firmware automatically from the Front Panel
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Ensure that the printer is connected to the Internet.

2. Touch , to go to Web Services.

3. Select Automatic FW upgrade.

Update the firmware from the Embedded Web Server

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Ensure that the printer is connected to the Internet.

2. Go to Print Quality Toolbox.

Update the firmware automatically from the Front Panel 299

 3. Select Printer Update > Check Now.

Update the firmware from USB

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Download latest firmware file (.ful2) from the HP web site.

2. Copy the FUL2 file onto an USB flash drive (it must be FAT32 format).

3. Plug the USB pen drive into the printer.

IMPORTANT: DO NOT remove the USB drive until the process is complete.

4. The firmware update option appears in the Front Panel.

NOTE: The upgrade firmware option has a 40 second delay. Please wait until the option appears in
the Front Panel before proceeding.

If after the 40 seconds the unit does not read a firmware file from the USB pen, the option screen
below will become unavailable and disappear.

300 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 If there is a large amount of information on the USB pen, the printer may have struggled to read the
firmware file before the 40 second time out, in this case:

a. Ensure the USB is FAT32 format

b. Ask the customer to delete all information from the USB pen except the firmware update file.

5. After selecting, it will start automatically. During the firmware upgrade, the screen will remain black
for an extended period of time (15 seconds) and it may look that printer has frozen.

6. Check the firmware upgrade is successful in the Front Panel dashboard.

Update the firmware from the HP (Designjet) Utility

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Launch the HP Designjet Utility under Windows or the HP Utility under Mac OS.

2. Go to the Admin tab.

Update the firmware from the HP (Designjet) Utility 301

 3. Download the firmware upgrade file.

4. Click Select File and a pop-up window to select the firmware upgrade file will appear.

5. Select the file (*.ful2) and click Open button. Then the Upload File button will be enabled. Click it to
start the firmware upgrade.

6. Once the file has been sent, a new pop-up is displayed.

7. Press OK. The printer restarts to finish the firmware upgrade, and the printer status report is
printed. Check that the firmware version is the latest.

Issues with normal use and tips for installation

Here is a list of issues you may see and the recommended actions to take in those cases. Also given are
tips for installation, in order to help you avoid issues

Known Issues
Cutter doesn't work with AirPrint under MacOS
If the customer sends a job from MacOS older tha 10.15 though AirPrint, the printer may not cut the roll.

302 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 Solution:

● Download “Mac HP DesignJet Raster Driver” from hp.com, install it and print with the Raster Driver.

Ethernet network port doesn’t work and NIC LEDs are all off
Depending on the network topology, configuration and network devices, this symptom can be seen. 2
types of symptoms can be seen. A: NIC LEDs don’t turn on at all even though there is an active ethernet
cable connected to the printer. B: Network port stops working and NIC LEDs turn off within a few minutes
to a few hours after the ethernet cable is connected to the printer.

Solutions:

● On the printer’s front panel, go to Setup > Network Setup > Ethernet Settings > Link-Speed > 100-Full
(the default is Automatic).

● Ensure that the type of the ethernet cable from the printer to the switch is “Cat5e / Cat6 / Cat7.”
A “Cat5” cable can reduce the network link speed from 1000BT to 100-Full and/or this issue can
happen depending on the type of switch connected.

Tips for installation

“Carriage Jam” screen shows up
If you see this message during installation, check the following:

● For both 24 inch and 36 inch models: Ensure that you removed 1 or 2 orange pins (the number of pins
depends on the model) holding the Starwheel rail in place.

Tips for installation 303

 ● 24 inch models only: Ensure that the customer removed the piece of cardboard (36 inch models
don’t have this) during the Out Of Box setup. Normally it comes out together with the orange pin.
Open the front door and check the whole print zone from right to left, the Carriage and behind the
trailing cable as well, to try to find it.

Maximum roll width supported by 24 inch models

24-in model printers do not support rolls wider than 24 inches. If the printer is showing any of the
following behaviors, check if the width of the loaded roll is 625 mm or not. If it is 625 mm or wider, do not
use the roll. The Left Roll Support (the black one) can come into contact with the Left Spindle Hub (the
blue one) and there is no more space between these components (see the following photos). For details
on the supported paper sizes, see User Guide > 18 Printer specifications > Functional specifications.

304 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

● While printing with the roll, the printer stops printing, unloads the roll, and shows “Roll Problem”:

● Printer frequently takes too long on the "Correcting paper skew" screen when loading the roll or
printer is switching the paper from Multi-sheet Tray to Roll:

● While loading the roll, the rewinder does not rewind the roll. You will see the slack:

● In the worst case, it shows the “Paper Jam” message:

Tips for installation 305

 The maximum supported roll diameter is 100 mm (3.9 in)
If the diameter of the roll exceeds 100 mm, the printer shows the following issues due to too much
friction. For details on the supported paper sizes, see User Guide > 18 Printer specifications > Functional
specifications.

● While printing with the roll, the printer stops printing, unloads the roll, and shows “Roll Problem”:

● While loading the roll, the rewinder does not rewind the roll. You will see the slack:

● In the worst case, it shows the “Paper Jam” message:

306 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Computer takes too much time to process a job to start printing
If this happens, change the Max. application resolution from Auto to 300dpi in the driver:

Bandings with Plain Paper in normal mode

If you see horizontal bandings with a non-coated paper type (Bond and Coated Paper > Plain Paper / HP
Bright White Inkjet Paper / HP Universal Bond Paper) in normal mode but you don’t want to change the
print mode to “Best” mode, you can try Bond and Coated Paper > Plain Paper for Graphics. The normal
mode of this special paper type has less bandings and better uniformity of area fills but still faster than
each paper type of higher print mode.

NOTE: Before trying this paper type, do not forget to try Setup > Printer Maintenance > Align the
Printhead and follow the troubleshooting steps in User Guide > 12 Troubleshooting print-quality issues.

DesignJet T630 doesn’t come with the roll cover as a default configuration
Both the T630 24-in and 36-in models do not include the roll cover. For 24 inch models only, the
accessory roll cover “9GF94A HP DesignJet T200/T600 24-in Roll Cover” is available. See the product
datasheet for more details. NOTE: Printer has no sensor to detect the roll cover. Printer’s behavior
doesn’t change if the roll cover exists/doesn’t exist/is opened/is closed.

Tips for installation 307

 DesignJet T210/T230/T250 printers don’t come with the Automatic Sheet Feeder as a
default configuration
These printers don’t include the Automatic Sheet Feeder (Multi-Sheet Tray and ARSS). It is available as
an accessory: “8AJ60A HP DesignJet T200/T600 Automatic Sheet Feeder.” See product datasheet for
more details.

Embedded Web Server

When you access the Embedded Web Server (EWS), it asks you to enter the username and password.
Check the label on the back of the printer to find the default User “(admin)” and PIN to access the EWS:

Printhead alignment (T200 Series only)

While setting up the printer, you will need to manually load a cut sheet for printhead alignment. Load a
sheet of A4 or Letter sized paper in portrait orientation. If you load it in landscape orientation, it fails and
shows “Printhead alignment unsuccessful.” If this happens, once you finish the printer setup, retry the
printhead alignment from the front panel menu option called Align the Printhead. Or, if you reboot the
printer, the printer automatically launches it after initialization.

308 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Setting up the printer to be used by mobile devices
Once you assemble and turn on the printer, you can set up the printer’s Wi-Fi settings and add the
printer to your mobile device just like smart home devices. Use your mobile device to scan the QR
code in the screen shown below while setting up the printer. If, for any reason, this mobile device setup
process doesn’t work, you can set up the printer as usual using the Manual Setup button without
actually having to use the mobile device itself.

Driver and software

For an easy software download, visit 123.hp.com. This site automatically detects your OS and enables
you to get the driver software very easily. The link shows up during printer setup. Don’t forget this
address.

Firmware update
Once installation finishes, check the printer’s firmware version and, if necessary, update to the latest
version. Here is how to download and install the firmware.

● On the printer’s front panel, go to Setup > Printer Maintenance > Update the Printer > Check now.
The printer checks for the latest firmware, downloads it, and installs it.

Tips for installation 309

 ● If the printer is not connected to the internet, you will see a “Connection Problem” message after
following these steps. In that case, visit one of the sites below to get the firmware file. The HP
DesignJet Utility is required to send the firmware file to the printer.

– T200: http://www.hp.com/go/DesignjetT200/firmware

– T600: http://www.hp.com/go/DesignjetT600/firmware

– Studio: http://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetStudio/firmware

Web Services
While setting up the printer, be sure to enable Web Services when you see this screen on the front
panel (find a picture of the screen below). Enable it to enjoy the full range of features including
automatic firmware upgrades, HP ePrint, and Print Anywhere. The printer needs to have an active
internet connection.

● If you see the “Proxy Problem” screen during Web Services setup, you may need to configure the
Proxy Settings. Please contact the customer’s network administrator for their proxy information.

● How to enable Web Services if it is not already enabled: On the printer’s front panel go to Setup >
Web Services Setup (if it is already enabled, this menu will be shown as “Remove Web Services”
instead).

310 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

HP Support Assistant (HPSA)
This is a Windows application included in the driver installer. It is a hub for Support, which allows the
customer to maintain their HP device with automated support, updates, and fixes. It has the following
features:

– Firmware upgrade

– Drivers upgrade

– Ink status and alerts

– Diagnostics

– Receive notifications and alerts

– Find the best way to contact HP

– Virtual Agent content for quick answers

– Warranty status

NOTE: Available options may vary depending on selected language and country.

● HP Support Assistant is included on new HP desktop and notebook PCs (except customized deals).

● Android and iOS versions are also available.

● Product information: http://www.hp.com/go/hpsupportassistant

● Introduction | HP Support Assistant: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2ugDlqn8IOM&t=4s

● How to add the printer:

1. Run HP Support Assistant. Click Add an HP device:

Tips for installation 311

 2. Click Detect my device:

3. Select the printer that you want to add:

4. Printer will be added:

312 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

 NOTE: Even if you don’t add the printer this way, HP Support Assistant will automatically
detect and show the printers on the network within 1 week after the first run of the HP Support
Assistant. At said time, just click Add to my Devices.

Virtual Agent
An automated chat support tool for users, offering support for their printers:

● Available at the HP Customer Support Website

Tips for installation 313

 ● Personalized assistance anytime, anywhere.

● Quick response times.

● Users can access information in a more user-friendly way rather than looking through online content
document-by-document.

● Different information is available at one centralized point (printer info, how to solve issues, driver
info, etc.).

End of Installation Registration

Complete the End of Installation (EOI) Registration after installation in order to update the factory
warranty period:

http://djregistration.heleni.me/

314 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots &
Calibrations

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Service menus
In this chapter you will find an explanation in detail of each of the items included in the service menu
and the support menu. All these service options and utilities under the Support Menu are available to
customers under the assistance of an HP call agent.

Entering the service menus

There are two different menus, the Support Menu, used for customers following instructions by phone
assisted by a call agent in order to troubleshoot an issue, and/or to access printer information when
a customer has contacted HP for assistance; and the service menu, accessible only by service
engineers and used for troubleshooting, diagnosis during repair, calibrations, reset, and accessing
printer information during a service operation.

Entering the Support Menu for Customers

Use the following procedure to enter into the Support menu.

1. The Support Menu for the customer is accessible from the printer menu. You need to go to Menu >
Tools > Service > Support and enter the access code (9200).

2. Once you access to the Support Menu, the following screen will display:

Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers

Use the following procedure to enter into the service engineer's Extended Support Menu.

Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations 315

 1. The Service Menu for the service engineers is accessible from the printer menu. You need to go to
Menu > Tools > Service > Service

2. Once you access to the Service Menu, the following screen will display:

Service menu and Support menu tree

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Table 4-1 Information Menu

Menu Title Support/Service

1.1 1.1 Product number on page 318 Service

1.2 1.2 Serial number on page 318 Support/Service

1.3 1.3 Country/Region and Language on page 318 Support/Service

1.4 1.4 Service Counts on page 318 Support/Service

1.5 1.5 Firmware version on page 318 Support/Service

1.6 1.6 Event log on page 319 Support/Service

1.7 1.7 Wi-Fi region on page 319 Support/Service

1.8 1.8 Ink supply region on page 319 Support/Service

1.9 1.9 Supply Serial Number on page 319 Support/Service

1.10 1.10 Supply Level of Ink (LOI) on page 319 Support/Service

1.11 1.11 NHIO on page 319 Support

1.12 1.12 IRO on page 319 Service

Table 4-2 Service Reset Menu

Menu Title Support/Service

2.1 2.1 Reset User Settings on page 320 Support/Service

2.2 2.2 Reset User Data on page 320 Support/Service

2.3 2.3 Restore All Factory Defaults on page 320 Support/Service

2.4 2.4 Reset PMK 1 on page 320 Service

2.5 2.5 Reset PMK 2 on page 320 Service

2.6 2.6 Reset tubes to empty on page 320 Service

316 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

Table 4-2 Service Reset Menu (continued)

Menu Title Support/Service

2.7 2.6 Reset tubes to empty on page 320 Service

Table 4-3 Service Test Menu

Menu Title Support/Service

4.1 4.1 Display Test on page 321 Support/Service

4.2 4.2 Bypass Pen alignment on page 323 Support/Service

4.3 4.3 Service Station Test on page 323 Support/Service

4.4 4.4 Unblock Service Station on page 325 Support/Service

4.5 4.5 ARSS Test on page 326 Support/Service

4.7 4.7 Printhead Rec Level 1 on page 328 Support/Service

4.8 4.8 Printhead Rec Level 2 on page 330 Support/Service

4.9 4.9 Printhead Rec Level 3 on page 332 Support/Service

4.10 4.10 OOPs Sensor Test on page 333 Support/Service

4.11 4.11 Top cover sensor test on page 335 Support/Service

4.13 4.13 C-Tray Pick Test on page 337 Support/Service

4.14 4.14 C-Tray Pick Sensor on page 339 Support/Service

4.15 4.15 C-Tray TOF Sensor on page 341 Support/Service

4.16 4.16 C-Tray Paper Presence Sensor on page 343 Support/Service

4.17 4.17 ISS Pump and home sensor on page 345 Support/Service

4.18 4.18 Paper Motor Test on page 347 Support/Service

4.19 4.19 Carriage Test on page 349 Support/Service

4.20 4.20 Rewinder Motor Test on page 350 Support/Service

4.21 4.21 Line sensor (ZIM/SPOT) Test on page 352 Support/Service

4.22 4.22 Pick Motor Test on page 353 Support/Service

Table 4-4 Reports Menu

Menu Title Support/Service

5.1 5.1 Printer status report on page 355 Support/Service

5.2 5.2 Print Quality Diagnostic Report on page 356 Support/Service

5.3 5.3 Counters Report on page 357 Support/Service

5.4 5.4 Event Log on page 358 Support/Service

5.5 5.5 Continous Pick (Document Feeder) on page 359 Support/Service

5.6 5.6 Nozzle Test on page 359 Support/Service

Service menu and Support menu tree 317

 Table 4-4 Reports Menu (continued)

Menu Title Support/Service

5.7 5.7 Media Advance Calibration report on page 359 Support/Service

5.8 5.8 HP Cartridges Status Report on page 360 Support/Service

5.9 5.9 PHA/IDS report. on page 361 Support/Service

5.10 5.10 Connectivity Status Page on page 362 Support/Service

5.11 5.11 Wi-Fi Network Test Results on page 363 Support/Service

5.12 5.12 Wi-Fi Metrics Data Report on page 364 Support/Service

5.13 5.13 Print Mech Calibration Report on page 366 Support/Service

Table 4-5 Calibrations Menu

Menu Title Support/Service

7.1 7.1 Scanner sensors on page 368 Service

7.2 7.2 Scanner media drive on page 370 Service

Service and Support menus tests

In this section of the service manual you will find an explanation in detail of each of the menus included
on the Service and Support menu.

All these service options and utilities are available to customers under the assistance of an HP call
agent. For a diagram of the menu tree, see Service menu and Support menu tree on page 737.

Information menu
The following sections provide details for this topic.

1.1 Product number

Select this to get the printer's Product Number.

1.2 Serial number

Select this to get the printer's Serial Number.

1.3 Country/Region and Language

Select this to get the printer's Country/Region location and language setting.

1.4 Service Counts

Select this to get information about the number of pages printed and Carriage cycles.

1.5 Firmware version

Select this to get the printer's Firmware Version.The firmware version are identified by the week of year
they are released. Example: FW name: xxxxxxxxx.1541F.xxxx

318 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

 Where:

● 15 = Year

● 41 = Week

● F = Minor weekly revision

1.6 Event log

Select this to get the printer's last 50 system errors or asserts.

1.7 Wi-Fi region

Select this to get the Wi-Fi region. Wi-Fi region is always "worldWideSafe".

1.8 Ink supply region

Select this to get the Ink supply region. Supply region should be 1,2,4,8 or 10.

1.9 Supply Serial Number

Select this option to check the Ink supply serial number.

1.10 Supply Level of Ink (LOI)

Select this option to check the status of the ink supply (Pen refers to cartridge)."Ok" means cartridge is
OK for use.

1.11 NHIO
This test shows whether a non-HP cartridge has been installed in the printer.

1.12 IRO
This test shows whether an altered cartridge (refilled) has been installed in the printer.

"0" means the cartridge has not been altered, "1" means it has.

Extra Printhead information (not included in the Service Menu)

Printhead install date and Printhead drop count can be retrieved from the standard menu. Simply go to
the dashboard and key on the PHA icon.

Check this to get the PHA installation date, and use it to find out the PHA warranty.

Check printhead drop count to display the amount of ink fired (ml) by the printhead for each color. Also
shows printhead warranty status.

1.6 Event log 319

 *Warranty Info Status can be:

● In Warranty

● Out of Warranty

Reset menus
The following sections provide details for this topic.

2.1 Reset User Settings

This reset performs a partial reset of the printer to factory defaults. This test is only used for
manufacturing purposes.

After its execution, user will be prompted to reconfigure some settings (country, language, etc.).

2.2 Reset User Data

This reset performs a semi-full reset of the printer to factory defaults (more extensive than reset user
settings, less than restore all facotry defaults). This test is only used for manufacturing purposes.

A part from the reset of the users settings it also remove all user data except for: Units, Location,
TimeZone and Date Settings

2.3 Restore All Factory Defaults

This test resets the printer to factory defaults and starts the out of the box experience

This test removes:

● All user settings

● All user data

● All machine data (i.e. calibration data, media settings, etc, that was not generated at the factory)

● All network settings, device identity settings, security credentials.

2.4 Reset PMK 1

Use this option to reset the counters after installing Print Maintenance Kit 1 or when replacing the
carriage assembly, belt, cutter, or encoder strip.

2.5 Reset PMK 2

Use this option to reset the counters after installing Print Maintenance Kit 2 or when replacing the
Service station.

2.6 Reset tubes to empty

When replacing the ink tubes, they must be marked as empty . A new, empty printhead and ink supplies
are required to ensure the tubes and printhead can be correctly filled with ink.

2.7 Purge Tubes

When the ink tubes have been replaced and new empty ones have been put in place.

A new printhead and ink supplies are NOT required.

320 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

Service test menu
The following sections provide details for this topic.

4.1 Display Test

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description

This test verifies that the Control Panel display works properly.

Associated errors

There is no specific error associated with a failure of some pixels or the backlight of the Control Panel.
This diagnostic should be run when you want to check if the Control Panel display is okay, or if the
Control Panel does not respond.

Procedure

1. Navigate to Control Panel > Display Test and then press START

2. The test will display the following screens, press OK in order to continue through the test. Each time
OK is pressed, the display colour will change:

Service test menu 321

322 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations
4.2 Bypass Pen alignment
Skips printhead alignment during start up or printhead replacement.

Description

This can be useful for some troubleshooting.

4.3 Service Station Test

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test verifies the mechanical components of the Service Station to check whether there is any
anomaly (such as a mechanical blockage, a broken gear, etc.).

The service station will reproduce several moves completing a bump to bump, depending on how many
cycles you set (from 0 until 65535 cycles).

Associated errors
When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● System error 0021-0017

● System error 0042-0017

● Paper jam error

4.2 Bypass Pen alignment 323

 Workflow

Procedure
1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > Service station > Service station test and then press
START.

2. At the following screen you can set up the number of cycles the carriage will perform (from 0 to
65535 cycles). The movement completes the entire service station's stroke, in order to check that
the service station can move properly.

3. Once the test finishes, if everything it is okay, you will see the following screen. Press OK to go back
to the main menu.

324 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

 4. If the test fails, check that the printer doesn’t have any paper jam. If there was any paper jam, clean
it and relaunch the diagnostic.

5. If the SVS is not working properly the system error 0021-0017 will appear. Check the SE 0021-0017
process to see how to proceed.

6. In case there is a problem with the carriage the system error 0042-0017 will appear. Check the SE
0042-0017 process to see how to proceed.

4.4 Unblock Service Station

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test is used to uncap the carriage from the Service station to be able to manually move it.

Workflow

Procedure
1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > Service Station > Unblock Service Station and then
press START and the following screen is displayed:

4.4 Unblock Service Station 325

 2. The printer will do the uncap of the SVS automatically. If everything is fine the following screen will
be displayed:

3. If the Unblock SVS do not work properly, the result of the test is FAIL. Replace the part that the
diagnostics say is not working.

4.5 ARSS Test

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test verifies that the ARSS mechanical components are not damaged.

For this test the roll needs to be loaded.

Associated errors
When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

This test should be conducted when there are issues changing the media type between roll media and
multi-sheet tray in case the roll media was loaded.

326 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

Workflow

Procedure
1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > Automatic Roll Switch Support > ARSS Test and then
press START and the following screen is displayed:

2. If the roll is not loaded, the diagnostics will ask for the roll to be loaded. If the roll is loaded, the
rewinder will unload the roll and activate the ARSS in order to change between roll and multi-sheet
tray. If everything is fine the following screen will be displayed:

4.5 ARSS Test 327

 3. If the result of the test is FAIL. That means that some of the ARSS mechanical components are
damaged.

4.7 Printhead Rec Level 1

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test is used to clear the printhead, spitting several times with a soft strength.

This test consumes a low quantity of ink, diminishing the cartridges levels a little bit.

After this test is done, printer will print a Quality Diagnostic Report.

Associated errors
When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● Use it when the plot quality is low even when calibrations have been performed.

● When some of the main colors were missing in plots (Printhead’s dies are blocked).

328 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

Workflow

TIP: Before using the upper levels of Print head rec diagnostic, firstvtry the lower one, then print in
order to check whether it was enough or not, if you do not see any improvement , go to the diagnostic's
nect levels.

NOTE: Expends a moderate amount of cartridge ink.

Procedure
1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > Printheads > Printhead Rec Level 1 and then press START
and the following screen is displayed

2. The printer will start automatically to clean the printheads spitting ink several times. If everything is
fine the following screen will be displayed

4.7 Printhead Rec Level 1 329

 And printer will print a Quality Diagnostic Report.

3. If the diagnosis fails, check that there is enough ink in the ink cartridges and replace the printhead if
necessary.

4.8 Printhead Rec Level 2

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test is used to clear the printhead, spitting several times with a medium strength.

This test consumes a moderate quantity of ink, diminishing the cartridges levels.

After this test is done, printer will print a Quality Diagnostic Report.

Associated errors
When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● Use it when the plot quality is low even when calibrations have been performed.

● When some of the main colors were missing in plots (Printhead’s dies are blocked).

330 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

Workflow

TIP: Before using the upper levels of Print head rec diagnostic, first try the lower one, then print in
order to check whether it was enough or not, if you do not see any improvement , go to the diagnostic's
nect levels.

NOTE: Use only if you have performed Print head rec level 1 without seeing any improvement.

NOTE: Expends a moderate amount of cartridge ink.

Procedure
1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > Printheads > Printhead Rec Level 2 and then press
START and the following screen is displayed

2. The printer will start automatically to clean the printheads spitting ink several times. If everything is
fine the following screen will be displayed

4.8 Printhead Rec Level 2 331

 And printer will print a Quality Diagnostic Report.

3. If the diagnosis fails, check that there is enough ink in the ink cartridges and replace the printhead if
necessary.

4.9 Printhead Rec Level 3

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test is used to clear the printhead, spitting several times with a hard strength.

This test consumes a high quantity of ink, diminishing the cartridges levels very much.

After this test is done, printer will print a Quality Diagnostic Report.

Associated errors
When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● Use it when the plot quality is low even when calibrations have been performed.

● When some of the main colors were missing in plots (Printhead’s dies are blocked).

Workflow

TIP: Before using the upper levels of Print head rec diagnostic, first try the lower one, then print in
order to check whether it was enough or not. If you do not see any improvement, go to the diagnostic's
next levels

332 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

 NOTE: Use only if you have performed Print head rec level 1 and 2 without seeing any improvement.

NOTE: Expends a high amount of cartridge ink, between 15% and 20% of the cartridge's total ink level.
Take care to have additional cartridges available in case performing the consumes the current
cartridge entirely.

Procedure
1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > Printheads > Printhead Rec Level 3 and then press
START and the following screen is displayed:

2. The printer will start automatically to clean the printheads spitting ink several times. If everything is
fine the following screen will be displayed:

And printer will print a Quality Diagnostic Report.

3. If the diagnosis fails, check that there is enough ink in the ink cartridges and replace the printhead if
necessary.

4.10 OOPs Sensor Test

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description

This test verifies the Out-Of-Paper Sensor. When this test is done you will be asked to introduce a single
sheet to check that the sensor is not damaged.

Associated errors

When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● The printer is not able to complete the load because it cannot detect the paper.

● The printer shows in the Front Panel that the paper is loaded although there is not any paper loaded.

Workflow

4.10 OOPs Sensor Test 333

334 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations
 Procedure

1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > User Interface > OOPS Sensor Test and then press
Start. The following screen is displayed.

2. Load paper as a single sheet feed (recommendation is A4 size or larger).

3. Once the paper is loaded, the printer detects the paper and displays the following screen:

4. Remove the paper and press OK. If the sensor is not damaged, then you will see the following
screen:

5. If the OOPs sensor does not work properly, the result of the test is FAIL. Replace the OOPs sensor,
see Out-Of-Paper Sensor (2Y9H0-67037) on page 569.

4.11 Top cover sensor test

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description

This test checks the top cover sensor. When this test is complete, you will know if the top cover is open or
closed.

Associated errors

When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● The printer shows the animation “Close Top Cover Door" although the door is closed.

Workflow

4.11 Top cover sensor test 335

 Procedure

1. Navigate to Support menu Support menu > User Interface > Top Cover Sensor Test and then press
START. The following screen is displayed:

336 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

 2. Press OK again to start the test and the following screen will display:

3. If the sensor does not work properly, replace the top cover sensor.

4.13 C-Tray Pick Test

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test verifies all the components associated with the C-tray. When the test is done the printer pick a
sheet and eject to cleanout area and ask to the user if the sheet was properly picked and ejected to the
cleanout area.

Associated errors
When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● The printer doesn’t eject the paper into the cleanout area.

● Paper jam error.

4.13 C-Tray Pick Test 337

 Workflow

Procedure
1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > C-Tray > C-Tray Pick Test and then press START and the
following screen is displayed:

2. The printer automatically pick a sheet and ejected to the cleanout area, then asks the user if the
sheet has been ejected correctly.

338 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

 3. If the test fails, check that the printer doesn’t have any paper jam. If there was any paper jam, clean
it and relaunch the diagnostic.

4. If the test fails, this means that there is a problem with the C-tray.

4.14 C-Tray Pick Sensor

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test verifies that the pick index sensor works properly. The diagnostic will ask to the user to move
manually the pick roller from the rear part of the printer in order to check that the component work
properly or is damaged.

Associated errors
When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● The printer doesn’t eject the paper into the cleanout area.

● Paper jam error.

4.14 C-Tray Pick Sensor 339

 Workflow

Procedure
1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > C-tray > C-Tray Pick Sensor and then press START and
the following screen is displayed:

2. After press OK, the diagnostic will ask you to manually move the pick roller from the rear part of the
printer. Make sure that you perform more than one complete turn, and when you finish press OK. The
pick roller is located here:

340 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

 3. If the test fails, check that the printer doesn’t have any paper jam. If there was any paper jam, clean
it and relaunch the diagnostic. And confirm that the pick index sensor has made one and a half
complete turns.

4. If the test still fails, it means that the pick index sensor is damaged.

4.15 C-Tray TOF Sensor

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test verifies the TOF sensor located in the C-tray.

When the test is done you are asked to activate manually the TOF sensor to check if it is damaged.

Associated errors
When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● when there are issues unloading the media advance problems affecting IQ.

● Paper jam error

4.15 C-Tray TOF Sensor 341

 Workflow

Procedure
1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > C-Tray > C-Tray TOF Sensor and then press Proceed. The
following screen is displayed:

2. The printer will check the status of the TOF sensor. If the sensor is already activated, that means
that there may be an issue with the C-Tray TOF Sensor (check that the printer doesn’t have any
paper jam. If there was any paper jam, clean it and relaunch the diagnostic). If the sensor is not
activated the following instructions will appear on the screen:

342 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

 3. If everything is fine the following screen will be displayed:

4. If the sensor is deactivated the result of the test will show a fail, that means that there may be an
issue with the C-Tray TOF Sensor and the sensor needs to be replaced.

4.16 C-Tray Paper Presence Sensor

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test verifies the C-tray paper presence sensor.

When this test is done, you are asked to load sheets in the C-tray in order to check if the sensor is
damaged.

Associated errors
When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● When the C-tray has media loaded and the printer does not detect the presence of media.

4.16 C-Tray Paper Presence Sensor 343

 Workflow

Procedure
1. Unload the sheets in the tray.

2. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > C-Tray > C-Tray Paper Presence Sensor and then press
START and the following screen is displayed:

3. The printer will check the status of the C-Tray Paper Presence Sensor. If the sensor detect media,
that means that there may be an issue with the C-Tray Paper Presence Sensor (check that the
printer doesn’t have any paper jam or sheets in the tray and relaunch the diagnostic). If the sensor
doesn’t detect media the following instructions will appear on the screen:

344 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

 4. If everything is fine the following screen will be displayed:

5. If the sensor doesn’t detect sheets the result of the test will show a fail, that means that there may
be an issue with the C-Tray Paper Presence Sensor and the sensor needs to be replaced.

4.17 ISS Pump and home sensor

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test checks the mechanical components of the ISS to see if there are any issues, such as a
mechanical blockage or sensor failure.

Associated errors
When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● System Error 0026-0061

4.17 ISS Pump and home sensor 345

 Workflow

Procedure
1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > Ink Supply Station > ISS Pump and home sensor test and
then press START and the following screen is displayed:

2. The printer automatically moves the ISS pump motor and once the test finished if everything is fine
the following screen will be displayed:

346 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

 3. If the ISS pump motor or ISS Home sensor do not work properly, the result of the test is FAIL.
Replace the part that the diagnostics say is not working (either the ISS pump motor or the ISS Home
sensor).

4.18 Paper Motor Test

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test verifies all the components associated with the Paper servo Subsystem: Paper Motor, Feed
Encoder Disk, Feed Encoder PCA, and Index Encoder PCA.

When the test is done the feed roller is moved a small distance in both directions in order to check that
all the components work properly or if any is damaged.

Associated errors
When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● System error 0044-0059

● System error 0085-0201

● Paper jam error

Workflow

Procedure
1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > Paper Motor Test and then press START. The following
screen is displayed:

4.18 Paper Motor Test 347

 2. Open the Top Cover and press OK again to verify if the feed roller is moving.

TIP: If there is no roll paper loaded and in order to check easily if the feed roller is moving or not
you can introduce a paper sheet into the top input slot (where single sheets are loaded see below)
if the feed roller moves correctly you will see the paper moving up and down

3. The feed roller will be moved a bit in both directions. If everything is fine, the following screen will be
displayed:

4. If the test fails, check that the printer doesn’t have any paper jam. If there was any paper jam, clean
it and relaunch the diagnostic.

5. If the automatic check of the Feed roller fails, the diagnostic will do a manual test, where it will ask if
the roller is moving or not.

6. If the roller is moving probably the feed encoder have some issue. The SE 0085-0201 will appear.
Check the SE 0085-0201 process to see how to proceed.

7. If the roller is not moving probably the motor have some issue. The SE 0044-0059 will appear. Check
the SE 0044-0059 process to see how to proceed.

348 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

4.19 Carriage Test
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test verifies all the components associated with the Carriage servo subsystem: Carriage Motor,
Encoder Strip, and Encoder Strip sensor (located on the Carriage PCA). When the test is done, the
Carriage is uncapped and moved outside the Service Station in order to check that all the components
work properly or if any seems damaged.

Associated errors
When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● System error 0042-0059

● System error 0021-0017

● System error 0042-0017

● Printhead missing or damaged

● Carriage jam error during printer startup workflow

Workflow

Procedure
1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > Carriage test and then press START

2. At the following screen you can set up the number of cycles the carriage will perform (from 0
to 65535 cycles). The movement completes the entire carriage stroke, in order to check that the
carriage can move properly.

4.19 Carriage Test 349

 3. If the diagnosis fails, check that there is enough ink in the ink cartridges and replace the printhead if
necessary.

4. If the test fails, check that the printer doesn’t have any paper jam. If there was any paper jam, clean
it and relaunch the diagnostic

5. If the carriage motor movement is blocked the SE 0042-0059 will appear. Check the SE 0042-0059
process to see how to proceed.

6. If the carriage uncap fails probably the SVS or the carriage have some issue. The SE’s 0021-0017
and 0042-0017 will appear. Check the SE’s 0021-0017 and 0042-0017 process to see how to proceed.

4.20 Rewinder Motor Test

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test verifies all the components associated with the Rewinder motor and Rewinder Encoder Disk.
When the test is done the rewinder motor turns a small distance in both directions in order to check that
all the components work properly or if any is damaged.

Associated errors
When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● System error 0045-0017

● when there are issues unloading the roll or media advance problems affecting IQ

● Paper jam error.

350 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

Workflow

Procedure
1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > Rewinder Motor Test and then press START. The
following screen is displayed:

2. The rewinder will move in both directions. If everything is fine the following screen will be displayed:

4.20 Rewinder Motor Test 351

 CAUTION: Do not use a roll wider than the maximum width supported. For example, using a 625
mm roll with 24 inch (610 mm) models. The Left Roll Support can make contact with the Left Spindle
Hub and this provokes system error 0045-0017 due to the friction during this test, even though the
rewinder motor is not actually failing.

3. If the test fails, check that the printer doesn’t have any paper jam. If there was any paper jam, clean
it and relaunch the diagnostic.

4. If the automatic check of the Rewinder motor fails, the diagnostic will do a manual test, where it will
ask if the roller is moving or not.

5. If the roller is moving probably the rewinder encoder have some issue. The SE 0045-0017 will appear.
Check the SE 0045-0017 process to see how to proceed.

6. If the roller is not moving probably the motor have some issue. The SE 0045-0017 will appear. Check
the SE 0045-0017 process to see how to proceed.

4.21 Line sensor (ZIM/SPOT) Test

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test verifies the Line Sensor. When this test is done you will be asked to load paper into the
Multi-Sheet Tray in order to check that the sensor is not damaged.

Associated errors
When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● The printer is unable to complete the load because it cannot detect the paper.

Workflow

Procedure
1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > Rewinder Motor Test and then press START. The
following screen is displayed:

352 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

 2. Check that there is paper in the Multi-Sheet Tray and the roll is unloaded and press OK. Then one
sheet will be loaded to perform the test. If the test is correctly done you will hear 3 beeps, and the
paper will be unloaded to finish the test, and the following will be displayed:

3. If the sensor is not working properly the system error 0955-0050 will appear. The Line Sensor should
be replaced, see Carriage Line Sensor (ZIM sensor) (CQ890-67001) on pageXX.

4. If the test fails:

● Check that there is no paper jam preventing the sheet loading process. Remove the Multi-Sheet
Tray if necessary.

● Perform the OOP sensor diagnostic to be sure that the Paper Sensor works correctly, see 4.10
OOPs Sensor Test on page XX.

4.22 Pick Motor Test

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Description
This test verifies all the components associated with the Pick motor and Pick Encoder Sensor. When
the test is done the pick motor turns a small distance in both directions in order to check that all the
components work properly or if any is damaged.

Associated errors
When any of the following errors occur in the printer, this diagnostics procedure must be performed:

● System error 0043-0060

● System error 0043-0059

● Paper jam error.

4.22 Pick Motor Test 353

 Workflow

Procedure
1. Navigate to Support menu > Service Test > Rewinder Motor Test and then press START. The
following screen is displayed:

2. The pick motor will move in both directions. If everything is fine the following screen will be displayed:

354 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

 3. If the test fails, check that the printer doesn’t have any paper jam. If there was any paper jam, clean
it and relaunch the diagnostic.

4. If the automatic check of the Pick motor fails, the diagnostic will do a manual test, where it will ask if
the pick motor is moving or not.

5. If the pick motor is moving probably the pick encoder have some issue. The SE 0043-0060 will
appear. Check the SE 0043-0060 process to see how to proceed.

6. If the pick motor is not moving probably the motor have some issue. The SE 0043-0059 will appear.
Check the SE 0043-0059 process to see how to proceed.

Reports
After printing a report the printer will return to the normal printer menu. If you want to continue in the
support menu you will have to enter again.

In some cases there is a delay between the moment when you press OK in the support menu and when
the printer starts to print the report. Please be patient.

5.1 Printer status report

A high level view of the product status.

Reports 355
 5.2 Print Quality Diagnostic Report
Standard print quality report available from the customer UI.

356 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

 ,

5.3 Counters Report

Shows the full list of counters.

5.3 Counters Report 357

 5.4 Event Log
Prints the error log, a list with the latest 50 SE detected.

358 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

5.5 Continous Pick (Document Feeder)
This report prints infinite plots with marked with 4 dots (2 dots on the left side and 2 dots in the right side
of the paper).

5.6 Nozzle Test

Priints the nozzle health pattern.

5.7 Media Advance Calibration report

Print the info about the media calibration.

5.5 Continous Pick (Document Feeder) 359

 5.8 HP Cartridges Status Report
This report prints the status of the cartridges.

360 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

5.9 PHA/IDS report.
Print the PHA/IDS report.

5.9 PHA/IDS report. 361

 5.10 Connectivity Status Page
Prints a report that contains all the various Connectivity settings.

362 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

5.11 Wi-Fi Network Test Results
This report show the wireless setup of the product.

5.11 Wi-Fi Network Test Results 363

 5.12 Wi-Fi Metrics Data Report
Prints details on disconnect counts, disconnect duration, signal strength, noise levels, wifi frame lost
details etc

364 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

5.12 Wi-Fi Metrics Data Report 365
 5.13 Print Mech Calibration Report

366 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

6.8 Agent-assisted image test
Prints IQ troubleshooting page. It is recommended to use Plain paper (>85gsm).

Scan Diagnostics
The following sections provide details for this topic.

6.8 Agent-assisted image test 367

 7.1 Scanner sensors
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Sensors tested:

● OPT left and right

● TOP

● Load

● Latches left and right

● Lid

Procedure

1. From the Scanner Diagnostics menu, select 7.1 Scanner Sensor and then OK.

2. The following screen is displayed:

3. Press OK, then the following screen is shown. Push the latches, do not lift the scanner lid and press
OK.

368 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

4. After pressing OK, the following screen is shown.

5. Now lift the lid and press OK.

7.1 Scanner sensors 369

 6. Press OK then the following screen is shown.

7. Close the lid normally.

The test is able to detect if the sensor changes the state. It can be sensor, cable, or Scanner Bundle
Board.

7.2 Scanner media drive

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Elements tested:

● Bottom of Form (BOF) sensor

● OPT Wheel encoder and index

● Motor, motor encoder

Procedure

1. From the Scanner Diagnostics menu, select 7.2 Scanner Media Drive and then OK.

370 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

2. The following screen is displayed:

3. With the lid closed, feed A4/letter paper into the scanner:

a. Motor operation judged by PWM supply and reads encoder counts:

■ Fail: motor or encoder or MPCA (motor power is in MPCA) or Scanner Bundle Board (SBB)
(encoder is in SBB).

b. OPT wheel is judged by: Motor encoder OK and OPT wheel encoder not OK, then it is sure there
is paper because the load optical sensor is active:

■ Fail: OPT wheel encoder and index or SBB (Index sensor is independent of OPT encoder).

c. BOF: detect state change:

i. Fail: BOF or SBB. monitoring the counts between the Top of Form (TOF) trigger and BOF
trigger.

ii. If there is a media jam, this would trigger a fail and is not true.

iii. Message should be: "the test has failed for the BOF, check the cause is not a media jam.
If you want to verify, click OK to repeat".

7.2 Scanner media drive 371

 4. Finally, eject the media if not already done:

Service menu
Here you will find a detailed explanation of the items not included or different in the Service Menu.

These resets and utilities should be used only by HP service engineers. For a diagram of the menu tree,
see Service menu and Support menu tree on page 737.

2. Reset menu
The following sections provide details for this topic.

2.4 PMK1 reset

Use this option to reset the counters after installing the Print Maintenance Kit 1 or if replacing the
Carriage Assembly/Carriage Belt/Cutter/Encoder Strip.

2.5 PMK2 reset

Use this option to reset the counters after installing the Print Maintenance Kit 2 or if replacing the
Service Station.

2.6 Mark Tubes as empty

In the case of an ink tubes replacement, they must be marked as empty tubes. A new (empty) printhead
and new ink supplies are required to ensure the tubes and printhead can be correctly filled with ink.

2.8 RTC Battery expired

Use this option to reset the RTC battery flag after replacing the RTC battery.

2.9 Power-On button behavior reset.

When doing a Main PCA replacement, it may happen that the new MPCA does not power off the unit
(it restarts it instead) when the power button is pressed to shut the unit down. This entry changes the
power button behavior so, when it is pressed, the unit will shut down. If the unit already has this behavior,
the reset does not change it.

372 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

3. System Configuration
The following sections provide details for this topic.

3.2 Set Wireless Region

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

This option can be used to change the Wireless region.

1. From the Extended Support Menu, select 3.2 Set Wireless Region and then OK.

3. System Configuration 373

 2. The following screen is displayed:

3. Press OK.

4. Use the left and right arrows to change the wireless region.

CAUTION: Changing the wireless region has legal implications. If you change the region, be sure
you are using the correct wireless region for the country in which the printer is installed.

The options available are the following:

● World Safe: It can be used worldwide, and is the default region in the printer. If you are not sure which
region to use, please configure the printer with the World Safe region.

– Settings: 2.4 Ghz; Maximum Power EIRP = 20 dBm; Channels = 1 to 11

● World: This region can be used worldwide except in the following countries: USA, Canada, and
Taiwan.

– Settings: 2.4 Ghz; Maximum Power EIRP = 20 dBm; Channels = 1 to 13

● US: This region can be used only in the USA, Canada, or Taiwan. Do not use this wireless region in any
other country.

– Settings: 2.4 Ghz; Maximum Power EIRP = 30 dBm; Channels = 1 to 11

7. Scanner diagnostics (included only in Extended Service

Menu)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

7.3 Scanner runout calibration

Required when the OPT wheel of the scanner is replaced in the field.

1. From the Scanner Diagnostics menu, select 7.3 Scanner runout calibration and then OK.

374 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

2. The following screen is displayed:

a. If calibration plot is not available, it needs to be printed out:

b. Load the calibration plot that just printed out:

IMPORTANT: The pattern for “Scanner run out calibration” and “Scanbar alignment&PRNU
target compensation” calibration plots is the same but the printing direction is different. They
may look the same but they are not compatible for performing the calibration.

7.3 Scanner runout calibration 375

 3. After scanning the following message appears:

7.4 Promote PRNU to Pristine

Needs to be run when the scanbars & calibrations surfaces are replaced or when the calibration
surfaces are replaced. After new parts are installed, this should be conducted immediately after the first
boot up.

NOTE: Only use this option if you have replaced the scanbars (all scanbars need to be changed).

NOTE: Pristine PRNU is the white balance calibration that is done in the factory in clean conditions,
just after removing all protective films. Under such conditions, PRNU calibration is the best quality
possible and is used for reference to detect dust in the scanner and component degradation.

7.5 Scanner save calibrations

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

This needs to be conducted when synchronization between the Main PCA and Scan Bundle Board is
required. Possible scenarios are:

1. Scanbar replacement.

2. Calibration surfaces replacement.

3. Main PCA replacement.

4. Scan Bundle board replacement.

376 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

7.6 Scanner Analog Encoder calibration
Needs to be run when the scanner OPT wheel is replaced in the field. Run this operation on the first boot
up after the OPT wheel is replaced.

Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

Samples of good plots are shown.

Print IQ Diagnostic Plot

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

7.6 Scanner Analog Encoder calibration 377

 Media Advance Calibration Plot
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Automatic Printhead Alignment Plot

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

378 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

Scan IQ Diagnostic Plot
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Scan IQ Diagnostic Plot 379

 Scan Calibration Plot
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

380 Chapter 4 Service Menus, Diagnostic Plots & Calibrations

5 Parts and diagrams

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Printer Support (HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer)

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Parts and diagrams 381

 Table 5-1 Printer Support (Basic)

Part Number Description Applicable products

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

1 2Y9H0-67019 Stand Hardware Kit
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

Stand Basket (2Y9H0-67041) on page
2 2Y9H0-67041
487
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

Stand Assembly (2Y9H0-67018) on page
3 2Y9H0-67018
480
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

4 2Y9H0-67047 Stand Bottom Cross HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

382 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

Printer Support (HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP)
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Table 5-2 Printer Support (Basic)

Part Number Description Applicable products

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer & HP

1 2Y9H7-67005 Pocket
DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer & HP

2 2Y9H7-67004 U Frame
DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer & HP

3 2Y9H7-67006 Stacker
DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Printer Support (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer)

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Printer Support (HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP) 383

 Table 5-3 Printer Support (Power)

Part Number Description Applicable products

U Frame (2Y9H1-67029, 2Y9H7-67004) on HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer & HP

1 2Y9H1-67029
page 441 DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Pocket (2Y9H7-67005, 2Y9H1-67018) on HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer & HP

2 2Y9H1-67018
page 442 DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Stacker (2Y9H1-67017, 2Y9H7-67006) on HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer & HP

3 2Y9H1-67017
page 462 DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Stand Assembly (2Y9H1-67019) on page HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer & HP

4 2Y9H1-67019
482 DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer & HP

5 2Y9H1-67020 Stand Hardware Kit
DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

6 2Y9H1-67037 Stand Bottom Cross HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer & HP

DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

384 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

Covers 1 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer)
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Table 5-4 Covers 1 (Basic)

Part Number Description Applicable products

Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on

1 2Y9H0-67009 HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer
page 485

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007,
2 2Y9H0-67007
2Y9H1-67008) on page 514
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)
3 2Y9H0-67031
on page 435
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Covers 1 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer) 385

 Table 5-4 Covers 1 (Basic) (continued)

Part Number Description Applicable products

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008,
4 2Y9H0-67008
2Y9H1-67010) on page 434
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

5 CQ893-67002 Back Cover (2Y9H1-67002) on page 446
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Covers 1 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer)

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

386 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

 Table 5-5 Covers 1 (Power)

Part Number Description Applicable products

Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on

1 2Y9H1-67011 HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer
page 485

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007,
2 2Y9H1-67008
2Y9H1-67008) on page 514
HP DesignJet XT950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)
3 2Y9H1-67009
on page 435
HP DesignJet XT950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008,
4 2Y9H1-67010
2Y9H1-67010) on page 434
HP DesignJet XT950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

5 2Y9H1-67002 Back Cover (2Y9H1-67002) on page 446
HP DesignJet XT950 36-in MFP

Covers 2 (HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP)

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Covers 2 (HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP) 387

 Table 5-6 Covers 2 (Basic)

Part Number Description Applicable products

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

Ink Cover (2Y9H0-67001, 2Y9H1-67001)
1 2Y9H0-67001
on page 511
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2 2Y9H0-67006
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

Right Front Cover (2Y9H0-67005,
3 2Y9H0-67005
2Y9H1-67006) on page 516
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

4 2Y9H0-67030 Nameplate Labels kit ALL

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
5 2Y9H0-67002
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

388 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

 Table 5-6 Covers 2 (Basic) (continued)

Part Number Description Applicable products

2Y9H0-67011 Front window (2Y9H0-67011,

6 2Y9H1-67012, 2Y9H2-67012,
2Y9H2-67012 2Y9H3-67006) on page 426 HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

7 2Y9H0-67010 Front Frame (2Y9H0-67010) on page 440
HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

Covers 2 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP)

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Covers 2 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP) 389

 Table 5-7 Covers 2 (Power)

Part Number Description Applicable products

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

Ink Cover (2Y9H0-67001, 2Y9H1-67001)
1 2Y9H1-67001
on page 511
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2 2Y9H1-67007
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

Right Front Cover (2Y9H0-67005,
3 2Y9H1-67006
2Y9H1-67006) on page 516
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

4 2Y9H0-67030 Nameplate Labels kit ALL

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
5 2Y9H1-67003
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

2Y9H1-67012 Front window (2Y9H0-67011, HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

6 2Y9H1-67012, 2Y9H2-67012,
2Y9H3-67006 2Y9H3-67006) on page 426 HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

7 2Y9H3-67001 Front Frame (2Y9H0-67010) on page 440
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Roll covers
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

390 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

Table 5-8 Roll covers

Part Number Description Applicable products

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

2Y9H0-67004
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP
Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005)
1
on page 438
HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer
2Y9H1-67005
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Left Roll Support (2Y9H0-67025,

2 2Y9H0-67025 All
2Y9H1-67026) on page 470

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

2Y9H0-67026
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP
Right Roll Support (2Y9H0-67026,
3
2Y9H1-67027) on page 474
HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer
2Y9H1-67027
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Roll covers 391

 Left-hand assemblies (HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Table 5-9 Left-hand assemblies (Basic)

Part Number Description Applicable products

Control Panel 2.7 inch (2Y9H0-67015) on

1 2Y9H0-67015 HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer
page 448

Control Panel Bezel 2.7 inch

2 2Y9H0-67012 HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer
(2Y9H0-67012) on page 458

Left Side Spittoon (CQ890-67044) on

3 CQ890-67044 ALL
page 609

Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015,

4 2Y9H0-67016 2Y9H2-67002, 2Y9H3-67003) on page HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer
505

NVM Backup PCA (5HB06-67022) on

5 5HB06-67022 ALL
page 494

392 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

 Table 5-9 Left-hand assemblies (Basic) (continued)

Part Number Description Applicable products

AMP XL 5 V Power Supply (5HB06-67029)

6 5HB06-67029 ALL
on page 502

Encoder Disk (CQ890-67033) on page

7 CQ890-67033 ALL
531

Left-hand assemblies (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Left-hand assemblies (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer) 393

 Table 5-10 Left-hand assemblies (Power)

Part Number Description Applicable products

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

Control Panel 4.3 inch (2Y9H3-67002) on
1 2Y9H3-67002 HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP
page 452
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

2Y9H1-67013 HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Control Panel Bezel 4.3 inch
2 2Y9H4-67014 HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP
(2Y9H1-67013, 2Y9H4-67014) on page 460
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Left Side Spittoon (CQ890-67044) on

3 CQ890-67044 ALL
page 609

2Y9H1-67015 HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015,
4 2Y9H2-67002 2Y9H2-67002, 2Y9H3-67003) on page HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP
505
2Y9H3-67003 HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

NVM Backup PCA (5HB06-67022) on

5 5HB06-67022 ALL
page 494

AMP XL 5 V Power Supply (5HB06-67029)

6 5HB06-67029 ALL
on page 502

Encoder Disk (CQ890-67033) on page

7 CQ890-67033 ALL
531

Right-hand assemblies
The following sections provide details for this topic.

394 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

 Table 5-11 Right-hand assemblies

HP part number Part description Model

Print Bundle PCA (PBB) (2Y9H0-67017) on

1 2Y9H0-67017 ALL
page 511

2 F9A30-67048 Prime Pump (F9A30-67048) on page 543 ALL

Service Station Assembly

3 CQ890-67045 ALL
(CQ890-67045) on page 534

Brush line sensor with adhesive 5 sets

4 5HB06-67028 ALL
kit (5HB06-67028) on page 484

Carriage
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Carriage 395
 Table 5-12 Carriage

Part Number Description Applicable products

Carriage assembly (5HB10-67001) on

1 5HB10-67001 ALL
page 550

Carriage Line Sensor (ZIM sensor)

2 CQ890-67001 ALL
(CQ890-67001) on page 588

F9A30-67068 Belt and pulley (F9A30-67068) on page ALL

3
557

Encoder Strip (CQ893-67029) on page

4 CQ893-67029 ALL
489

5 CQ890-67108 Cutter (2Y9H0-67039) on page 565 ALL

Carriage Motor with Sled (2Y9H0-67045)

6 2Y9H0-67045 ALL
on page 592

396 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

 Table 5-12 Carriage (continued)

Part Number Description Applicable products

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Trailing Cable Guide (2Y9H0-67036) on
7 2Y9H0-67036
page 616
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Paper Path Front (HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer)

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Table 5-13 Paper Path Front (Basic)

Part number Description Applicable products

Starwheel Assy (5HB10-67010) on page

1 5HB10-67010 ALL
559

Paper Path Front (HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer) 397

 Table 5-13 Paper Path Front (Basic) (continued)

Part number Description Applicable products

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

Bridge Plate (2Y9H1-67021, 2Y9H0-67020)
2 2Y9H0-67020
on page 522
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

Output Platen (2Y9H0-67003,
3 2Y9H0-67003
2Y9H1-67004) on page 562
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

Output Platen Trim (2Y9H0-67042) on
4 2Y9H0-67042
page 564
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Paper Path Front (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer)

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

398 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

 Table 5-14 Paper Path Front (Power)

Part number Description Applicable products

Starwheel Assy (5HB10-67010) on page

1 5HB10-67010 All
559

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

Bridge Plate (2Y9H1-67021, 2Y9H0-67020)
2 2Y9H1-67021
on page 522
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

Cassette Tray (C-tray) (2Y9H1-67025) on
3 2Y9H1-67025
page 433
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

Output Platen (2Y9H0-67003,
4 2Y9H1-67004
2Y9H1-67004) on page 562
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Paper path rear (HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer)

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Paper path rear (HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer) 399

 Table 5-15 Paper Path Rear

Part Number Description Applicable products

1 5HB08-67006 ARSS (5HB08-67006) on page 466 ALL

Upper-Roll Media Guide (5HB10-67011) on

2 5HB10-67011 ALL
page 468

3 F9A30-67049 Paper Motor (F9A30-67049) on page 529 ALL

Pinches Assembly (CQ890-67060) on

4 CQ890-67060 ALL
page 603

Out-Of-Paper Sensor (2Y9H0-67037) on

5 2Y9H0-67037 ALL
page 569 with cable.

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

L-Shaped Multi-Sheet Tray
6 2Y9H0-67046
(5HB08-67007) on page 561
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

Multi-Sheet Tray Sensor Assembly
7 2Y9H0-67024
(2Y9H0-67024) on page 566
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Paper Path Rear 1 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer)

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

400 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

 Table 5-16 Paper Path Rear (Power)

Part Number Description Applicable products

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

1 2Y9H1-67022 Top Cleanout (2Y9H1-67022) on page 510
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

Base Cleanout (2Y9H1-67023) on page
2 2Y9H1-67023
517
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Paper Path Rear 2 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer)

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Paper Path Rear 2 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer) 401

 Table 5-17 Paper Path Rear 2 (Power)

Part Number Description Applicable products

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

Base C-Tray Main Components
1 2Y9H1-67032
(2Y9H1-67032) on page 703
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Paper Path Rear 3 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer)

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

402 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

 Table 5-18 Paper Path Rear 3 (Power)

Part Number Description Applicable products

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

1 2Y9H1-67024 Base C-tray
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Paper Path Rear 4 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer)

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Paper Path Rear 4 (HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer) 403

 Table 5-19 Paper Path Rear 3 (Power)

Part Number Description Applicable products

HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer

Base Cleanout and Base C-tray on page
1 2Y9H1-67033
493
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Roll Supports
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

404 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

Table 5-20 Roll Supports

Part Number Description Applicable products

2Y9H0-67021 Spindle Big Roll (2Y9H0-67021) on page HP DesignJet T950 36-in Printer
1 477
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in Printer

Spindle and blue hub (5HB10-67012) on
2 5HB10-67012
page 477
HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Spindle Big Roll blue hub (2Y9H0-67022)

3 2Y9H0-67022 All
on page 479

Roll Supports 405

 RIDS & ISS
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Table 5-21 RIDS & ISS

Part Number Description Applicable products

RIDS (ink tubes) (F9A30-67007) on page

1 F9A30-67007 ALL
676

2 2Y9H0-67013 ISS (2Y9H0-67013) on page 682 ALL

3 2Y9H4-67012 Purgers ALL

406 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

 Table 5-21 RIDS & ISS (continued)

Part Number Description Applicable products

RIDS and Purger (2Y9H0-67043) on page

4 2Y9H0-67043 ALL
681

Printer Cables and Sensors Kit

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Table 5-22 Printer Cables and Sensors Kit

Part number Description Applicable products

Printer Cables and Sensors SVKit

1 2Y9H0-67038 ALL
(2Y9H0-67038) on page 700

Scanner lid
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Printer Cables and Sensors Kit 407

 Table 5-23 Scanner lid

Part number Part description Model

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Top Lid Mirror and Magnet
1 F9A30-67023
(F9A30-67023) on page 685
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Scanbars 3 sets kit (2Y9H2-67010) on
2 2Y9H2-67010
page 617
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Pinch Roller (2Y9H2-67011) on page 609
3 2Y9H2-67011
(7 units on each SVK)
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Scan bars FFC (2Y9H2-67003) on page
4 2Y9H2-67003
661
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Scanner bottom mech

This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

408 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

Table 5-24 Scanner bottom mech

Part number Part description Applicable products

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page
1 F9A30-67042
622
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Scanner Feed Shaft Front HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

2 F9A30-67025 (F9A30-67025) on page 638 (only one
unit) HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Assembly Right Latch (F9A30-67030) on
3 F9A30-67030
page 698 (only one unit)
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

2Y9H2-67004 HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Input platen (2Y9H2-67004,
4
2Y9H3-67005) on page 687
2Y9H3-67005 HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Lower Pinch Assembly with Mirror HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

5 F9A30-67072 (F9A30-67072) on page 674 (only one
unit) HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Scanner bottom mech 409

 Table 5-24 Scanner bottom mech (continued)

Part number Part description Applicable products

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Calibration Slider (F9A30-67026) on
6 F9A30-67026
page 670(3 units)
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Calibration Surface (F9A30-67027) on
7 F9A30-67027
page 667
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Scanner EE
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

410 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

 Table 5-25 Scanner EE

HP part number Part description Model

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Scanner Cables kit (2Y9H2-67005) on
1 2Y9H2-67005
page 646
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Scan Bundle PCA (SBB) (2Y9H2-67008)
2 2Y9H2-67008
on page 623
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Scanner back
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Scanner back 411

 Table 5-26 Scanner back

HP part number Part description Model

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

1 F9A30-67040 Diverter (F9A30-67040) on page 692
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Diverter bottom part (F9A30-67062) on
2 F9A30-67062
page 696(only one unit)
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Assembly Hinges (F9A30-67019) on page
3 F9A30-67019
628
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Calibration Surface Gear Train
4 F9A30-67028
(F9A30-67028) on page 672
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Scanner covers
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

412 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

 Table 5-27 Scanner Covers

Part number Part description Model

2Y9H3-67004 HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Scanner Top Cover (2Y9H3-67004,
1
2Y9H2-67001) on page 613
2Y9H2-67001 HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Top cover button latch MFP HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

2 2Y9H4-67011 (2Y9H4-67011) on page 621 (scanner top
cover not included) (2 units) HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Refeed preventers (F9A30-67073) on
3 F9A30-67073
page 685
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

4 2Y9H4-67004 Rear Cover (2Y9H4-67004) on page 660
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Scanner bottom
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Scanner bottom 413

 Table 5-28 Scanner bottom

Part number Part description Model

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

1 F9A30-67038 OPT Wheel (F9A30-67038) on page 651
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Scanner Optical Sensors kit
2 F9A30-67031
(F9A30-67031) on page 652
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

Scanner Feed Motor (F9A30-67024) on
3 F9A30-67024
page 626
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

Miscellaneous
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

414 Chapter 5 Parts and diagrams

Table 5-29 Miscellaneous

Part Number Description Applicable products

CQ891-60022 Power Cord: AMS ALL

CQ891-60023 Power Cord: APJ ALL

CQ891-60021 Power Cord: EU ALL

2Y9H0-67044 Preventive Maintenance Kit #1 ALL

HP DesignJet T850 36-in MFP

2Y9H2-67013 Calibration scanner plot
HP DesignJet T950 36-in MFP

CQ890-60244 Friction repair Kit ALL

Miscellaneous 415
 6 Removal & Installation

These are the removal and installation procedures for the device.

HP DesignJet T850/T950/T850 MFP/T950 MFP 36-in

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Table 6-1 Removal and Installation

Parts in alphabetical order Parts in removal order

AMP XL 5 V Power Supply (5HB06-67029) on page 502 Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424

ARSS (5HB08-67006) on page 466 Front window (2Y9H0-67011, 2Y9H1-67012, 2Y9H2-67012,

2Y9H3-67006) on page 426

Assembly Right Latch (F9A30-67030) on page 698 Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428

Assembly Hinges (F9A30-67019) on page 628 Cassette Tray (C-tray) (2Y9H1-67025) on page 433

ASSEMBLY PICK C-TRAY (2Y9H1-60014) on page 706 Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008, 2Y9H1-67010) on page 434

Assy Separator Module Swallowtail (CM751-60170) on Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435
page 710

Base C-Tray Main Components (2Y9H1-67032) on page Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005) on page 438
703

Base Cleanout (2Y9H1-67023) on page 517 Front Frame (2Y9H0-67010) on page 440

Belt and pulley (F9A30-67068) on page 557 U Frame (2Y9H1-67029, 2Y9H7-67004) on page 441

Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622 Pocket (2Y9H7-67005, 2Y9H1-67018) on page 442

Bridge Plate (2Y9H1-67021, 2Y9H0-67020) on page 522 Back Cover (CQ893-67002) on page 443

Bright Plate Power on page 528 Back Cover (2Y9H1-67002) on page 446

Brush line sensor with adhesive 5 sets kit (5HB06-67028) Control Panel 2.7 inch (2Y9H0-67015) on page 448
on page 484

Back Cover (2Y9H1-67002) on page 446 Control Panel 4.3 inch (2Y9H3-67002) on page 452

Back Cover (CQ893-67002) on page 443 Control Panel Bezel 2.7 inch (2Y9H0-67012) on page 458

Base C-Tray (White) (2Y9H1-67024) on page 713 Control Panel Bezel 4.3 inch (2Y9H1-67013, 2Y9H4-67014)
on page 460

Carriage assembly (5HB10-67001) on page 550 Stacker (2Y9H1-67017, 2Y9H7-67006) on page 462

Carriage Line Sensor (ZIM sensor) (CQ890-67001) on ARSS (5HB08-67006) on page 466
page 588

416 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

Table 6-1 Removal and Installation (continued)

Parts in alphabetical order Parts in removal order

Cassette Tray (C-tray) (2Y9H1-67025) on page 433 Upper-Roll Media Guide (5HB10-67011) on page 468

Calibration Surface Gear Train (F9A30-67028) on page Left Roll Support (2Y9H0-67025, 2Y9H1-67026) on page
672 470

Control Panel 2.7 inch (2Y9H0-67015) on page 448 Right Roll Support (2Y9H0-67026, 2Y9H1-67027) on page
474

Control Panel 4.3 inch (2Y9H3-67002) on page 452 Spindle and blue hub (5HB10-67012) on page 477

Control Panel Bezel 2.7 inch (2Y9H0-67012) on page 458 Spindle Big Roll (2Y9H0-67021) on page 477

Control Panel Bezel 4.3 inch (2Y9H1-67013, 2Y9H4-67014) Spindle Big Roll blue hub (2Y9H0-67022) on page 479
on page 460

Carriage Motor with Sled (2Y9H0-67045) on page 592 Stand Assembly (2Y9H0-67018) on page 480

Calibration Slider (F9A30-67026) on page 670 Stand Assembly (2Y9H1-67019) on page 482

Calibration Surface (F9A30-67027) on page 667 Brush line sensor with adhesive 5 sets kit (5HB06-67028)
on page 484

Cutter (2Y9H0-67039) on page 565 Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on page 485

Diverter (F9A30-67040) on page 692 Stand Basket (2Y9H0-67041) on page 487

Diverter bottom part (F9A30-67062) on page 696 Encoder Strip (CQ893-67029) on page 489

Encoder Strip (CQ893-67029) on page 489 NVM Backup PCA (5HB06-67022) on page 494

Encoder Disk (CQ890-67033) on page 531 AMP XL 5 V Power Supply (5HB06-67029) on page 502

Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424 Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015, 2Y9H2-67002,
2Y9H3-67003) on page 505

Front Frame (2Y9H0-67010) on page 440 Top Cleanout (2Y9H1-67022) on page 510

Front window (2Y9H0-67011, 2Y9H1-67012, 2Y9H2-67012, Ink Cover (2Y9H0-67001, 2Y9H1-67001) on page 511
2Y9H3-67006) on page 426

Print Bundle PCA (PBB) (2Y9H0-67017) on page 511

Ink Cover (2Y9H0-67001, 2Y9H1-67001) on page 511 Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007, 2Y9H1-67008) on page
514

Input platen (2Y9H2-67004, 2Y9H3-67005) on page 687 Right Front Cover (2Y9H0-67005, 2Y9H1-67006) on page
516

ISS (2Y9H0-67013) on page 682 Base Cleanout (2Y9H1-67023) on page 517

Latch (Left) on page 699 Bridge Plate (2Y9H1-67021, 2Y9H0-67020) on page 522

Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435 Bright Plate Power on page 528

Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007, 2Y9H1-67008) on page Paper Motor (F9A30-67049) on page 529
514

Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008, 2Y9H1-67010) on page 434 Encoder Disk (CQ890-67033) on page 531

Left Roll Support (2Y9H0-67025, 2Y9H1-67026) on page Service Station Assembly (CQ890-67045) on page 534
470

Left Side Spittoon (CQ890-67044) on page 609 Prime Pump (F9A30-67048) on page 543

Lower Pinch Assembly with Mirror (F9A30-67072) on Carriage assembly (5HB10-67001) on page 550
page 674

HP DesignJet T850/T950/T850 MFP/T950 MFP 36-in 417

 Table 6-1 Removal and Installation (continued)

Parts in alphabetical order Parts in removal order

L-Shaped Multi-Sheet Tray (5HB08-67007) on page 561 Belt and pulley (F9A30-67068) on page 557

Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015, 2Y9H2-67002, Starwheel Assy (5HB10-67010) on page 559
2Y9H3-67003) on page 505

Multi-Sheet Tray Sensor Assembly (2Y9H0-67024) on L-Shaped Multi-Sheet Tray (5HB08-67007) on page 561
page 566

NVM Backup PCA (5HB06-67022) on page 494 Output Platen (2Y9H0-67003, 2Y9H1-67004) on page 562

OPT Wheel (F9A30-67038) on page 651 Output Platen Trim (2Y9H0-67042) on page 564

Out-Of-Paper Sensor (2Y9H0-67037) on page 569 Multi-Sheet Tray Sensor Assembly (2Y9H0-67024) on
page 566

Output Platen (2Y9H0-67003, 2Y9H1-67004) on page 562 Out-Of-Paper Sensor (2Y9H0-67037) on page 569

Output Platen Trim (2Y9H0-67042) on page 564 Carriage Line Sensor (ZIM sensor) (CQ890-67001) on
page 588

Paper Motor (F9A30-67049) on page 529 Pinches Assembly (CQ890-67060) on page 603

Pinches Assembly (CQ890-67060) on page 603 Pinch Roller (2Y9H2-67011) on page 609

Pinch Roller (2Y9H2-67011) on page 609 Left Side Spittoon (CQ890-67044) on page 609

Pocket (2Y9H7-67005, 2Y9H1-67018) on page 442 Scanner Top Cover (2Y9H3-67004, 2Y9H2-67001) on page
613

Prime Pump (F9A30-67048) on page 543 Trailing Cable on page 615

Print Bundle PCA (PBB) (2Y9H0-67017) on page 511 Trailing Cable Guide (2Y9H0-67036) on page 616

Printer Cables and Sensors SVKit (2Y9H0-67038) on Scanbars 3 sets kit (2Y9H2-67010) on page 617
page 700

Rear Cover (2Y9H4-67004) on page 660 Top cover button latch MFP (2Y9H4-67011) on page 621

Refeed preventers (F9A30-67073) on page 685 Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622

RIDS (ink tubes) (F9A30-67007) on page 676 Scan Bundle PCA (SBB) (2Y9H2-67008) on page 623

Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005) on page 438 Assembly Hinges (F9A30-67019) on page 628

Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428 Scanner Module on page 631

Right Front Cover (2Y9H0-67005, 2Y9H1-67006) on page Scanner Feed Shaft Front (F9A30-67025) on page 638
516

Right Roll Support (2Y9H0-67026, 2Y9H1-67027) on page Scanner Feed Shaft (Rear) on page 645
474

Scanner Feed Motor (F9A30-67024) on page 626 Scanner Cables kit (2Y9H2-67005) on page 646

Scanbars 3 sets kit (2Y9H2-67010) on page 617 OPT Wheel (F9A30-67038) on page 651

Scan bars FFC (2Y9H2-67003) on page 661 Scanner Optical Sensors kit (F9A30-67031) on page 652

Scan Bundle PCA (SBB) (2Y9H2-67008) on page 623 Rear Cover (2Y9H4-67004) on page 660

Scanner Cables kit (2Y9H2-67005) on page 646 Scan bars FFC (2Y9H2-67003) on page 661

Scanner Feed Shaft (Rear) on page 645 Calibration Surface (F9A30-67027) on page 667

Scanner Feed Shaft Front (F9A30-67025) on page 638 Calibration Slider (F9A30-67026) on page 670

418 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 Table 6-1 Removal and Installation (continued)

Parts in alphabetical order Parts in removal order

Scanner Module on page 631 Calibration Surface Gear Train (F9A30-67028) on page
672

Scanner Optical Sensors kit (F9A30-67031) on page 652 Lower Pinch Assembly with Mirror (F9A30-67072) on
page 674

Scanner Top Cover (2Y9H3-67004, 2Y9H2-67001) on page RIDS (ink tubes) (F9A30-67007) on page 676
613

Service Station Assembly (CQ890-67045) on page 534 RIDS and Purger (2Y9H0-67043) on page 681

Spindle and blue hub (5HB10-67012) on page 477 ISS (2Y9H0-67013) on page 682

Spindle Big Roll blue hub (2Y9H0-67022) on page 479 Refeed preventers (F9A30-67073) on page 685

Spindle Big Roll (2Y9H0-67021) on page 477 Top Lid Mirror and Magnet (F9A30-67023) on page 685

Stacker (2Y9H1-67017, 2Y9H7-67006) on page 462 Input platen (2Y9H2-67004, 2Y9H3-67005) on page 687

Stand Assembly (2Y9H0-67018) on page 480 Diverter (F9A30-67040) on page 692

Stand Assembly (2Y9H1-67019) on page 482 Diverter bottom part (F9A30-67062) on page 696

Stand Basket (2Y9H0-67041) on page 487 Assembly Right Latch (F9A30-67030) on page 698

Starwheel Assy (5HB10-67010) on page 559 Latch (Left) on page 699

Top Cleanout (2Y9H1-67022) on page 510 Printer Cables and Sensors SVKit (2Y9H0-67038) on
page 700

Top cover button latch MFP (2Y9H4-67011) on page 621 Base C-Tray Main Components (2Y9H1-67032) on page
703

Top Lid Mirror and Magnet (F9A30-67023) on page 685 Carriage Motor with Sled (2Y9H0-67045) on page 592

Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on page 485 Scanner Feed Motor (F9A30-67024) on page 626

Trailing Cable on page 615 Flag Media Presence C-Tray (2Y9H1-40091) on page 704

Trailing Cable Guide (2Y9H0-67036) on page 616 ASSEMBLY PICK C-TRAY (2Y9H1-60014) on page 706

RIDS and Purger (2Y9H0-67043) on page 681 Assy Separator Module Swallowtail (CM751-60170) on
page 710

U Frame (2Y9H1-67029, 2Y9H7-67004) on page 441 Base C-Tray (White) (2Y9H1-67024) on page 713

Upper-Roll Media Guide (5HB10-67011) on page 468 Cutter (2Y9H0-67039) on page 565

Introduction
This chapter is a step-by-step guide to the removal and installation of the key components of the printer.
Use the illustrations for each procedure to identify the parts referred to in the text.

NOTE: Before using this chapter to remove and install a new component, always make sure that you
have performed the relevant service test. If the test passes you will not need to replace the
component.

NOTE: We recommend that, every time a part is removed, the Line Sensor and the Encoder Strip are
cleaned. See Clean the Carriage Line Sensor on page 714 and Clean the Encoder Strip on page 715.

Introduction 419
 Safety precautions
Review the instructions identified by WARNING and CAUTION symbols before you service the printer.
Follow these warnings and cautions for your protection and to avoid damaging the printer.

Serious shock hazard leading to death or injury may result if you do not take the following precautions:

● Switch the printer off and disconnect it from the power source prior to performing any maintenance.

● Prevent water or other liquids from running onto electrical components or circuits, or through
openings in the module.

IMPORTANT: You are recommended to wear gloves when removing or installing any part, even if it is
not mentioned in the removal or installation procedure.

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Precautions

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

To prevent damage to the printer's circuits from high-voltage electrostatic discharge (ESD):

1. Do not wear clothing that is subject to static build-up.

2. Do not handle integrated circuits (ICs) in carpeted areas.

3. Do not remove an IC or a Printed-Circuit Assembly (PCA) from its conductive foam pad or
conductive packaging until you are ready to install it.

4. Ground (earth) your body while disassembling and working on the printer.

5. After removing a cover from the printer, attach an earthing (ground) lead between the PCA common
and earth (ground). Touch all tools to earth (ground) to remove static charges before using them on
the printer.

6. After removing any PCA from the printer, place it on a conductive foam pad or into its conductive
packaging to prevent ESD damage to any ICs on the PCA.

Required tools
Table 6-2 Standard hand tools

Description/Components Size

Long Torx Screwdriver ¼ inch drive

Torx bit (75mm) 8

10

15

20

25

NOTE: It is strongly recommended to use magnetic screwdrivers to prevent screws from falling inside
the printer or scanner.

All the special tools and equipment required to disassemble, service, and repair the printer are
provided in each corresponding service parts

420 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 Table 6-3 Part Numbers including the special tools

part Number Part Description Special Tools

CQ890-67001 Carriage Line Sensor L-Shaped T6 screwdriver

2Y9H2-67004 Input platen L-Shaped T10 screwdriver

2Y9H3-67005 Input platen L-Shaped T10 screwdriver

CQ890-67060 Pinches Assy Spring Hook Puller

2Y9H0-67045 Carriage Motor with Sled Spring Hook Puller

Customer Self Repair parts

Some printer parts are designated Customer Self Repair (CSR) parts, which means that a faulty part
can be replaced by the customer. Non-CSR parts need to be replaced by an engineer. There are two
categories of CSR parts:

● CSR A: Customer self-repair is mandatory, as mentioned in the printer's warranty statement. If HP is

asked to replace such parts, the customer will be charged for travel and labor costs. Parts should be
replaceable by end users (customers) from a mechanical perspective within 5 minutes, with simple
or no tools required. Examples include spindles and cartridges.

● CSR B: Parts are easy to replace, but some knowledge of the printer and technical skills may be
required. The customer can decide whether to replace the part or to call for an engineer.

Table 6-4 CSR parts

Part Number Description CSR type Flyer

5HB08-67006 ARSS CSR A Yes

2Y9H0-67033 Cassette Tray CSR A Yes

2Y9H1-67025 Cassette Tray CSR A Yes

2Y9H4-67016 Back Tray Cover CSR A No

2Y9H0-67041 Stand Basket CSR A No

2Y9H2-67013 Calibration Scanner Plot CSR A No

F9A30-67027 Calibration surface CSR A No

CQ890-67108 Cutter CSR A Yes

2Y9H0-67001 Ink cover CSR A Yes

2Y9H1-67001 Ink cover CSR A Yes

2Y9H0-67007 Left Rear Cover CSR A Yes

2Y9H1-67008 Left Rear Cover CSR A Yes

2Y9H0-67008 Left Rear Cover CSR A No

2Y9H1-67010 Left Rear Cover CSR A No

2Y9H0-67046 Multi-Sheet Tray CSR A No

2Y9H0-67042 Output Platen Trim CSR A No

Customer Self Repair parts 421

 Table 6-4 CSR parts (continued)

Part Number Description CSR type Flyer

2Y9H1-67018 Pocket CSR A No

2Y9H7-67005 Pocket CSR A No

CQ891-60022 Power Cord: AMS SV KIT CSR A No

CQ891-60023 Power Cord: APJ SV KIT CSR A No

CQ891-60021 Power Cord: EU SV KIT CSR A No

F9A30-67073 Refeed preventers Double CSR A No

SvKit

2Y9H1-67006 Right Front Cover CSR A Yes

2Y9H4-67001 Right Front Cover CSR A Yes

2Y9H0-67005 Right Front Cover CSR A Yes

2Y9H0-67004 Roll Cover CSR A Yes

2Y9H1-67005 Roll Cover CSR A Yes

5HB10-67012 Spindle CSR A Yes

2Y9H0-67021 Spindle Big Roll CSR A No

2Y9H0-67022 Spindle hub CSR A No

2Y9H1-67017 Stacker CSR A No

2Y9H7-67006 Stacker CSR A No

2Y9H0-67047 Stand Bottom Cross CSR A No

2Y9H1-67037 Stand Bottom Cross CSR A No

2Y9H1-67020 Stand Hardware Kit CSR A No

2Y9H0-67019 Stand Hardware Kit CSR A No

2Y9H0-67018 Stand Assembly CSR A No

2Y9H1-67019 Stand Assembly CSR A No

2Y9H0-67032 Top Cleanout SvKit CSR A Yes

2Y9H1-67022 Top Cleanout SvKit CSR A Yes

2Y9H7-67004 U Frame CSR A No

2Y9H1-67029 U Frame CSR A No

2Y9H2-67010 Scan bars 3 sets kit CSR B Yes

2Y9H0-67002 Front Cover CSR B Yes

2Y9H1-67003 Front Cover CSR B Yes

2Y9H0-67011 Front Window CSR B Yes

2Y9H1-67012 Front Window CSR B Yes

2Y9H2-67012 Front Window CSR B Yes

2Y9H3-67006 Front Window CSR B Yes

422 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 Copies of most of the fliers can be found in the appendices to this manual: see Flyers on page 755.

For further information

● CSR Corporate Standards: http://standards.corp.hp.com/smc/hpstd/AHP0001501.htm

● CSR Web site: http://www.hp.com/go/csrparts/

● HP Parts Page: http://partsurfer.hp.com/

● HP Parts Store: http://www.hp.com/go/hpparts

Videos available
The following videos are available in the HP Services Media Library:

● Public, available to customers: Ink Cartridge Cover, Out-Of-Paper Sensor, Output Tray, Output Tray
Sensor.

● For service technicians only: Carriage, Carriage Motor, Central Cover, Cutter, Front Panel, Main PCA,
Output Platen, Pinchwheels, Starwheels and Output Shaft, Trailing Cable.

HP Services Media Library

● HP intranet access: http://thesml.hp.com/

● HP external/Customer Self Repair: http://www.hp.com/go/sml

● HP Partner via regional Partner portal: http://www.hp.com/go/psml

Recommended checks after replacing parts

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

After replacing a part, we recommending checking the status of the printer as follows:

1. Turn on the printer and check that there is no system error.

2. Print the print-quality diagnostic report on an A4 or US Letter sheet of paper and check that there
are no problems.

3. Load a roll of paper and perform some form feeds and cuts.

For some parts, further actions are required:

● After replacing the Main PCA, check for firmware updates and set up Web Services.

● After replacing the Service Station or Carriage Assembly, perform the appropriate preventive
maintenance reset. See Service menu on page 372.

Service Calibration summary

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Videos available 423

 Table 6-5 Calibrations required vs Parts replaced

Calibrations required

Scanner Scanner Scanner Rewider Printhead Automatic Adjust

calibration* runout Analog Calibration Alignment* Paper Paper
calibration* Encoder Advance Acvance
calibration* Calibration*
(Manual
Paper
Advance
Calibration)

User Menu Service Service Service User Menu User Menu User Menu
Menu Menu Menu

Parts Main PCA 1 optional

Replaced
Left Roll 1
Support

Scan 1 2 3
Bundle
Board

Scanbars 1

Calibration 1
s surfaces

Calibration 1
Slider

OPT wheel 1 2 3
of the
scanner

NOTE: The number in this table is showing the order of the calibration to perform.

*Calibrations require a paper.

Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

NOTE: If the U Frame is intalled, rotate it to have better access.

424 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. Pull the Front cover from the left edge, unclipping the snaps, then continue unclipping the remaining
snaps in a perpendicular direction from left to right.

3. Remove the Front cover.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Installation 425
 2. The backside of the Front Cover.

3. Detail showing where the clips must be attached on the right side.

4. Detail showing where the clips must be attached on the left side.

Front window (2Y9H0-67011, 2Y9H1-67012, 2Y9H2-67012, 2Y9H3-67006)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

426 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. Pull the Front Window to the front from the left edge and release by unclipping the 3 snaps.

3. Remove the Front window.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

2. The backside of the Front Window.

Installation 427
 3. Install the Front Window. Detail showing where the clips must be attached.

Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover, see Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove one screw.

428 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

4. Open the Ink Cover.

5. Remove the cartridges.

6. Remove 2 screws from the back.

Removal 429
 7. Open the Roll Cover.

8. Remove one screw.

9. Open the Right Front Cover.

430 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

10. Remove the two screws.

11. To remove the cover you have to push to release the tubes.

12. Hold down while removing the Right Cover.

Removal 431
 13. Remove the Right Cover.

NOTE: If you want to replace the right cover, perform the following steps.

a. Remove the Ink Cover.

b. Remove the Right Front Cover.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

IMPORTANT: Squeeze the lever to install the right cover. Watch out for the IDS TUBES.

432 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

Cassette Tray (C-tray) (2Y9H1-67025)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Slide up the pocket to be able to remove the cassette.

3. Remove the cassette tray.

Cassette Tray (C-tray) (2Y9H1-67025) 433

 Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008, 2Y9H1-67010)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer.

2. Unclip the two outer side clips.

3. Unclip the two inner side clips.

434 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 4. Remove the left rear cover.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

WARNING! It is important to be careful with the pins.

Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Left Front Cover, see Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007, 2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

3. Remove the Left Rear Cover, see Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008, 2Y9H1-67010) on page 434.

Installation 435
 4. Detach the LAN and Power cables from the two hooks.

5. Disconnect the LAN and Power cables.

6. Remove the two frontal screws.

436 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

7. Lift up the cover roll.

8. Remove one screw.

9. Remove the two screws.

Removal 437
 10. Remove the Left Cover.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Install the Left Cover by reversing the removal process.

NOTE: The image is for reference only, to show how to connect the cables.

Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

438 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. Open the Roll Cover.

3. Pull the Roll Cover from one side first, unclipping the snaps.

4. Remove the Roll Cover.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Installation 439
 2. To clip the cover back, place it first in "closed Position" Then press it down to clip it

Front Frame (2Y9H0-67010)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Window. See Front window (2Y9H0-67011, 2Y9H1-67012, 2Y9H2-67012,
2Y9H3-67006) on page 426.

3. Remove the Front Cover. See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

4. Remove the Right Cover. See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

5. Remove the Left Cover, see Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435.

6. Remove the Top Trim, see Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on page 485.

7. Remove one screw to disconect the grounding cable.

440 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 8. Remove 4 screws, 2 on each side.

9. Remove the Front Frame.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

U Frame (2Y9H1-67029, 2Y9H7-67004)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

Installation 441
 2. Remove two screws.

3. Remove the U Frame.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Pocket (2Y9H7-67005, 2Y9H1-67018)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

442 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. Remove the two side blockers.

3. Slide up the pocket to be able to remove the pocket.

4. Remove the pocket.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Back Cover (CQ893-67002)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Installation 443
 Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Multi-Sheet Tray (5HB08-67007). See L-Shaped Multi-Sheet Tray (5HB08-67007) on page
561.

3. Remove four T-10 screws.

4. Unclip the four bottom clips.

5. Unclip the left top clip.

444 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 6. Unclip the two top clips.

7. Remove the Back Cover.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Insert the side part.

Installation 445
 2. Put the pins in the holes.

NOTE: When installing the Back Cover, take care not to disconnect or damage the cables at the
rear.

3. Install the Back Cover by reversing the removal process.

Back Cover (2Y9H1-67002)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Switch off the printer and remove the power cable.

2. Remove the three screws.

446 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 3. Unclip the two bottom clips.

4. Unclip the two top clips.

5. Remove the Back Cover.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Installation 447
 1. Insert the side part.

2. Put the pins in the holes.

NOTE: When installing the Back Cover, take care not to disconnect or damage the cables at the
rear.

3. Install the Back Cover by reversing the removal process.

Control Panel 2.7 inch (2Y9H0-67015)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.

2. Remove the Left Cover, see Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435.

3. Remove the Front Cover, see Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

448 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

4. Disconnect the control panel cable.

5. Unhook the rear clips using a flat-blade screwdriver.

6. Unclip the 2 frontal clips.

Removal 449
 7. Slide up the Control Panel carefully through the ferrite, taking care not to damage the flat cable
attached to the ferrite.

8. Unroute the flat cable uncliping the ferrite.

9. Unroute the flat cable, taking care with the upper pins.

450 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 10. Remove the Control Panel.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Position the control panel cable for the holes.

2. Route the flat cable, taking care with the upper pins.

Installation 451
 3. Route the flat cable together with the ferrite on the hook.

4. When you install the Control Panel reversing the removal process, be careful to insert the indicated
parts inside.

5. If the Control Panel cable is not correctly connected, the printer can sometimes start up with colors
that are different from the normal colors (orange, blue).

Control Panel 4.3 inch (2Y9H3-67002)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

452 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.

2. Remove the Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009) (2Y9H1-67011). See Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on
page 485.

3. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

4. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031 ) (2Y9H1-67009). See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)
on page 435.

5. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

6. Unlock the CP cable and disconnect it.

7. Disconnect the grounding cable (remove one screw).

Removal 453
 8. Unclip the 2 frontal clips.

9. Unclip the one clip.

10. Slide up the Control Panel carefully through the ferrite, taking care not to damage the flat cable
attached to the ferrite.

454 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 11. Unroute the flat cable uncliping the ferrite.

12. Unroute the flat cable, taking care with the upper pins.

13. Remove the Control Panel.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Installation 455
 1. Position the control panel cable and the grounding cable correctly for the holes.

2. Route the flat cable, taking care with the upper pins.

3. Route the flat cable together with the ferrite on the hook.

456 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

4. When you install the Control Panel reversing the removal process, be careful to insert the indicated
parts inside.

5. Connect the grounding cable.

NOTE: Do not forget that there are two grounding cables when fitting the screw.

6. It is important to make sure that it is unlocked so that the cable can be fitted.

Installation 457
 7. Once the cable is in place, remember to lock it in place to secure it.

8. If the Control Panel cable is not correctly connected, the printer can sometimes start up with colors
that are different from the normal colors (orange, blue).

Control Panel Bezel 2.7 inch (2Y9H0-67012)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.

2. Remove the Left Cover, see Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435.

3. Remove the Front Cover, see Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

4. Remove the Control Panel 2.7 inch (2Y9H0-67015) on page 448.

458 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

5. Disconnect the USB cable.

6. Unroute the USB cable before removing completely the CPB.

7. Remove 4 screws.

Removal 459
 8. Remove the Control Panel 2.7 inch.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Control Panel Bezel 4.3 inch (2Y9H1-67013, 2Y9H4-67014)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.

2. Remove the Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009) (2Y9H1-67011). See Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on
page 485.

3. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

4. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031 ) (2Y9H1-67009). See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)
on page 435.

5. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

6. Remove the Control Panel 4.3 inch (2Y9H3-67002). See Control Panel Bezel 4.3 inch (2Y9H1-67013,
2Y9H4-67014) on page 460.

460 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

7. Disconnect the USB cable.

8. Unroute the USB cable before removing completely the CPB.

9. Remove 4 screws.

Removal 461
 10. Remove the Control Panel 4.3 inch.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Stacker (2Y9H1-67017, 2Y9H7-67006)

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the U Frame (2Y9H1-67029 ) (2Y9H7-67004). See U Frame (2Y9H1-67029, 2Y9H7-67004) on

page 441.

3. Remove Pocket (2Y9H1-67018). See Pocket (2Y9H7-67005, 2Y9H1-67018) on page 442

4. Close the stacker tray.

5. Remove the side blocker into the unused stacker supports at the left.

462 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

6. Remove the basket to the bottom cross beam with the Velcro.

7. Remove the basket.

8. Important: Use the slots on the stacker to hold it. The black pin should be facing downward.

Removal 463
 9. Remove the cover of the stacker supports.

10. Remove the stacker tray into the left and right stacker adaptors.

11. Remove the 3 screws from the left stacker adaptor.

464 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 12. Remove the 3 screws from the right stacker adaptor.

13. Remove the 4 screws from the stacker supports onto the bottom cross beam.

14. Remove the 4 screws from the stacker supports onto the bottom cross beam.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Installation 465
 1. Reverse the removal process.

CAUTION: Be careful with the pins when installing the stacker supports.

2. Before screwing the stacker supports check that they are correctly assembled without gaps.

ARSS (5HB08-67006)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.

466 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

2. Remove Top Cleanout.

3. Remove Spindle

4. Unlock the Blue Latch and keep unlocked.

5. Keep the Blue Latch unlocked and remove the Guide Roll Media Accessory.

Removal 467
 6. Unclip the Gear ARSS Link.

7. Remove the Gear ARSS Link.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Upper-Roll Media Guide (5HB10-67011)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Back Cover for 2Y9H0 (CQ893-67002). See Back Cover (CQ893-67002) on page 443.
Remove the Back Cover for 2Y9H1 (2Y9H1-67002). See Back Cover (2Y9H1-67002) on page 446.

468 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

3. Remove the Spindle. For 2Y9H0/2Y9H2

4. Remove the Multi-Sheet Tray(5HB08-67007). See L-Shaped Multi-Sheet Tray (5HB08-67007) on page
561. For 2Y9H1/2Y9H3

5. Remove Top Cleanout.

6. Remove the ARSS (5HB08-67006). See ARSS (5HB08-67006) on page 466.

7. Remove two T-10 screws.

8. Remove two T-10 screws. For 2Y9H0/2Y9H2

9. Remove Multi-Sheet Tray Sensor Assembly

Removal 469
 10. Move up the Upper-Roll Media Guide to detach the pin.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Reverse the removal process, fitting the tubes right up until the ends.

Left Roll Support (2Y9H0-67025, 2Y9H1-67026)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.

2. Remove Roll cover

3. Remove the Spindle.

4. Remove the Front Cover.

5. Remove the Left front Cover.

6. Remove Left rear cover

7. Remove the Back Cover for 2Y9H0 (CQ893-67002). See Back Cover (CQ893-67002) on page 443.
Remove the Back Cover for 2Y9H1 (2Y9H1-67002). See Back Cover (2Y9H1-67002) on page 446.

470 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

8. Remove the ARSS. For 2Y9H0/2Y9H2.

9. Remove Multi-Sheet Tray Sensor Assembly. For 2Y9H1/2Y9H3

10. Remove Top Cleanout

11. Remove the Upper roll media guide .

12. Disconnect the flat cable.

13. Detach the flat cable.

14. Disconnect the cable.

Removal 471
 15. Unroute the cable.

16. Make sure both cables are free.

17. Remove 4 screws.

472 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 18. Remove 6 screws.

19. Remove 2 screws on the Top Trim.

20. From the rear of the machine, rotate the Left Roll Support lower metal lugs a little to the right to
detach them from the chassis bracket.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Installation 473
 2. Make sure the Left Roll Support is attached inside the two holes.

Right Roll Support (2Y9H0-67026, 2Y9H1-67027)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.

2. Remove Roll cover

3. Remove the Spindle.

4. Remove the Front Cover, see Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

5. Remove Left front cover.

6. Remove the Left Cover, see Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435.

7. Top Cleanout

8. Remove the ARSS. For 2Y9H0/2Y9H2

9. Remove Multi-Sheet Tray Sensor Assembly. For 2Y9H1/2Y9H3

10. Remove Top Cleanout

11. Remove the Upper-Roll Media Guide, see Upper-Roll Media Guide (5HB10-67011) on page 468.

474 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

12. Remove 3 screws on the metal plate ISS.

13. Remove the metal part.

14. Slide and unclip.

Removal 475
 15. Remove 3 screws.

16. Remove 2 screws.

17. Remove the Right Roll Support.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

IMPORTANT: Make sure the metal part is installed vertically and take care the needle mount is
aligned with the ISS lifter.

476 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

Spindle and blue hub (5HB10-67012)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.

2. Open the roll cover.

3. Remove the Spindle and blue hub.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Spindle Big Roll (2Y9H0-67021)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.

Spindle and blue hub (5HB10-67012) 477

 2. Open the roll cover.

3. Remove the Spindle big roll and the blue hub.

4. Unlock the blue hub.

5. Remove the spindle big roll.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

478 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

Spindle Big Roll blue hub (2Y9H0-67022)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.

2. Open the roll cover.

3. Remove the Spindle big roll and the blue hub.

4. Unlock the blue hub.

Spindle Big Roll blue hub (2Y9H0-67022) 479

 5. Remove the spindle big roll blue hub.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Stand Assembly (2Y9H0-67018)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove Refeed Preventers (F9A30-67073).

NOTE: This step is only needed for MFP printers.

480 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 3. Remove 2×T25 screws on the left side.

4. Remove 2×T25 screws on the right side.

5. Remove the printer of the stand.

IMPORTANT: 3 people are required.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Reverse the removal process.

Installation 481
 2. Place the printer on the stand.

Stand Assembly (2Y9H1-67019)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove Refeed Preventers (F9A30-67073).

NOTE: This step is only needed for MFP printers.

3. Remove Pocket (2Y9H1-67018). See Pocket (2Y9H7-67005, 2Y9H1-67018) on page 442

4. Remove Stacker (2Y9H1-67017) (2Y9H7-67006). See Stacker (2Y9H1-67017, 2Y9H7-67006) on page

462

482 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 5. Remove 2×T25 screws on the left side.

6. Remove 2×T25 screws on the right side.

7. Remove the printer of the stand.

IMPORTANT: 3 people are required.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Reverse the removal process.

Installation 483
 2. Place the printer on the stand.

Brush line sensor with adhesive 5 sets kit (5HB06-67028)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424

3. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

4. Move the carriage to the left.

5. Uncap the Carriage and move it to the left.

484 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 6. Turn the Brush line sensor to be able to unclip it.

7. Remove the Brush line sensor with adhesive 5 sets kit.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.

2. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031 ) (2Y9H1-67009). See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)
on page 435.

3. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

Installation 485
 4. Remember to open the Roll Cover and the Front Window.

5. Remove the three frontal screws.

6. Remove the four top screws.

486 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 7. Remove the Top Trim.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Stand Basket (2Y9H0-67041)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Unclip the tubes.

Installation 487
 3. Remove the four screws of the rear cross.

4. Remove the four screws bracket for each side.

5. Remove the rear connectors.

488 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 6. Remove the basket from the rear cross tube.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Mount the rear connectors with an angle.

Encoder Strip (CQ893-67029)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009) (2Y9H1-67011). See Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on
page 485.

3. Remove the Front Cover. See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

Installation 489
 4. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007) (2Y9H1-67008). See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007,
2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

5. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

6. Insert some paper (of any type) to prevent grease or dirt from falling into the printer.

NOTE: When working in this area, in which dirt and grease can contaminate other parts of the
printer, we recommend wearing gloves.

7. Uncap the Carriage and move it to the left.

8. Detach the spring.

CAUTION: The Encoder Strip must not come into contact with the slider rod grease! Handle with
care, and be careful with your hands and the Encoder Strip.

CAUTION: The primer pipe at the end plate can become damaged.

490 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

9. Rotate the Encoder Strip a little to detach it from the hook.

10. Detach the Encoder Strip from the hook.

Removal 491
 11. Slide the Encoder Strip carefully from the right side, and remove it.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Move the Carriage to cap position.

2. Pass the Encoder Strip through the hole of the bracket. Very important: The face is shown here:

NOTE: The Encoder Strip must be inserted from the right side of the Carriage into the left side.

3. Pass the Encoder Strip through the hole of the Carriage, taking care not to bend it.

492 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 4. The Encoder Strip should go out through the other side of the Carriage as shown.

5. The right end of the Encoder Strip must have the triangle in the position as shown below.

6. When you attach the left end of the Encoder Strip to the hook, make sure the position of the face is
as shown below.

7. Attach the Encoder Strip at the left before attaching the spring at the right.

Base Cleanout and Base C-tray

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Base Cleanout and Base C-tray 493

 1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable

2. Remove the Base Cleanout (2Y9H1-67023). See Base Cleanout (2Y9H1-67023) on page 517

3. Remove the Base C-tray (2Y9H1-67024). See Base C-Tray (White) (2Y9H1-67024) on page 713

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

NVM Backup PCA (5HB06-67022)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

IMPORTANT: Do not replace both the Main PCA and NVM Backup PCA at the same moment. System
error 0059-0191will be shown while printer is booting up.

CAUTION: Do not return the used NVM Backup PCA as “unused”.

CAUTION: Under NO circumstances should a NVM Backup PCA from a different printer be installed
during the repair or troubleshooting processes. NVM Backup PCA stores important data specific to the
model of printer it is installed in and is not deigned to be swapped or repurposed in any way.

Issues that can occur from swapping a formatter include:

● Serial number, product number, product name, page count, and supported cartridges information
change and might make a product unusable

● 0059-0190 Conflict found between NVM main and backup

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031 ) (2Y9H1-67009). See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)
on page 435.

4. Remove 1 screw.

494 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 5. Remove the NVM Backup PCA without tilting it.

NOTE: Be careful to not damage it.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Base C-tray black

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable

2. Open the roll cover

3. Remove the Spindle.

4. Remove the Top Cleanout. See Top Cleanout (2Y9H1-67022) on page 510

5. Remove the Left Front Cover. See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007, 2Y9H1-67008) on page 514

6. Remove the Left Rear Cover. See Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008, 2Y9H1-67010) on page 434

7. Remove the Left Cover. See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435

8. Remove the Front Cover. See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424

9. Remove the Right Cover. See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428

10. Remove the Roll Cover. See Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005) on page 438

11. Remove the ARSS. See ARSS (5HB08-67006) on page 466

12. Remove the Upper roll media guide. See Upper-Roll Media Guide (5HB10-67011) on page 468

13. Remove the Right Roll Support. See Right Roll Support (2Y9H0-67026, 2Y9H1-67027) on page 474

14. Remove the Base Cleanout. See Base Cleanout (2Y9H1-67023) on page 517

Installation 495
 15. Disconnect the three cables from the PBB.

16. Unroute the three FFC encoder cables.

496 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

17. Remove 4 screws.

18. Remove the Guide Base Right. Take care to don't damage the FFC cables.

Removal 497
 19. Unroute the 3 FFC cables from the Guide Base Right.

20. Unroute the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Cable.

498 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

21. Remove 1 screw.

22. Remove 4 screws.

23. Remove the Casette Tray (C-tray) (2Y9H0-67033).

24. Remove the Output Platen. See Output Platen (2Y9H0-67003, 2Y9H1-67004) on page 562

Removal 499
 25. Remove 2 screws.

26. Remove 4 screws.Detach the right side of the top cross tube from the top connector.

500 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

27. Detach the right side of the top cross tube from the top connector.

28. Unclip the base c-tray.

Removal 501
 29. Remove the base c-tray.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

AMP XL 5 V Power Supply (5HB06-67029)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031 ) (2Y9H1-67009). See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)
on page 435.

502 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

4. Disconnect the Power Supply cable.

5. It is recommended to disconnect the flat cable to avoid damaging it when removing the screw.

6. Remove 2 screws.

Removal 503
 7. Slide the Power Supply.

NOTE: Take care to not damage the cables.

8. Remove the Power Supply.

NOTE: Never take out the Power Supply by pulling the cable, because you will damage it.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

504 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. Remember to place the power supply correctly underneath the slots.

Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015, 2Y9H2-67002, 2Y9H3-67003)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

IMPORTANT: Do not forget to take out the NVM PCA on the Main PCA and install the NVM PCA to the
new Main PCA.

IMPORTANT: Do not replace both the Main PCA and NVM Backup PCA at the same moment. System
error 0059-0191will be shown while printer is booting up.

IMPORTANT: When a Main PCA is replaced, a pairing operation must be completed to ake the printer
functional with cloud base services.

CAUTION: Do not return the used Main PCA as “unused”.

CAUTION: Under NO circumstances should a Main PCA from a different printer be installed during
the repair or troubleshooting processes. Main PCA stores important data specific to the model of
printer it is installed in and is not deigned to be swapped or repurposed in any way.

Issues that can occur from swapping a formatter include:

● Serial number, product number, product name, page count, and supported cartridges information
change and might make a product unusable

● 0059-0190 Conflict found between NVM main and backup

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover, see Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Left Cover, see Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435.

4. Remove the NVM Backup PCA, see NVM Backup PCA (5HB06-67022) on page 494.

Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015, 2Y9H2-67002, 2Y9H3-67003) 505

 5. Disconnect the round cables.

6. Unclip the clamp.

7. Unroute the round cables.

8. Disconnect the FFC cables.

NOTE: 2Y9H1 Only: Unlock the CP cable and disconnect it.

506 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

9. Remove 2 screws.

10. Remove 2 screws.

Removal 507
 11. Disengage the Main PCA from the Hook and remove it.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. When mounting the Main PCA, remember to insert it in the hook.

2. First place these two screws, because will be easier to screw in the next two screws.

508 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

3. Push in the bracket of the Main PCA to align the two holes and screw the two screws without
damaging them.

4. It is important to make sure that it is unlocked so that the cable can be fitted.

5. Once the cable is in place, remember to lock it in place to secure it.

Installation 509
 6. When connecting the cables to the Main PCA, make sure that the blue side of the flat cables is
facing you and, with the red/black cables, the red color should always be on the left.

Top Cleanout (2Y9H1-67022)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Press both buttons with one hand and hold them down.

3. Remove the Top Cleanout.

510 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Ink Cover (2Y9H0-67001, 2Y9H1-67001)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Open the Ink Cover.

3. Pull the Ink Cover, unclipping the snaps and remove it.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Print Bundle PCA (PBB) (2Y9H0-67017)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Installation 511
 Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

4. Disconnect four motor cables.

5. Disconnect all flat flexible cables (FFCs) from the Bundle Board.

NOTE: This is a general graphic, depending on the type of printer, more or less cables should be
disconnected.

512 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

6. Remove two sensor cables.

7. Remove two T-10 screws.

NOTE: Take care not to drop the Print Bundle PCA inside the stand leg. It is recommended to cover
the gap.

8. Remove the Print Bundle PCA.

To remove the bracket follow the next steps:

9. Remove the ISS (2Y9H0-67013). See ISS (2Y9H0-67013) on page 682.

10. Unroute the cables.

Removal 513
 11. Remove a screw that connects the encoder to the PBB BRACKET, in order to be able to move the
PBB Support.

12. Pull out the two pins of the PBB Support.

13. Detach the bracket from the PBB Support and pull it off to the right.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007, 2Y9H1-67008)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Lift up the front window.

4. Remove one screw.

514 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

5. Unclip the two bottom clips.

6. Unclip the two top clips.

7. Pull out the two side slots.

Removal 515
 8. Remove the Left Front Cover.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Right Front Cover (2Y9H0-67005, 2Y9H1-67006)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Open the Front Window.

516 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 3. Open the Right Front Cover.

4. Remove the Right Front Cover.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

2. Snap the right front cover on the hinges.

Base Cleanout (2Y9H1-67023)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Installation 517
 Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Roll Cover. See Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005) on page 438

3. Remove the Spindle.

4. Remove the Top Cleanout (2Y9H1-67022) on page 510.

5. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007, 2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

6. Remove the Left Rear Cover, see Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008, 2Y9H1-67010) on page 434.

7. Remove the Left Cover, see Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435.

8. Remove the Front Cover, see Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

9. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

10. Remove the Top Trim, see Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on page 485.

11. Remove the Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005) on page 438.

12. Remove the Right Roll Support (2Y9H0-67026, 2Y9H1-67027) on page 474.

13. Remove the ARSS (5HB08-67006) on page 466.

14. Remove the Upper-Roll Media Guide, see Upper-Roll Media Guide (5HB10-67011) on page 468.

518 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

15. Remove the two screws.

16. Remove the rear left cover C-Tray.

17. Remove the two screws.

Removal 519
 18. Remove the rear right cover C-Tray.

19. Remove the two top screws on the left side.

20. Remove the two top screws on the right side.

520 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

21. Remove the one left front screw.

22. Remove the side screw located on the inner left side, which connects to the gear transmission.

23. Remove the five side screws located on the right outer side, which connects to the gear
transmission.

Removal 521
 24. Remove the Base Cleanout.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Bridge Plate (2Y9H1-67021, 2Y9H0-67020)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Top Cleanout (2Y9H1-67022). See Top Cleanout (2Y9H1-67022) on page 510.

NOTE: (MFP only) Remove the Scanner Module.

3. Remove the Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009) (2Y9H1-67011). See Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on
page 485.

4. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

5. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007) (2Y9H1-67008). See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007,
2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

6. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031 ) (2Y9H1-67009). See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)
on page 435.

7. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

8. Remove the Roll Cover (2Y9H1-67005). See Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005) on page 438.

9. Remove the Spindle Big Roll (2Y9H0-67021). See Spindle Big Roll (2Y9H0-67021) on page 477.

10. Remove the Multi-Sheet Tray (5HB08-67007). See L-Shaped Multi-Sheet Tray (5HB08-67007) on page
561.

522 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

11. Remove the Back Cover (CQ893-67002). See Back Cover (CQ893-67002) on page 443.

12. Remove the ARSS (5HB08-67006). See ARSS (5HB08-67006) on page 466.

13. Remove the Upper roll media guide (5HB10-67011). See Upper-Roll Media Guide (5HB10-67011) on
page 468.

14. Remove the Right Roll Support (2Y9H1-67027). See Right Roll Support (2Y9H0-67026, 2Y9H1-67027)
on page 474.

15. Remove the Rear Cover (2Y9H4-67004). See Rear Cover (2Y9H4-67004) on page 660.

16. Remove the Service Station Assembly (CQ890-67045). See Service Station Assembly
(CQ890-67045) on page 534.

NOTE: Do not touch the Service Station's Encoder Disk when handling the Service Station.

17. Remove the Prime pump (F9A30-67048). See Prime Pump (F9A30-67048) on page 543.

18. Remove the Base Cleanout (2Y9H1-67023). See Base Cleanout (2Y9H1-67023) on page 517.

19. Remove the two screws.

20. Remove the rear right cover C-Tray.

21. Remove the ISS (2Y9H0-67013). See ISS (2Y9H0-67013) on page 682.

Removal 523
 22. Disconnect the five cables from the PBB.

23. Unroute the FFC encoder cable.

24. Unroute the three FFC cables.

524 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

25. Remove 4 screws.

26. Unhooked the RIDS tubes from the two pins.

27. Remove the Guide Base Right. Take care to don't damage the FFC cables.

Removal 525
 28. Unroute the 3 FFC cables.

29. Remove 4 screws.

30. Remove 3 screws.

526 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 31. Remove 3 top screws.

32. Remove 2 screw on the back.

33. Remove the bridge plate while holding the arch for better access.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Reverse the removal process.

Installation 527
 2. Route and connect the FCC Cable.

Bright Plate Power

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.

2. Remove Roll cover

3. Remove the Spindle.

4. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

5. Remove Left front cover

6. Remove Left cover

7. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

8. Top Trim

9. Remove the Service Station Assembly (CQ890-67045). See Service Station Assembly
(CQ890-67045) on page 534.

10. Remove the Prime pump (F9A30-67048). See Prime Pump (F9A30-67048) on page 543.

11. Remove Top Cleanout

12. Remove ARSS

13. Remove Upper-Roll Media Guide

14. Remove the Right Roll Support (2Y9H1-67027). See Right Roll Support (2Y9H0-67026, 2Y9H1-67027)
on page 474.

15. Remove the Print Bundle PCA (2Y9H0-67017). See Print Bundle PCA (PBB) (2Y9H0-67017) on page
511.

528 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 16. Remove the ISS (2Y9H0-67013). See ISS (2Y9H0-67013) on page 682.

17. Remove 6 screws to remove Guide_Base_Right_C-Tray (2Y9H1-40058) and Rear_Right_Cover

(2Y9H1-40028).

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Reverse the removal process.

Paper Motor (F9A30-67049)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009). See Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on page 485.

3. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

4. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007). See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007, 2Y9H1-67008) on
page 514.

5. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031). See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435.

6. Remove the NVM Backup PCA (5HB06-67022). See NVM Backup PCA (5HB06-67022) on page 494.

Installation 529
 7. Remove the Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016) (2Y9H1-67015) (2Y9H2-67002). See Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016,
2Y9H1-67015, 2Y9H2-67002, 2Y9H3-67003) on page 505.

8. Remove two T-10 screws.

9. Slide the Paper Motor inwards, and hold it with a finger to stop it falling down.

10. Slide it out from this hole.

530 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 11. Remove the Paper Motor.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

NOTE: Make sure to reinstall correct the cable, the red color should always be on the left.

■ Follow the instructions for removing the paper motor in reverse order.

Encoder Disk (CQ890-67033)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove Left front Cover.

4. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031 ) (2Y9H1-67009). See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)
on page 435.

5. Remove the NVM Backup PCA (5HB06-67022). See NVM Backup PCA (5HB06-67022) on page 494.

Installation 531
 6. Remove the Main PCA (2Y9H0-67016) (2Y9H1-67015) (2Y9H2-67002) (2Y9H3-67003). See Main PCA
(2Y9H0-67016, 2Y9H1-67015, 2Y9H2-67002, 2Y9H3-67003) on page 505.

7. Remove one T-10 screw.

8. Remove the Holder Brush Feed Shaft.

IMPORTANT: Do not remove the Encoder Disk without checking the position of the black
reference mark.

532 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 9. Rotate the Encoder Disk to a position where the black reference mark is entirely below the midpoint
of the disk (so that it looks like a smile).

10. Remove the Encoder Disk by pulling it off (without moving the Roller).

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Remove the film from the new Encoder Disk.

IMPORTANT: Wear gloves.

Installation 533
 2. Clean the new Encoder Disk with a lint-free cloth dampened with a general-purpose industrial
cleaner to remove any remaining glue. Let it dry before proceeding.

3. Attach the new Encoder Disk with the black reference mark in exactly the same position as it was
when you removed it (without moving the Roller).

4. Make sure the Encoder Disk is firmly attached.

Service Station Assembly (CQ890-67045)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

534 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

4. Remove the ISS (2Y9H0-67013). See ISS (2Y9H0-67013) on page 682.

5. Disconnect the round cable of the PCA Bundle from the service station.

6. Disconnect the flat cable.

Removal 535
 7. Disconnect the tube.

8. Unhook the cable.

536 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

9. Unclip the Tee Pump Prime.

10. Remove the Tee Pump Prime.

Removal 537
 11. Disconnect the tube.

12. Uncap the Carriage.

CAUTION: Avoid touching the Encoder Disk by mistake.

13. Move the Carriage to the left.

538 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

14. Remove a screw that connects the encoder to the PBB BRACKET, in order to be able to move the
PBB Support.

15. Pull out the two pins of the PBB Support.

16. Detach the bracket from the PBB Support and pull it off to the right.

17. Support the PBB bracket in the hole shown in the picture.

NOTE: Be careful with the cables, disconnect the cables as necessary.

Removal 539
 18. Loosen only one T-15 screw.

19. Rotate the Xlimiter.

540 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

20. Remove one T-15 screw.

21. Push the Trigger with your finger or the screwdriver.

22. Hold the Trigger using a screwdriver and then unlock the Service Station.

Removal 541
 23. Push down the metal sheet and slide out the Service Station.

24. If, while you are sliding out the Service Station, there is an interaction with the metallic bracket, then
you should push down the Service Station.

25. Remove the Service Station.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

542 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 ■ Install the blue washers of the tube on the left side of the hook.

NOTE: If you replaced both Service Station Assembly and Left Spittoon at the same moment,
perform following reset.

Service Menu > Service Resets > Reset PMK2

Prime Pump (F9A30-67048)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003) .See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

4. Remove the ISS (2Y9H0-67013). See ISS (2Y9H0-67013) on page 682.

Prime Pump (F9A30-67048) 543

 5. Disconnect the cable from the Bundle PCA.

6. Disconnect the tube.

544 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

7. Unhook the cable.

8. Unclip the Tee Pump Prime.

Removal 545
 9. Remove the Tee Pump Prime.

10. Disconnect the tube.

546 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

11. Remove one T-10 screw.

12. Remove the Prime Pump. Be careful with the cables.

13. Uncap the Carriage.

CAUTION: Avoid touching the Encoder Disk by mistake.

Removal 547
 14. Move the Carriage to the left.

548 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

15. Push the bottom Carrier_Make-Break.

16. Turn the Ampere-Off-Axis-Coupling.

Removal 549
 17. Remove the Ampere-Off-Axis-Coupling.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Reverse the removal process, fitting the tubes right up until the ends.

CAUTION: Take care with the fittings.

Carriage assembly (5HB10-67001)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

550 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007) (2Y9H1-67008). See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007,
2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

4. Remove the Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008) (2Y9H1-67010). See Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008,
2Y9H1-67010) on page 434.

5. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031) (2Y9H1-67009) See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)
on page 435.

6. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

7. Remove the Front Window (2Y9H0-67011) (2Y9H1-67012). See Front window (2Y9H0-67011,
2Y9H1-67012, 2Y9H2-67012, 2Y9H3-67006) on page 426.

8. Remove the Rear Cover (2Y9H4-67004). See Rear Cover (2Y9H4-67004) on page 660.

9. Remove the Service Station Assembly (CQ890-67045). See Service Station Assembly
(CQ890-67045) on page 534.

NOTE: Do not touch the Service Station's Encoder Disk when handling the Service Station.

10. Remove the Service Station Assembly. See Service Station Assembly (CQ890-67045) on page 534

11. Remove the Ink Cartridges and the Printhead Assembly.

12. Make sure the Carriage is in this position.

Removal 551
 13. Disconnect the two flat cables from the PCA.

14. Remove one T-15 screw from the left side.

15. Unclip the trailing cable retainer clip shown here (1) and slide it to the right (2).

552 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

16. Slide the trailing cables retainer to the right.

17. Leave the trailing cables retainer on the platen.

18. Remove two T-10 screws from the Right End Plate.

Removal 553
 19. Remove the Right End Plate.

20. Unhook the Carriage Belt with a finger and lift it away.

21. Remove the Carriage Belt from the end pulley.

554 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

22. Remove one T-15 screw .

23. Unclip the pulley latch shown here (1) and slide it to the right (2).

24. Remove the pulley latch..

Removal 555
 25. Pull the latch down.

26. Slide the Carriage, the Belt, and the Trailing Cable to the right.

27. Remove the Carriage Assembly.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. To reinstall the Belt, use a screwdriver to lever the Belt back on.

556 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. When installing the Carriage Assembly, make sure you slide the part indicated here onto the slider
rod.

3. When the installation is complete, clean the Encoder Strip and the Line Sensor.

Belt and pulley (F9A30-67068)

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove Front cover.

3. Remove Left front cover

4. Remove Left cover

5. Remove Right cover

6. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

7. Remove the Right Cover, see Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

8. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007) (2Y9H1-67008). See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007,
2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

9. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031 ) (2Y9H1-67009). See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)
on page 435.

10. Remove the Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009) (2Y9H1-67011). See Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on
page 485.

11. Remove the Front Window (2Y9H0-67011) (2Y9H1-67012). See Front window (2Y9H0-67011,
2Y9H1-67012, 2Y9H2-67012, 2Y9H3-67006) on page 426.

12. Remove the Rear Cover (2Y9H4-67004). See Rear Cover (2Y9H4-67004) on page 660

13. Remove the Service Station Assembly (CQ890-67045). See Service Station Assembly
(CQ890-67045) on page 534.

14. Do not touch the Service Station's Encoder Disk when handling the Service Station.

Belt and pulley (F9A30-67068) 557

 15. Remove the Encoder Strip. See Encoder Strip (CQ893-67029) on page 489.

16. Remove the Ink Cartridges and the Printhead Assembly.

17. Remove the Carriage Assembly with Belt and Trailing Cable . See Carriage assembly (5HB10-67001)
on page 550

18. Rotate the Carriage to see the bottom side.

19. Slide the Carriage Belt.

20. Remove the Carriage Belt.

NOTE: After the successful installation of this part, perform the Preventive Maintenance Kit Reset
procedure.

558 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Follow the steps of the Removal procedure in the reverse order.

Starwheel Assy (5HB10-67010)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007) (2Y9H1-67008). See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007,
2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

4. Remove the Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008) (2Y9H1-67010). See Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008,
2Y9H1-67010) on page 434.

5. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031 ) (2Y9H1-67009). See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)
on page 435.

6. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

7. Remove the Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009) (2Y9H1-67011). See Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on
page 485.

8. Remove one T-10 screw on the left side of the Starwheel Assembly.

Installation 559
 9. Remove one T-10 screw on the right side of the Starwheel Assembly.

10. Detach the Starwheel Assembly from the two hooks by sliding it up.

11. Remove the Starwheel Assembly.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. To install, follow the instructions for removing the starwheel assembly in reverese order.

560 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. When installing the Starwheel Assembly, make sure it is located correctly on the hooks.

L-Shaped Multi-Sheet Tray (5HB08-67007)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Unlock the L-Shaped Multi-Sheet Tray Assembly.

L-Shaped Multi-Sheet Tray (5HB08-67007) 561

 2. Pull out the L-Shaped Multi-Sheet Tray Assembly.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Output Platen (2Y9H0-67003, 2Y9H1-67004)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover, see Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Left Front Cover, see Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007, 2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

4. Remove the Left Rear Cover, see Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008, 2Y9H1-67010) on page 434.

5. Remove the Left Cover, see Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435.

6. Remove the U Frame, see U Frame (2Y9H1-67029, 2Y9H7-67004) on page 441.

562 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

7. Remove the four screws.

8. Remove the seven screws.

9. Remove the one screw.

Removal 563
 10. Remove the Output Platen.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Output Platen Trim (2Y9H0-67042)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the output platen trim label.

564 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 3. Remove the one screw for each side.

4. Remove the output platen trim.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Reverse the removal process.

Cutter (2Y9H0-67039)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007) (2Y9H1-67008). See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007,
2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

Installation 565
 4. Pull the blue lever to release the cutter.

5. Remove the cutter.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Multi-Sheet Tray Sensor Assembly (2Y9H0-67024)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424

3. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007) (2Y9H1-67008). See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007,
2Y9H1-67008) on page 514

4. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031 ) (2Y9H1-67009). See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)
on page 435

5. Remove the Multi-Sheet Tray (5HB08-67007). See L-Shaped Multi-Sheet Tray (5HB08-67007) on page
561

566 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

6. Remove the Back Cover for 2Y9H0 (CQ893-67002). See Back Cover (CQ893-67002) on page 443.

7. Disconnect the cable from the main PCA.

8. Unroute the cable.

9. Remove the two tapes.

Removal 567
 10. Remove one screw.

11. Move to the right.

12. Remove the Multi-sheet Tray Assembly.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Install the Multi Sheet Tray Sensor Assembly by reversing the removal process.

568 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. Route the cable and be careful that it rests on the structure.

Out-Of-Paper Sensor (2Y9H0-67037)

The following sections provide details for this topic.2Y9H1/2Y9H3 and 2Y9H0 & 2Y9H2

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic. 2Y9H1 & 2Y9H3

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424

3. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H1-67008). See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007, 2Y9H1-67008) on
page 514.

4. Remove the Left Rear Cover (2Y9H1-67010). See Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008, 2Y9H1-67010) on
page 434.

5. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H1-67009). See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435.

6. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

7. Remove the Top Trim (2Y9H1-67011) Only for 2Y9H1. See Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on
page 485.

8. Remove the Roll Cover (2Y9H1-67005). See Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005) on page 438

9. Remove the Spindle.

10. For better access, Remove the Right Roll Support (2Y9H1-67027). See Right Roll Support
(2Y9H0-67026, 2Y9H1-67027) on page 474.

11. Remove the Back Cover (2Y9H1-67002). See Back Cover (CQ893-67002) on page 443.

12. Remove the Top Cleanout (2Y9H1-67022). See Top Cleanout (2Y9H1-67022) on page 510.

13. Remove the ARSS (5HB08-67006). See ARSS (5HB08-67006) on page 466.

14. Remove Multi-Sheet Tray Sensor Assembly.

15. Remove the Upper roll media guide (5HB10-67011). See Upper-Roll Media Guide (5HB10-67011) on
page 468.

16. Remove the Base Cleanout (2Y9H1-67023). See Base Cleanout (2Y9H1-67023) on page 517

Out-Of-Paper Sensor (2Y9H0-67037) 569

 17. Locate the Out-Of-Paper Sensor.

18. Unclip the Out-Of-Paper Sensor FFC Cover.

19. Slide the Out-Of-Paper Sensor FFC Cover.

570 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

20. Lift up (1) the Out-Of-Paper Sensor FFC Cover and slide it to the left (2).

21. Press the retaining clips of the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Assembly.

22. Slide out the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Assembly.

Removal 571
 23. Unstick a bit the tape.

24. Turn over the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Assembly to get better access to the connector.

25. Disconnect the Out-Of-Paper Sensor cable.

26. Remove the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Assembly.

572 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.2Y9H1 & 2Y9H3

1. Please follow the steps of the Removal procedure in the reverse order.

a. Locate the orange tape to be removed.

b. Remove the orange tape.

2. Unstick a bit the tape, to install the cable.

Installation 573
 3. Route the cable.

4. Connect the FFC cable.

574 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

5. Stick the tape.

6. Replace the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Assembly.

7. Press to install.

Installation 575
 8. Install the Out-Of-Paper Sensor FFC Cover.

9. Slide in and clip the Out-Of-Paper Sensor FFC Cover .

10. Correctly install the Out-Of-Paper Sensor.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.2Y9H1 & 2Y9H3 Cable

1. Remove the ISS (2Y9H0-67013). See ISS (2Y9H0-67013) on page 682.

576 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

2. Unclip the locator FFC.

3. Disconnect the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Cable from the Bundle Board.

4. Unroute the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Cable through the hook.

Removal 577
 5. CAUTION: Be careful with the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Cable.

6. Remove the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Cable.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.2Y9H1 & 2Y9H3 Cable

1. Follow these steps when installing the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Cable.

2. When you pass the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Cable through the hook, make sure that the blue end of
the cable is facing you.

3. Follow the instructions for removing the Out Of Paper Sensor cable in reverse order.

578 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic. 2Y9H0 & 2Y9H2

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Multi-Sheet Tray (5HB08-67007). See L-Shaped Multi-Sheet Tray (5HB08-67007) on page
561.

3. Locate the Out-Of-Paper Sensor.

4. Unclip the Out-Of-Paper Sensor FFC Cover.

Removal 579
 5. Slide the Out-Of-Paper Sensor FFC Cover.

6. Lift up (1) the Out-Of-Paper Sensor FFC Cover and slide it to the left (2).

580 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

7. Press the retaining clips of the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Assembly.

8. Slide out the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Assembly.

9. Unstick a bit of the tape.

Removal 581
 10. Turn over the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Assembly to get better access to the connector.

11. Disconnect the Out-Of-Paper Sensor cable.

12. Remove the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Assembly.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic. 2Y9H0 & 2Y9H2

1. Please follow the steps of the Removal procedure in the reverse order.

582 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 a. Locate the orange tape to be removed.

b. Remove the orange tape.

2. Unstick a bit the tape, to install the cable.

Installation 583
 3. Route the cable.

4. Connect the FFC cable.

5. Stick the tape.

584 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

6. Replace the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Assembly.

7. Press to install.

8. Install the Out-Of-Paper Sensor FFC Cover.

9. Slide in and clip the Out-Of-Paper Sensor FFC Cover .

Installation 585
 10. Correctly install the Out-Of-Paper Sensor.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic. 2Y9H0 & 2Y9H2 Cable

1. Remove the Back Cover (CQ893-67002). See Back Cover (CQ893-67002) on page 443.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

4. Remove the ISS (2Y9H0-67013). See ISS (2Y9H0-67013) on page 682.

5. Unclip the locator FFC.

586 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 6. Disconnect the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Cable from the Bundle Board.

7. Unroute the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Cable through the hook.

8. Remove the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Cable.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic. 2Y9H0 & 2Y9H2 Cable

1. Follow these steps when installing the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Cable.

Installation 587
 2. When you pass the Out-Of-Paper Sensor Cable through the hook, make sure that the blue end of
the cable is facing you.

3. Follow the instructions for removing the Out Of Paper Sensor cable in reverse order.

Carriage Line Sensor (ZIM sensor) (CQ890-67001)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009) (2Y9H1-67011). See Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on
page 485.

3. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

4. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

5. Make sure the Carriage is located in the right position.

588 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

6. Detach the right side of the Cover PCA Carriage.

7. Remove the Cover PCA Carriage.

8. Disconnect the flat cable.

9. Uncap the carriage.

IMPORTANT: If the Carriage is in the capped position, move the Service Station gear clockwise to
uncap it.

Removal 589
 10. Move the Carriage slightly to allow access to the Carriage Line Sensor, maintain a separation of 4
cm.

11. Remove one screw.

CAUTION: Make sure that the screw does not fall down into the Service Station.

590 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 12. Open the Carriage latch upwards to allow access to the Carriage Line Sensor.

13. Detach the Line Sensor from the Carriage.

14. Remove the Carriage Line Sensor.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Installation 591
 1. Make sure to introduce the end of the Carriage Line Sensor into the hole in the Carriage.

2. Follow the instructions for removing the Carriage Line Sensor in reverse order.

3. Before putting the covers back on, clean the Carriage Line Sensor.

Carriage Motor with Sled (2Y9H0-67045)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover. See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424

3. Remove the Left Front Cover. See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007, 2Y9H1-67008) on page 514

4. Remove the Left Rear Cover. See Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008, 2Y9H1-67010) on page 434

5. Remove the Left Cover. See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435

6. Remove the Right Cover. See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428

7. Remove the Top Trim. See Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on page 485

8. Remove the Power Supply. See AMP XL 5 V Power Supply (5HB06-67029) on page 502

592 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

9. Disconnect the Carriage Motor Cable.

10. Unclip it from the holder in the chassis.

Removal 593
 11. Keep the screwdriver inserted into the spring to separate it from the sled.

12. Detach the spring from the sled.

594 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

13. Remove the Carriage Belt from the pulley.

14. Remove the T-15 screw.

Removal 595
 15. Remove the sled lock carriage.

16. Slide the motor assy to the right.

596 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

17. Carefully unhang the Carriage Motor assy .

18. Remove the Carriage Motor.

CAUTION: Do not separate the metal support and the motor. It is calibrated at the factory.

Removal 597
 Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Install the Carriage Motor Assy

598 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

2. Engage the Carriage Motor Assy into the correct position to slide it.

3. Slide the Carriage Motor Assy into the left.

Installation 599
 4. Ensure the Carriage Motor Assy has slide to the left into the correct position.

5. Install the sled lock carriage.

600 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

6. Screw the T-15 screw.

7. Install the Carriage Belt from the pulley.

Installation 601
 8. Attach the spring to the sled.

9. Clip the ferrite to the holder in the chassis.

602 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 10. Connect the Carriage Motor Cable.

NOTE: Required to order the Service Kit Friction repair Kit(CQ890-60244).

Pinches Assembly (CQ890-67060)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Switch off the printer and remove the power cable.

2. (MFP only) Remove the Scanner Module.

■ Remove the Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009) (2Y9H1-67011). See Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on
page 485.

3. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

4. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007) (2Y9H1-67008). See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007,
2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

5. Remove the Left Cover, see Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435.

6. Remove the Right Cover, see Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

7. Remove the Back Cover (2Y9H1-67002). See Back Cover (CQ893-67002) on page 443.

8. Remove the ARSS (5HB08-67006). See ARSS (5HB08-67006) on page 466.

9. Remove the Back Cover, see Back Cover (CQ893-67002) on page 443.

10. Remove the Upper roll media guide (5HB10-67011). See Upper-Roll Media Guide (5HB10-67011) on
page 468.

Pinches Assembly (CQ890-67060) 603

 11. If the damaged Pinchwheels are in the zone indicated in green below, remove the Aerosol Shields
and go to step 22.

12. If the damaged Pinchwheels are in the zone indicated in green below, continue with the next steps.

13. Uncap the Carriage, move it to the right, and leave it in the position indicated below.

604 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

14. Disconnect the two flat trailing cables from the Main PCA.

15. Remove one T-10 screw.

16. Detach the flex retainer assembly from the backbone.

Removal 605
 17. Slide the flex retainer with the trailing cable to the right. Be careful not to damage the trailing cable.

18. Leave the flex retainer with the trailing cable in the position shown below.

19. Loosen the screws that secure the Pinchwheels.

606 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

20. Locate the tool needed to detach the springs.

21. Detach the left end of the Pinchwheels.

22. Detach the right end of the Pinchwheels.

Removal 607
 23. Remove one T-10 screw.

24. Remove the Pinchwheels.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Make sure that the new Pinchwheels are properly aligned (1). Then tighten the screw (2).

608 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. Attach the spring to the hook by pushing with the tool provided.

Pinch Roller (2Y9H2-67011)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

See.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Left Side Spittoon (CQ890-67044)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007) (2Y9H1-67008). See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007,
2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

Pinch Roller (2Y9H2-67011) 609

 4. Slide the cutter to the right.

5. Unclip the flange of the Left Spittoon (1). Maintain it in the unclipped position and slide it up (2).

610 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

6. Slide up the Left Spittoon until it is detached from the bracket.

7. Remove the Left Spittoon in the vertical position. You are recommended to wear gloves.

Removal 611
 8. Never incline the Left Spittoon, because the ink can fall out.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. When sliding the Left Spittoon down, make sure to slide it by the path of the bracket.

612 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. Press down the Left Spittoon until you hear a click; make sure the flange is clipped.

Scanner Top Cover (2Y9H3-67004, 2Y9H2-67001)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Tools: Screwdriver Torx 8

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove roll cover (2Y9H0-67004)(2Y9H1-67005). See Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005) on

page 438

3. Remove the five screws.

Scanner Top Cover (2Y9H3-67004, 2Y9H2-67001) 613

 4. Open the Scanner.

5. Unclip both sides.

6. Remove the Scanner Top Cover.

CAUTION: Don’t close the lid until a new Scanner Top Cover is installed.

NOTE: If you want to replace the scanner top cover, follow the next steps:

614 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 7. Unclip the Top Cover Button Latch.

8. Remove the Top Cover Button Latch.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

2. Use a screwdriver to help if there is difficulty opening the Scanner.

Trailing Cable
This topic explains the concepts involved in this subject.

Installation 615
 WARNING! Do not remove the trailing cable from the carriage. The trailing cable has been aligned
accurately in factory and is not a field replaceable part.

NOTE: Please replace the whole carriage instead of the Trailing cable.

Trailing Cable Guide (2Y9H0-67036)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Open the roll cover.

3. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

4. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007) (2Y9H1-67008). See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007,
2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

5. Remove the Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008) (2Y9H1-67010). See Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008,
2Y9H1-67010) on page 434.

6. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031) (2Y9H1-67009). See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)
on page 435.

7. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428

8. Remove the Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009) (2Y9H1-67011). See Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on
page 485

616 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 9. Remove four screws.

10. Remove Trailing Cable Guide.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Reverse the removal process.

Scanbars 3 sets kit (2Y9H2-67010)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Switch off the printer.

2. Unplug the power cable.

Installation 617
 3. Open the Scanner.

4. Note the location of the three Scanbars.

IMPORTANT: If the scanbars are removed for any other reason than scanbar replacement, take
note of the scanbar serial number and the position in the scanner (Service Station side, Middle,
Front Panel side etc.). This is important so that the Pristine PRNU (White balance) calibration is not
mixed if the scanbar order is changed.

5. Remove the plastic part using a flat screwdriver.

618 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

6. Remove the plastic part using a flat screwdriver.

7. Release the spring.

8. Release the spring.

9. Remove the Scanbar.

CAUTION: Take care not to damage the cable.

Removal 619
 10. Access the cable by carefully rotating the Scanbar.

11. Unplug the cable.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Remove the new Scanbar from the box.

620 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. Install the Scanbar by reversing the removal process.

NOTE: Remove the plastic protector from the scanbar after replacing it and before closing the
Scanner.

3. Scanbar replacement checklist:

a. Replace all the scanbars.

b. Replace all the calibration surfaces.

c. Remove films.

d. Boot the unit.

e. Promote PRNU to Pristine (from Extended Support Menu).

f. Run Scanbar alignment calibration.

g. Restore Scanner Calibrations (from Extended Support Menu).

Run the following calibrations in this order:

● Scanbar alignment calibration (scanner calibration) in user menu

NOTE: The 36 inch Scanbar Service kit includes 3 scanbars and 3 calibration surfaces. The 24
inch Scanbar Service kit includes 2 scanbars and 2 calibration surfaces.

IMPORTANT: Be careful when during troubleshooting, if the scanbars are removed take note of
the scanbar serial number and the position in the scanner (Service Station side, Middle, Front Panel
side etc.). This is important so that the Pristine PRNU (White balance) calibration is not mixed if the
scanbar order is changed.

Top cover button latch MFP (2Y9H4-67011)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Tools: Screwdriver Torx 8

Top cover button latch MFP (2Y9H4-67011) 621

 1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove roll cover (2Y9H0-67004)(2Y9H1-67005). See Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005) on

page 438.

3. Remove the Scanner Top Cover, see Scanner Top Cover (2Y9H3-67004, 2Y9H2-67001) on page 613.

4. Unclip the Top Cover Button Latch.

5. Remove the Top Cover Button Latch.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Before installation, check the latches are working properly.

2. Reverse the removal process.

Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Open the scanner.

622 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 3. Remove top screws.

4. Remove metal top scanner.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Scan Bundle PCA (SBB) (2Y9H2-67008)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Installation 623
 Tools: Screwdriver Torx 10

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424

3. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007) (2Y9H1-67008). See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007,
2Y9H1-67008) on page 514

4. Remove the Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008) (2Y9H1-67010). See Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008,
2Y9H1-67010) on page 434

5. Disconnect the cables.

6. CAUTION: Be careful with the back cable.

624 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

7. Remove the 4 screws.

8. Tilt the Scan Bundle PCA (SBB) to be able to disconnect the back cable.

9. Remove Scan Bundle PCA (SBB).

Removal 625
 10. Remove the 4 screws from the bracket.

11. Remove the bracket.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Reverse the removal process.

2. Run the following calibrations in this order:

● Scannar alignment calibration (scanner calibration) in user menu

● Scanner runout calibration

● Scanner Analog Encoder calibration

Scanner Feed Motor (F9A30-67024)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Tools: Screwdriver Torx 10

1. Remove the Bottom Platen, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

626 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. Disconnect the cable.

3. Remove the two screws.

4. Remove the Scanner Feed Motor.

NOTE: Be careful handling the scanner motor, the encoder disk is unprotected.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Installation 627
 ■ Install the Scanner Feed Motors by reversing the removal process.

NOTE: Make sure that the motor gear train pin is inserted into the scanner wall.

Assembly Hinges (F9A30-67019)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Tools: Screwdrivers; Torx 8, 10, 15, and 25

1. Remove the Scanner Module, see Scanner Module on page 631.

2. Remove the Top Cover Scanner, see Scanner Top Cover (2Y9H3-67004, 2Y9H2-67001) on page 613.

3. Remove 1 screw.

628 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

4. Remove the bracket Hinge Damper.

5. Remove the Hinge Damper.

6. Remove 4 screws.

Removal 629
 7. Remove the bracket Hinge.

8. Remove 4 screws.

9. Remove the bracket Hinge.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Install the Hinges by reversing the removal process.

630 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. Run scanbar alignment and PRNU target compensation.

Scanner Module
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Remove the Rear Cover, see Rear Cover (2Y9H4-67004) on page 660.

2. Remove the Left Cover, see Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435 .

3. Remove the Right Cover, see Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

4. Remove the Front Window, see Front window (2Y9H0-67011, 2Y9H1-67012, 2Y9H2-67012,
2Y9H3-67006) on page 426.

5. Remove the Refeed Preventer, see Refeed preventers (F9A30-67073) on page 685.

6. Disconnect the three cables.

Scanner Module 631

 7. Detach the FFC Power Button.

8. Remove the three screws.

9. Unclip the four clips.

NOTE: The Top Left Cover (where the front panel support clips are) can also be removed to reduce
the risk of scanner cable damage.

632 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

10. Leave the Front Panel in "parking" position.

Removal 633
 11. Remove one screw.

12. Rotate the Scanner Top Cover and remove the Top Right Cover.

634 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

13. Remove two screws.

14. Remove one screw.

Removal 635
 15. Disconnect the two cables.

16. Disconnect the three FFC cables.

636 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

17. Remove one screw.

18. Remove the holder and the ferrite.

19. Close the Scanner.

Removal 637
 20. Remove the Scanner Module.

CAUTION: Take care not to damage the cables.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Attention: When installing, be careful to install the Front Panel and the Left Trim correctly.

2. Install the Scanner Module by reversing the removal process.

Scanner Feed Shaft Front (F9A30-67025)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Tools: Screwdriver Torx 10

1. Remove the Bottom Platen, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

638 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

2. Unroute the cable.

3. Remove one screw from the Right Optical sensor.

4. Disconnect the FFC cable from the Optical sensor and remove the sensor.

Removal 639
 5. Disconnect the FFC cable from the TOF Optical sensor.

6. (36 inch model only): Remove one screw from the TOF Optical sensor support. Leave it on the input
platen.

7. Remove two screws from the OPT Wheel.

640 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

8. Leave the OPT Wheel with the cable on the input platen.

9. (36 inch model only): Remove two screws from the BOF Optical sensor.

10. (36 inch model only): Leave the BOF Optical sensor with the cable and holder on the input platen.

Removal 641
 11. (24 inch model only): Remove 2 screws.

12. (24 inch model only): Push the tab and remove the BOF and TOF sensors with the cables and holder.

13. (24 inch model only): Leave the BOF and TOF sensors with the cable on the input platen.

642 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

14. Remove 1 screw from the Middle lid magnetic sensor and leave it on the Input platen.

15. Remove 1 screw from the OPT Left optical sensor.

16. Disconnect all the cables from the Scan bundle board and leave them on the Input platen.

Removal 643
 17. Unclip and rotate the right Bearing.

18. Unclip and rotate the Left Bearing.

19. Remove the Scanner Feedshaft (Front).

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Install the Scanner Feedshaft (Front) by reversing the removal process.

644 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 NOTE: Make sure feedshaft bearing snaps into lock groove.

Scanner Feed Shaft (Rear)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Remove the Bottom Platen, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

2. Unclip and rotate the right Bearing.

3. Unclip and rotate the left Bearing.

Scanner Feed Shaft (Rear) 645

 4. Remove the Scanner Feedshaft (Rear).

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Install the Scanner Feedshaft (Rear) by reversing the removal process.

NOTE: Make sure feedshaft bearing snaps into lock groove.

Scanner Cables kit (2Y9H2-67005)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Remove the Bottom Platen, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

2. Disconnect the cable and detach it.

646 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

3. Open the ten wire-saddles.

4. Remove one screw from the Middle Lid Magnetic Sensor.

5. Disconnect the cable from the Lid Magnetic Sensor and remove it.

Removal 647
 6. Remove two screws from the OPT Wheel.

7. Disconnect and detach the cable from the OPT Wheel.

8. Disconnect the cable from the Latch Magnetic Sensor.

648 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

9. Disconnect the cable from the Diverter Magnetic Sensor and unroute it through the hole.

10. Remove the cables.

11. Disconnect two FFC cables from the Scan Bundle Board PCA.

Removal 649
 12. Detach the two FFC cables from the wire-saddles and holders.

13. Disconnect and detach the two FFC cables from the bottom and top Form Optical Sensor, then
disconnect one FFC cable from Load Optical Sensor.

14. Disconnect the FFC cable from the OPT right optical sensor.

650 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 15. Remove the FFC cables.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Install the Bottom Cables by reversing the removal process.

OPT Wheel (F9A30-67038)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Tools: Screwdriver Torx 10

1. Remove the Bottom Platen, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

2. Remove two screws from the OPT Wheel.

Installation 651
 3. Disconnect and detach the cable from the OPT Wheel, then remove it.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Install the OPT Wheel by reversing the removal process.

2. Run the following calibrations in this order:

● Scanbar alignment calibration (scanner calibration) in user menu

● Scanner runout calibration

● Scanner Analog Encoder calibration

Scanner Optical Sensors kit (F9A30-67031)

The Sensor SV Kit contains all optical sensors in the scanner. The removal and assembly for each
sensor is described in the following pages, although it is likely that only one of them be replaced at a
time.

Lid Magnetic Sensor

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Remove the Bottom Platen, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

652 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. Remove one screw from the Lid Magnetic Sensor.

3. Disconnect and detach the cable from the Lid Magnetic Sensor. Remove it.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Install by reversing the removal process.

Bottom of Form (BOF) Optical Sensor

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Remove the Bottom Platen, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

Installation 653
 2. Remove one screw from the Bottom of Form Optical Sensor.

3. Disconnect and remove the Bottom of Form Optical Sensor.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Install by reversing the removal process.

Load optical Sensor F9A30-60035

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Remove the Bottom Platen, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

654 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. Disconnect the cable from the Load optical Sensor.

3. Remove one screw.

4. Remove the Load optical Sensor.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Install by reversing the removal process.

Installation 655
 Top of Form (TOF) Optical Sensor (36 inch model only)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Remove the Bottom Platen, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

2. Disconnect the cable from the Top of Form Optical Sensor.

3. Remove one screw.

656 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 4. Remove the Top of Form Optical Sensor.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Install by reversing the removal process.

Right Optical Sensor

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Remove the Bottom Platen, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

2. Detach the cable from the Mount OPT Right Optical Sensor.

Installation 657
 3. Remove one screw.

4. Disconnect the cable and remove the OPT Right Optical Sensor.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Install by reversing the removal process.

Left Optical Sensor

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Remove the Bottom Platen, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

658 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 2. Remove one screw.

3. Disconnect the cable and detach all cables from the Mount OPT Left Optical Sensor.

4. Remove the OPT Left Optical Sensor.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Install by reversing the removal process.

Installation 659
 Rear Cover (2Y9H4-67004)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004). See Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005) on page 438.

3. Remove the Spindle Big Roll (22Y9H0-67021). See Spindle Big Roll (2Y9H0-67021) on page 477.

4. Remove the three screws.

5. Move the rear cover to the left.

660 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 6. Remove the Rear Cover.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

2. Snap the right front cover on the hinges.

Scan bars FFC (2Y9H2-67003)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Tools: Screwdrivers; Torx 10, 15, 20, and 25

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007) (2Y9H1-67008). See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007,
2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

4. Remove the Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008) (2Y9H1-67010). See Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008,
2Y9H1-67010) on page 434.

5. Remove Scan Bundle PCA (SBB) (2Y9H2-67008). See Scan Bundle PCA (SBB) (2Y9H2-67008) on
page 623.

6. Remove Roll cover (2Y9H0-67004)(2Y9H1-67005). See Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005) on

page 438.

7. Remove the Scan bars 3 sets kit (2Y9H2-67010). See Scanbars 3 sets kit (2Y9H2-67010) on page 617.

8. Remove the Scanner Top Cover (2Y9H3-67004) (2Y9H2-67001). See Scanner Top Cover
(2Y9H3-67004, 2Y9H2-67001) on page 613.

9. Remove the Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042). See Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

Installation 661
 10. Pass the three FFC Cables through the holes.

11. Detach the three FFC Straps.

12. Remove the FFC Straps from the FFC cables (stick/glue).

662 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

13. Note the location of the three ferrites.

14. Unclip the three ferrites and remove them from the FFC Cables.

15. Pass the 3 FFC Cables through the holes.

Removal 663
 16. Unroute the 3 flat cables.

17. Remove the Ferrite from the FFC Cables.

18. Unroute the 3 flat cables from the holder.

664 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

19. Remove one screw.

20. Detach the Ferrite from the bracket.

21. Open the scanner.

Removal 665
 22. Detach the bracket.

23. Remove the bracket cable.

24. Remove the three ferrites and cables from the bracket.

666 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 25. Gently pass the three FFC Cables through the hole.

26. Remove the scanbar FFC.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Reverse the removal process.

Calibration Surface (F9A30-67027)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Remove the Bottom Plate, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

Installation 667
 2. Note the location of the 3 Calibration Surfaces.

3. Press both sides to unclip one.

4. Remove the Calibration Surface.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

668 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

1. Insert the 3 Calibration Surface pins in their holes.

2. Be sure the 4 springs are correctly positioned.

3. Check the Calibration Surface works properly.

4. Calibration surface replacement checklist:

a. Replace all 3 calibration surfaces.

b. Clean the scanbars.

Installation 669
 c. Remove films.

d. Boot the unit.

5. Run the following calibrations in this order:

● Scanbar alignment calibration (scanner calibration) in user menu

Calibration Slider (F9A30-67026)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

IMPORTANT: Always change all three sliders.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Remove the Bottom Platen, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

2. Remove two screws.

3. Rotate the Calibration slider to unclip it from the 2 holes(only the middle module).

670 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 4. Remove the Calibration slider.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Install the Calibration Slider by reversing the removal process.

2. Calibration Slider replacement checklist:

a. Replace all 3 calibration sliders

b. Clean the scanbars.

c. Remove films.

d. Boot the unit.

Run the following calibrations in this order:

● Scanbar alignment calibration (scanner calibration) in user menu

NOTE: Calibrations Slider SV kit includes only 1 calibration slider. Calibration surface SV kit
contains 3 calibration surfaces.

NOTE: Pay attention to the position of the shaft cam when assembling the calibration slider.

Installation 671
 Calibration Surface Gear Train (F9A30-67028)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
Tools: Screwdriver Torx 10

1. Remove the Right Cover, see Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428

2. Remove the Bottom Platen, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

3. Remove one screw.

4. Remove the Spring gear slider.

5. Cut the two gear train clips.

6. Carefully detach the gear.

CAUTION: Take special care not to break it.

672 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

7. Remove the gear.

8. Remove the Cal Surface Gear Train.

Removal 673
 9. Remove the small gear.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Install the Calibration Surface Gear Train by reversing the removal process.

Lower Pinch Assembly with Mirror (F9A30-67072)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Open the Front Window.

674 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 3. Locate the Lower pinch assembly with mirror.

4. Slide the Lower Pinch Assembly by pushing it away from you and towards the printer, and take it out
from the printer.

TIP: The pinches can be seen in the scanner output path.

5. Remove the Lower Pinch Assembly.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Install the Lower Pinch Assembly with Mirror by reversing the removal process.

NOTE: The Lower Pinch Assembly position can be estimated based on the input platen mark.

Installation 675
 RIDS (ink tubes) (F9A30-67007)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002) (2Y9H1-67003). See Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002,
2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006) (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006,
2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

4. Remove the three screws.

676 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

5. Unlatch the Ink Tubes.

6. Place the Ink Tubes in the Ink Supply Station area.

7. Remove the two sensor cables and detach the locator from the Printer Bundle Board support.

Removal 677
 8. Unroute the two sensor cables.

9. Remove the Raceway from the two hooks.

10. Open Front Window.

678 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

11. Insert a piece of paper.

12. Remove the Raceway Holder.

13. Remove the Raceway Router.

Removal 679
 14. Leave the Raceway Router on the paper.

15. Leave the Ink Tubes Latch hanging.

16. Remove the sheet metal wall.

680 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 17. Slide the Ink tubes needle mount out of the Ink Supply Station.

WARNING! Ink can drop to the ground from the holes, protect the ground with a cover.

18. Remove

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Install by reversing the removal process.

NOTE: Make sure to reconnect the grounding cable.

NOTE: Make sure the Needle Mount is sliding in X and the sheet metal wall is assembled vertically.

NOTE: Check the encoder strip for any grease transfer and clean it if required.

RIDS and Purger (2Y9H0-67043)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the RIDS (Ink Tubes) (F9A30-67007). See RIDS (ink tubes) (F9A30-67007) on page 676.

Installation 681
 Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Reverse the removal process.

ISS (2Y9H0-67013)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover, see Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

4. Disconnect the 3 harness cables.

5. Unroute the cables.

6. Remove the three screws.

CAUTION: Ink can drop to the ground from the holes, protect the ground with a cover.

682 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

7. Remove the metal part.

8. Slide and unclip.

Removal 683
 9. Remove the two screws.

10. Slide up the ISS.

CAUTION: Be careful with the pins.

11. Remove the ISS.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Install the ISS by reversing the removal process.

NOTE: Make sure the metal part is installed vertically and take care the needle mount is aligned
with the ISS lifter.

684 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

Refeed preventers (F9A30-67073)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove preventers.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Top Lid Mirror and Magnet (F9A30-67023)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Refeed preventers (F9A30-67073) 685

 1. Open the Scanner.

2. Locate the 4 Top Lid Mirrors and 1 Top Lid Magnet.

3. Remove the two snap lugs.

686 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 4. Remove the Top Lid Magnet.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Install the Top Lid Magnet by reversing the removal process.

Input platen (2Y9H2-67004, 2Y9H3-67005)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Tools: Screwdriver Torx 10

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Front Cover, see Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

Installation 687
 3. Lift up the front window.

4. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H1-67008). See Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007, 2Y9H1-67008) on
page 514.

5. Remove the Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008) (2Y9H1-67010). See Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008,
2Y9H1-67010) on page 434.

6. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031 ) (2Y9H1-67009. See Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009)
on page 435.

7. Open the top scanner.

8. Remove the Control Panel 4.3 inch (2Y9H3-67002). See Control Panel 4.3 inch (2Y9H3-67002) on
page 452

9. Remove the Control Panel Bezel 4.3 inch (2Y9H1-67013). See Control Panel Bezel 4.3 inch
(2Y9H1-67013, 2Y9H4-67014) on page 460

10. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H1-67007). See Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

688 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

11. Remove 3 screws.

12. Remove the right black cover.

13. Remove 3 screws.

Removal 689
 14. Remove the left black cover.

15. Remove preventers.

16. Remove top screws.

690 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

17. Remove metal top scanner.

18. Remove two screws.

19. Remove the Front Window (2Y9H0-67011) (2Y9H1-67012). See Front window (2Y9H0-67011,
2Y9H1-67012, 2Y9H2-67012, 2Y9H3-67006) on page 426.

20. Turn the top input platen taking care of the pins.

Removal 691
 21. Remove the top input platen.

22. Remove two screws from the inside.

23. Remove input platen.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Diverter (F9A30-67040)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

692 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

Removal
Tools: Screwdriver Torx 10 and pliers

1. Remove the Right Cover, see Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

2. Remove the Scanner Top Cover, see Scanner Top Cover (2Y9H3-67004, 2Y9H2-67001) on page 613.

3. Remove the Rear Cover, see Rear Cover (2Y9H4-67004) on page 660.

4. Remove one screw.

5. Remove the Top Right Cover.

Removal 693
 6. Detach the spring from the top and leave it hanging there.

7. Remove one screw.

8. Remove the End Plate Right Diverter, it has two positioning pins.

9. Rotate the Top Cover Scanner.

NOTE: Do not close it.

694 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 10. Unclip the Diverter from the 6 clips.

11. Remove the Diverter.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Installation 695
 1. In case you can't open the Top Cover Scanner use a Screwdriver.

2. To install reverse the removal process.

Diverter bottom part (F9A30-67062)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Tools: Screwdriver Torx 10 and pliers

1. Remove the Right Cover, see Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

2. Remove the Rear Cover, see Rear Cover (2Y9H4-67004) on page 660.

3. Remove the Scanner Top Cover, see Scanner Top Cover (2Y9H3-67004, 2Y9H2-67001) on page 613.

4. Remove the Diverter, see Diverter (F9A30-67040) on page 692.

5. Locate the three diverter bottom modules.

696 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 6. Remove two screws from one of the modules.

7. Remove the Diverter Bottom.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. In case you can't open the Top Cover Scanner use a Screwdriver.

2. To install reverse the removal process.

Installation 697
 Assembly Right Latch (F9A30-67030)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Remove the Bottom Platten, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

2. Remove 1 screw.

3. Unclip the Latch.

698 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 4. Disconnect the cable and remove it.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install reverse the removal process.

Latch (Left)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Remove the Left Cover, see Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435.

2. Remove the Front Cover, see Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

3. Remove the Bottom Platten, see Bottom Platen (F9A30-67042) on page 622.

4. Remove 1 screw.

Installation 699
 5. Unclip the Latch.

6. Disconnect the cable and remove it.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install reverse the removal process.

Printer Cables and Sensors SVKit (2Y9H0-67038)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.TOF C-Tray Sensor (2Y9H1-60074)

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.

700 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

2. Remove 6 bottom screws.

3. Remove the Stiffener Base C-Tray.

4. Remove 1 screw.

Removal 701
 5. Slide down the Housing TOF C-Tray.

6. Disconnect the cable.

7. Remove the Housing TOF C-Tray.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.TOF C-Tray Sensor (2Y9H1-60074)

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

NOTE: Make sure that the blue side of the ribbon cable is facing downwards.

702 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.Flag-Media-Presence_C-Tray
(2Y9H1-40091)

■ Remove the Flag-Media-Presence_C-Tray (2Y9H1-40091). See Flag Media Presence C-Tray

(2Y9H1-40091) on page 704

Base C-Tray Main Components (2Y9H1-67032)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal 703
 Table 6-6 Base C-Tray Main Components

Part Number Description

A 2Y9H1-40091 Flag Media Presence C-Tray (2Y9H1-40091) on page 704

B 2Y9H1-60014 ASSEMBLY PICK C-TRAY (2Y9H1-60014) on page 706

C CM751-60170 Assy Separator Module Swallowtail (CM751-60170) on

page 710

Flag Media Presence C-Tray (2Y9H1-40091)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Top Cleanout (2Y9H1-67022) on page 510.

3. If the U Frame is intalled, rotate it for better access.

4. Open the drawer (casette tray) for access.

704 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

5. Remove the roll cover.

6. Remove the Spindle.

7. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007, 2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

8. Remove the Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008, 2Y9H1-67010) on page 434.

9. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435.

10. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

11. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

12. Remove the Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on page 485.

13. Remove the Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005) on page 438.

14. Remove the Right Roll Support (2Y9H0-67026, 2Y9H1-67027) on page 474.

15. Remove the ARSS (5HB08-67006) on page 466.

16. Remove the Upper-Roll Media Guide (5HB10-67011) on page 468.

17. Remove the Base Cleanout (2Y9H1-67023) on page 517.

Removal 705
 18. Open the side part a little to be able to unclip the Flag Media Presence C-Tray.

19. Unclip the Flag Media Presence C-Tray on both sides.

20. Remove the Flag Media Presence C-Tray.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

ASSEMBLY PICK C-TRAY (2Y9H1-60014)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

706 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove the Top Cleanout (2Y9H1-67022) on page 510.

3. Open the roll cover.

4. Remove the Spindle.

5. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007, 2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

6. Remove the Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008, 2Y9H1-67010) on page 434.

7. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435.

8. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

9. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

10. Remove the Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on page 485.

11. Remove the Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005) on page 438.

12. Remove the Right Roll Support (2Y9H0-67026, 2Y9H1-67027) on page 474.

13. Remove the ARSS (5HB08-67006) on page 466.

14. Remove the Upper-Roll Media Guide (5HB10-67011) on page 468.

Removal 707
 15. Remove the Base Cleanout (2Y9H1-67023) on page 517.

16. Remove 1 screw.

17. Remove 2 screws.

18. Remove 3 screws.

708 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

19. Slide the Frame Left-Roller and remove it.

20. Move the ASSEMBLY PICK C-TRAY (rails and the Frame Right-roller).

21. Disconnect the two cables.

Removal 709
 22. Remove the ASSEMBLY PICK C-TRAY.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Assy Separator Module Swallowtail (CM751-60170)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the Power cable.

2. Remove 6 bottom screws.

710 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

3. Remove the Stifferner Base C-Tray.

4. Remove the Top Cleanout (2Y9H1-67022) on page 510.

5. Remove the roll cover.

6. Remove the Spindle.

7. Remove the Left Front Cover (2Y9H0-67007, 2Y9H1-67008) on page 514.

8. Remove the Left Rear Cover (2Y9H0-67008, 2Y9H1-67010) on page 434.

9. Remove the Left Cover (2Y9H0-67031, 2Y9H1-67009) on page 435.

10. Remove the Front Cover (2Y9H0-67002, 2Y9H1-67003) on page 424.

11. Remove the Right Cover (2Y9H0-67006, 2Y9H1-67007) on page 428.

Removal 711
 12. Remove the Top Trim (2Y9H0-67009, 2Y9H1-67011) on page 485.

13. Remove the Roll Cover (2Y9H0-67004, 2Y9H1-67005) on page 438.

14. Remove the Right Roll Support (2Y9H0-67026, 2Y9H1-67027) on page 474.

15. Remove the ARSS (5HB08-67006) on page 466.

16. Remove the Upper-Roll Media Guide (5HB10-67011) on page 468.

17. Remove the Base Cleanout (2Y9H1-67023) on page 517.

18. Remove 3 screws.

19. Slide the Frame Left-Roller and remove it.

20. Remove 2 bottom screws.

712 Chapter 6 Removal & Installation

 21. Move the rails a little in order to be able to pull out the assy separator module swallowtail.

22. Remove the assy separator module swallowtail.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ To install, perform the Removal operation in reverse.

Base C-Tray (White) (2Y9H1-67024)

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Removal
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Pending further instructions.

Installation
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

■ Pending further instructions.

Installation 713
 7 Preventive maintenance

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Preventive maintenance
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Clean the printer

To maintain the printer in good operating condition, keep it free of accumulated dust, ink, and other
contamination. Cleaning intervals are determined by the printer environment and by the types of printer
supplies used.

General cleaning
The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Proper general cleaning should include the following:

NOTE: To prevent an electric shock, make sure that the printer is switched off and unplugged before
any cleaning is performed. Do not let any water get inside the printer.

1. Blow away dust accumulation with compressed air if available.

2. Clean the outer surface of the printer with a damp sponge or cloth. Use a mild soap and water
solution if necessary. Do not use abrasive cleaners.

3. Wipe the printer dry with a soft lint-free cloth.

Clean the Carriage Line Sensor

The cleaning actually involves cleaning the clear plastic lens cover, not the sensor itself.

The Carriage Line Sensor should not normally require cleaning during the life of the printer. However,
it may require cleaning after a bad printhead crash while printing with high ink density. In practice, it is
recommended to clean the sensor if there are intermittent failures of paper edge detection, printhead
alignment, or paper advance calibration.

1. Use tap water. Do not use chemicals that could damage the clear plastic of the lens cover.

2. Use a lint-free cloth.

714 Chapter 7 Preventive maintenance

 3. Wipe the lens with the damp cloth, then remove excess water or moisture with a dry area of the
same cloth.

Clean the Encoder Strip

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

The Encoder Strip should not normally require cleaning during the life of the printer. However, it may
require cleaning in the following cases:

● When droplets of ink get into the encoder. This may happen under certain environmental conditions,
with very heavy use of the printer, high ink concentrations, and system errors affecting the scan
axis.

● When there is grease on the Encoder Strip. This may happen if the Encoder Strip is allowed to touch
the Carriage rail during repair operations or while clearing a paper jam.

1. Switch off the printer and remove the power cable.

2. Move the Carriage Assembly to the capping position and uncap the printhead.

Clean the Encoder Strip 715

 3. Place some paper over the slider rod in order to protect the lubricant and avoid cross-
contamination with grease.

4. Dampen a cloth with general-purpose industrial cleaner.

5. Clean the encoder strip carefully, not moving the papers underneath and not stretching the strip.

716 Chapter 7 Preventive maintenance

 6. Move the Carriage towards the center of the printer and clean the remaining portion of the strip.

7. Return the Carriage to the capping position and cap it manually.

8. Remove the papers carefully in order not to remove grease from the slider rod.

Lubricate the Carriage Assembly

The Carriage should not normally require lubrication during the life of the printer. However, lubrication is
recommended if there are intermittent Carriage jams.

Lubricate the Carriage Assembly Procedure

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Lubricate the Carriage Assembly 717

 1. Lubricate the four areas indicated here.

2. Lubricate the areas indicated here, A-D.

718 Chapter 7 Preventive maintenance

 3. Use a syringe to inject grease into the ports. Push the needle against the ports firmly to direct
grease into the channels.

NOTE: The Encoder Strip must stay free of grease. Wipe off with a dry lint-free cloth if necessary.

4. Move the Carriage 10–20 mm to check the grease on the rod.

Lubricate the Carriage Rod

The following steps provide the complete procedure for this topic.

Lubricate the Carriage Rod 719

 1. Apply a large drop of grease to a cotton swab.

2. Apply grease to the front of the rod and smear for a distance of about 50 mm.

3. Apply grease to the rear of the rod and smear for a distance of about 50 mm.

Moisture on the printer

Customers should use the printer in an environment between 20% and 80% relative humidity. To recover
from moisture condensation, turn the printer off, and wait until the printer is completely dry before using
it again.

720 Chapter 7 Preventive maintenance

Clean the Scanner
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Clean the scanner’s glass plate and white calibration sliders

1. Turn off the printer using the power key, turn off the power switch and disconnect the power cable.

IMPORTANT: Make sure to turn off the printer before cleaning. It is important to allow the printer to
restart after cleaning to solve any issues.

2. There are two small indented buttons at the front of the scanner. Press them to open the scanner
cover.

WARNING! Be careful while the scanner lid is open. Your fingers or hand may be trapped or
crushed.

3. Lift the scanner cover.

NOTE: Optionally, for more thorough cleaning, clean followings:

● Calibration Surface

● Pinch Roller

● OPT wheel

● Scanner Feed Roller

Clean the Scanner 721

 IMPORTANT: Make sure to turn off the printer before cleaning. It is important to allow the printer to
restart after cleaning. Printer always performs a scanner calibration while it is booting up.

4. Optionally, for more thorough cleaning:

● Clean the pinch rollers, the feed rollers and OPT wheel.

5. Close the scanner cover and gently push it down to lock it into place.

6. Clean the area immediately in front of the scanner, where the scanned sheet rests before scanning.

7. Reconnect the printer's power cable, turn on the power switch at the rear, and turn on the printer
using the Power key.

Level of printer usage

Normal printer use means 1,800,000m Carriage traveled distance (which corresponds approximately
to more than 30,000 A1 prints on average). Under normal conditions, it will be approximately more than
5 years before the printer needs a maintenance. If the printer is used more than the normal usage
conditions, then it will need maintenance service more frequently.

Table 7-1 Level of printer usage

Service Part LIFE_VALUE Maintenance Advice LIFE_VALUE Maintenance Advice

Scan Axis Distance Covered 1,800,000 meters PMKIT1

Right Spittoon Volume 600 cc PMKIT2

Left Spittoon Volume 51 cc PMKIT2

When these components of the printer exceed this amount, the Front Panel displays the following
message:

"Maintenance #1 required"

"Maintenance #2 required”

Once one of the maintenance advised messages is displayed, the relevant preventive maintenance
kit must be used to replace the most worn parts of the printer. See HP DesignJet T850/T950/T850
MFP/T950 MFP 36-in on page 416 when replacing the necessary parts.

Preventive maintenance kits

Preventive maintenance kits are designed to replace high-usage parts before they fail, avoiding printer
downtime.

Warning message displayed on the front panel

The following is the process that the customer will see when a component has passed a maintenance
usage threshold and needs replacement.

722 Chapter 7 Preventive maintenance

1. As the printer is turned on, if a component has passed its maximum-usage threshold a warning will
be displayed. If the customer presses OK, the message disappears and will not reappear until the
printer is turned on again.

2. A warnings alert will remain in the Status center until the part has been replaced. If the warnings
message is touched, above warning message is shown again.

3. When the warning threshold is surpassed by a significant amount, reaching a critical threshold, the
message becomes more assertive and the warnings appear more frequently.

Table 7-2 Warning thresholds

PMK1 (Carriage) 800,000 meters

PMK2 (service station) 90% full of ink: 1 warning

95% full of ink:1 warning per print

100% full of ink: stops printing

Warning message displayed on the front panel 723

 Printing and interpreting the Preventive Maintenance Kit status report
The Preventive Maintenance Kit status report shows the status of the high-usage parts and how far they
are from requiring replacement.

■ To print the report, go to Setup > Reports > Printer Status Report.

Preventive Maintenance Kit

The printer will alert the customer of the need to use PMK1 and PMK2 when the corresponding
components have exceeded the life.

NOTE: After executing a PMK replacement you must resset the PMK counter from Service Menu.

NOTE: In this product, since the PMK kit includes both PMK#1 and #2's components in the box, reset
both PMK1 and PMK2 once you replace the PMK kit.

Service Menu > Service Resets > Reset PMK1

Service Menu > Service Resets > Reset PMK2

Table 7-3 Contents of Preventive Maintenance Kit #1 and #2

PMK #1 and #2 kit for 36-in (2Y9H0-67044 )

Part number Description

5HB10-67001 Carriage Assembly

2Y9H0-67045 Carriage Motor with Sled

CQ890-67108 Cutter

CQ890-67045 Service Station Assembly

724 Chapter 7 Preventive maintenance

General Cleaning Instructions
For general cleaning, a lint-free cloth dampened with distilled water is recommended. Allow to dry, or use
a cloth to dry the cleaned part completely.

Do not spray fluids directly onto the HP product. Spray the fluid on the cloth used for cleaning.

To remove stubborn dirt or stains, moisten a soft cloth with water and a neutral detergent, or a general-
purpose industrial cleaner (e.g. Simple Green industrial cleaner). Remove any remaining soap foam with
a dry cloth.

For glass surfaces, is recommended to use a soft, lint-free cloth lightly moistened with a non-abrasive
glass cleaner or with general purpose glass cleaner (e.g. Simple green glass cleaner). Remove any
remaining soap foam with a lint-free cloth dampened distilled water and dry it with a dry cloth to prevent
spotting.

CAUTION: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, sodium hydroxide, or carbon tetrachloride on the
glass; they can damage it. Do not place or spray liquid directly onto the glass, as the liquid might seep
under the glass and damage the device.

It is recommended to use a canister of compressed air to remove dust from electronic/electrical parts.

CAUTION: Do not use water-based cleaners for parts with electrical contacts, as it may damage
electrical circuits.

NOTE: Do not use wax, alcohol, benzene, thinner, ammonia-based cleaners, or other chemical
detergents, to prevent any damage to the product or the environment.

NOTE: In some locations the use of cleaning products is regulated. Ensure that your cleaner is
following federal, state, and local regulations.

All products and company names are registered trademarks of their original owners. The use of any
trademark is for identification and reference purposes only and does not imply any association between
HP and the trademark owner or product brand.

General Cleaning Instructions 725

 8 Safety precautions

The following sections provide details for this topic.

General safety guidelines

Before servicing the printer, read the following safety precautions to make sure that you can work on the
printer safely.

● Before servicing the printer, turn it off, and disconnect the electrical power. See Safety precautions
on page 726.

● Before removing and replacing parts, see HP DesignJet T850/T950/T850 MFP/T950 MFP 36-in on
page 416.

Service personnel are expected to have appropriate technical training and experience necessary to
be aware of hazards to which they may be exposed in to performing a task, and to take appropriate
measures to minimize the risks to themselves and to others.

Electrical / Fire hazard

This topic explains the concepts involved in this subject.

● Do not have heavy objects on the power cord; do not bend the cables or force them into contorted
positions.

● Do not use a damaged power cord.

● Do not handle the power cord with wet hands. Doing so may cause an electric shock.

● Do not allow metal or liquids (except those used in HP Cleaning Kit) to touch the internal parts of the
equipment. Doing so may cause fire, electrical shock, or other serious hazards.

Mechanical hazard
Recommended:

● Wear safety gloves when installing the assembly, taking caution not to injure yourself with edges
and corners.

● Avoid wearing necklaces, bracelets and other hanging objects.

● If your hair is long, try to secure it so that it will not fall into the equipment.

726 Chapter 8 Safety precautions

Warning labels
This topic provides a full set of reference information for this subject.

Table 8-1 Warning labels

Label Explanation

You are recommended to wear gloves when handling the

maintenance cartridge, the platen, or the ink collector.

This label is located on the maintenance cartridge.

Warning labels 727

 A Important links

The following are links to useful sources of information.

● Manuals:

– See http://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT200/manuals

– See http://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT600/manuals

– See http://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetStudio/manuals

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT850/manuals

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT850MFP/manuals

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT950/manuals

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT950MFP/manuals

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetXT950/manuals

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetXT950MFP/manuals

● Drivers:

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT850/drivers

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT850MFP/drivers

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT950/drivers

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT950MFP/drivers

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetXT950/drivers

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetXT950MFP/drivers

● Firmware:

– See http://123.hp.com

– See http://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT200/firmware

– See http://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT600/firmware

– See http://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetStudio/firmware

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT850/firmware

728 Appendix A Important links

 – See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT850MFP/firmware

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT950/firmware

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT950MFP/firmware

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetXT950/firmware

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetXT950MFP/firmware

● Software:

– See http://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT200/software

– See http://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT600/software

– See http://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetStudio/software

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT850/software

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT850MFP/software

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT950/software

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT950MFP/software

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetXT950/software

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetXT950MFP/software

● Support:

– See http://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT200/support

– See http://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT600/support

– See http://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetStudio/support

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT850/support

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT850MFP/support

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT950/support

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT950MFP/support

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetXT950/support

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetXT950MFP/support

● Solutions:

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT850/solutions

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT850MFP/solutions

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT950/solutions

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT950MFP/solutions

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetXT950/solutions

Important links 729

 – See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetXT950MFP/solutions

● Accessories:

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT850/accessories

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT850MFP/accessories

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT950/accessories

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetT950MFP/accessories

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetXT950/accessories

– See https://www.hp.com/go/DesignJetXT950MFP/accessories

730 Appendix A Important links

B User menu map

This section provides guidance regarding the user menu functions.

The following information is relevant to Firmware Version 2038A.

Front Panel
This section presents and clarifies the features of the Front Panel.

NOTE: Normally, not all the icons are displayed at the same time.

The following sections provide detailed information regarding the Help, Dashboard, Swipe Menu, Paper
Source, and Setup options.

1. Help Button
The following section presents the options available from the Help button.

User menu map 731

 2. Dashboard
The following section presents the options available on the Dashboard.

* Touch the cartridges to display further information. Print: Printer Status Report".

732 Appendix B User menu map

3. Dashboard screen: Swipe Menu
The following section presents the options available from the Dashboard screen's Swipe Menu.

Touch and slide down to access Alerts and Information.

Paper Source
The following section presents the options available from the Paper Source button.

3. Dashboard screen: Swipe Menu 733

 NOTE: The Multi-Sheet Tray icon will only be displayed if the printer has a Multi-Sheet Tray installed.

The Check Mark refers to the active and the paper source ready to be used. Both the Roll and
Multi-Sheet Tray icons could show a mark at the same time:

734 Appendix B User menu map

5. Setup
The following section presents the options available from the Setup button.

5. Setup 735
 5. Setup

Setup

Date and Time

Preferences Language
Country/Region
Keyboard → ABC / QWERTY / AZERTY / QWERTZ
Units of Measurement → US / Metric
Screen Brightness
Automatically Send Printer Data → On / Off
Printer Usage Location → Home: For personal use / For a home-based business / For work-related use / For telecommuting
Business: With 1-9 employees / With 10-99 employees / With 100-499 employees / With more than 500 employees

Network Setup Ethernet Settings View Ethernet Details → Print Details / OK

IP Settings Automatic
Manual (Static) IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
DNS Address → Preferred / Alternate

Link Speed → Automatic / 10-Full / 10-Half / 100-Full / 100-Half / 1000BT

Wireless Settings Wireless → On / Off

Print the Start Guide
Wireless Setup Wizard
Wi-Fi Protected Setup
View Wireless Details → Print Details / OK
Print Wireless Test Report
IP Settings Automatic
Manual (Static) IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
DNS Address → Preferred / Alternate

General Settings Proxy Settings On Address

Off Port
Authentication → Username / Password

Host Name → Change / OK

Bonjour Name → Change / OK
IPv6 → On / Off
Legacy Default IP

Security Reset 802. 1X Security

Print Network Configuration

Restore Network Settings

Wi-Fi Direct Wi-Fi Direct → On / Off

Connection Method → Automatic / Manual

Bluetooth Low Energy → On / Off

Web Services Setup Display Email Address → Print Info / OK

Print Info Page
HP ePrint → On / Off
Remove Web Services

Cartridge Information Estimated Cartridge Levels → OK

Replace Ink

Form Feed Form Feed → Start

Form Feed and Cut → Start

Printhead Maintenance Printhead Information → Replace Printhead / Print

Clean the Printhead
Align the Printhead
Clean the Printhead
Replace Printhead

Paper Advance Calibration Calibrate Ready Paper → Cancel / Start

Reset Ready Paper → Cancel / Start
Adjust Paper Advance → Cancel / Start

Print a Diagnostic Page

Update the Printer Check now

Printer Update Options* Install Automatically (Recommended) *If Web Services has been previously added, changing this option will not be possible until it's removal.
Alert When Available
Do Not Check

Restore Restore Network Settings

Restore Factory Defaults
Cold Reset

Print Settings Media Mismatch Prompt Always Ask

Print Anyway

Enable Cutter → On / Off
Drying Time → None / Optimized / Extended

Power Management Sleep Mode → After 5 minutes / After 15 minutes / After 30 minutes / After 1 hour

Power Button Turns Off the Printer

Enters Sleep Mode

Auto-Off → Never / After 1 hour / After 2 hours / After 4 hours / After 8 hours

Reports Drawing Demo

Rendering Demo
GIS map demo
Printer Status Report
Print Quality Report
Web Access Test Report
Network Configuration Page
Wireless Test Report
Job Log → Filter by: All Job Types / Print
Error Log Print Job Log

Security Device Announcement Agent → On / Off

736 Appendix B User menu map

C Service menu and Support menu tree

This map provides a reference of all the options available from the Support and Service menus.

See Service menu and Support menu tree on page 737.

Service menu and Support menu tree 737

 D How to check whether your computer is
connected to your network

There are several different ways of confirming connectivity between your computer and your network.

1. If you are not using a unique network name (SSID), then it is possible that the computer could
be connected to the wrong network. The following steps can help you to determine whether your
computer is connected to the correct network.

Windows

a. Click Start, click Control Panel, point to Network Connections, and then click View Network
Status and Tasks – or – Click Start, select Settings, click Control Panel, double-click Network
Connections, click the View menu, and then select Details.

Leave the network dialog box open while you continue to the next step.

b. Disconnect the power cord from the wireless router. The connection status of the computer
should change to Not Connected.

c. Reconnect the power cord to the wireless router. The connection status should change to
Connected.

Mac OS X

■ Click the AirPort icon in the menu bar at the top of the screen. From the menu that appears, you
can determine if the AirPort is turned on and which wireless network the computer is connected
to.

NOTE: For more detailed information about the AirPort connection, click System Preferences
in the Dock, and then click Network. If the wireless connection is working correctly, a green dot
appears next to AirPort in the list of connections. For more information, click the Help button in
the window.

If you are unable to get the computer connected to your network, contact the person who set
up your network or the router manufacturer as there may be a hardware issue with the router or
computer.
If you are able to access the Internet and are using a computer running Windows, you can
also access the HP Network Assistant at http://www.hp.com/sbso/wireless/tools-setup.html?
jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN for help in setting up a network (this website is available in English only).

2. Print the printer's Wireless Configuration page. After the page has been printed, check the Network
Status and URL. The Network Status is Ready if the printer is actively connected to a network, or

738 Appendix D How to check whether your computer is connected to your network
 Offline if it is not (in the latter case, run the Wireless Network Test). The URL is the network address
assigned to the printer by the router; you need it to connect to the printer's Embedded Web Server.

3. If you have established that the computer and the printer both have active connections to a
network, you can check whether they are on the same network by trying to access the printer's
Embedded Web Server.

4. The printer may be too far away from the WiFi access point or there may be intervening objects
that are preventing connection. You can try moving the printer closer to the WiFi acess point.

5. Check that the WEP key password entered is the correct one. The pass phrase capitalization,
punctuation, etc., must all match exactly.

6. If you cannot access the Embedded Web Server and are sure that both the computer and printer
have active connections to the same network, the firewall security software could be blocking
communication. Temporarily turn off any firewall security software running on the computer, and try
to access the Embedded Web Server again. If you can access it, try using the printer for printing.

If you are able to access the Embedded Web Server and use the printer with the firewall turned off,
you need to reconfigure your firewall settings to allow the computer and printer to communicate
with each other over the network.
If you are able to access the Embedded Web Server, but are still unable to use the printer even with
the firewall turned off, try enabling the firewall software to recognize the printer.

7. Make sure the printer is online and ready.

If you have the HP software installed, you can check the printer’s status from your computer to
see if the printer is paused or offline, preventing you from using it. To check the printer’s status,
complete the following steps:

Windows

a. From Start > Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes. - or - From Start > Control
Panel, and then double-click Printers.

b. If the printers on the computer are not being displayed in Details view, click the View menu,
and then click Details.

c. Do one of the following, depending on the printer status:

● If the printer is Offline, right-click the printer, and click Use Printer Online.

● If the printer is Paused, right-click the printer, and click Resume Printing.

d. Try using the printer over the network.

Mac OS X

a. Click System Preferences in the Dock, and then click Print & Fax.

b. Select the printer, and the click Print Queue.

c. If Jobs Stopped appears in the window that appears, click Start Jobs.

8. If you install the HP software a second time, the installer may create a second version of the printer
driver in the Printers or Printers and Faxes folder (Windows only). If you have difficulties printing or
connecting to the printer, make sure the correct version of the printer driver is set as the default.

How to check whether your computer is connected to your network 739

 a. From Start > Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes. - or - From Start > Control
Panel, and then double-click Printers.

b. Right-click the printer icon and then click Properties, Document Defaults, or Printing
Preferences.

c. On the Ports tab, look for a port in the list with a checkmark. The version of the printer driver
that is connected wirelessly has Standard TCP/IP Port as the Port description, next to the
checkmark.

d. Right-click the printer icon for the version of the printer driver that is connected wirelessly, and
select Set as Default Printer.

9. Try restarting the HP Network Device Support service (Windows only).

a. Delete any print jobs currently in the print queue.

b. On the desktop, right-click My Computer or Computer, then click Manage.

c. Double-click Services and Applications, then click Services.

d. Scroll down the list of services, right-click HP Network Devices Support, then click Restart.

e. After the service restarts, try using the printer over the network again.

If you still cannot use the printer over the network, or if you have periodic problems in doing so,
the firewall may be interfering, or there may be a problem with the network configuration or router.
Contact the person who set up the network or the router manufacturer for help.
If you are able to use the printer over the network, the network setup was successful.

740 Appendix D How to check whether your computer is connected to your network
E Wireless troubleshooting report error
cases

The following error alerts fall into two categeries: "Warning" and "Failure".

Error case table

In the first column of the following table, W indicates Warning and F indicates Failure.

W/ # Description Internal conditions Internal details Troubleshooting

F and parameters

W 0 Ethernet cable Ethernet cable The Ethernet cable is plugged in. The ATTENTION: Your printer is
plugged in plugged in && printing device cannot connect to a unable to connect to your
ncaPolicy != nHot && wireless network while it is connected wireless router.
powerOnEnabled == via Ethernet. To connect wirelessly,
true && no SSID unplug the cable from the printing SOLUTION 1: To connect
found device and run these tests again. wirelessly, disconnect the
Ethernet network cable from
your printer.

W 1 Ethernet cable Ethernet cable A wireless network was found that ATTENTION: Your printer is
plugged in and plugged in && matches what you have configured unable to connect to your
SSID found ncaPolicy != nHot && (%s). However, the Ethernet cable is wireless router.
powerOnEnabled == plugged in, which will prevent you from
true && SSID found connecting to it. To connect wirelessly, SOLUTION 1: To connect
unplug the cable from the printer and wirelessly, disconnect the
run these tests again. The %s parameter Ethernet network cable from
will be the SSID name that is displayed your printer.
on the advanced wireless networking
webpage.

W 2 Wireless powerOnEnabled == The wireless network interface in the ATTENTION: The wireless
adaptor false printing device (%s) is not enabled. You radio on your printer is
disabled cannot connect to a wireless network currently turned off.
until this is turned on. If you want to
connect to a wireless network, consult SOLUTION 1: To connect
the documentation that came with the wirelessly, disconnect the
printer on how to enable the wireless Ethernet network cable from
interface. The first %s parameter will be your printer. Refer to the
the name of the interface, i.e. “Wifi0”.>> assembly instructions that
came with your printer.

Wireless troubleshooting report error cases 741

 W/ # Description Internal conditions Internal details Troubleshooting
F and parameters

F 4 Radio hardware powerOnEnabled == The wireless network interface (%s) is ATTENTION: The wireless
not functioning ncaTrue && not functioning properly. The printer radio is not functioning.
properly radioHardwareStatus cannot connect to a wireless network. Contact HP support. The
!= ncaRSInitialized This may be a problem with the printer Wireless PCA needs to be
hardware. As a first step, disconnect repaired.
the power from the printer, wait a few
seconds, then plug the power back in
and re-run these tests. If this error
message persists, the printer will need
to be serviced. The %s parameter will be
the name of the interface, i.e. “Wifi0”.

F 100 Possible MAC Trying to associate The printer is configured to connect to a ATTENTION: Your printer
filtering && mode == wireless network (%s). An access point is unable to connect
infrastructure && (AP) with this SSID has been found and to your wireless router.
SSID matches && its settings are consistent with those MAC address filtering
completion code != configured in the printer, but you are not may be enabled on your
AkmFailedPmkInvalid connected. Some possible causes and wireless router, which can
all parameters fixes are: prevent your printer from
consistent connecting to your wireless
The printer may be temporarily network during setup.
experiencing a problem. Turning the
printer off and then back on may correct SOLUTION 1: If MAC address
this problem. filtering is enabled and
you would like to keep it
The AP may be temporarily experiencing enabled, you must add the
a problem. Turning the AP off and then MAC address of your printer
back on may correct this problem. Note (available in this Test Report)
that turning off the AP will cause other to the list of permitted
connected devices (computers, printers, devices for your wireless
etc.) to lose their network connection router before continuing.
until the AP is turned back on.

The AP firmware may be out of date.

Check the manufacturer’s website to
see if an update is available.

MAC address filtering may be enabled

on the AP. This can prevent the printer
from connecting if its MAC address is
not in the AP's approved list of devices.
The person who initially set up your
network may have done this for added
security. If this is the case you can
either disable MAC filtering in the AP, or
add the printing device’s MAC address
(%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x) to
the approved list in the AP. Refer to
the documentation that came with the
AP for more information about MAC
address filtering.

The first %s parameter will be the

SSID name that is displayed on the
advanced wireless networking webpage.
The second set of %s parameters will be
the MAC address of the printer.

742 Appendix E Wireless troubleshooting report error cases

W/ # Description Internal conditions Internal details Troubleshooting
F and parameters

F 101 Consistency mode == The settings you entered in the printer ATTENTION: Your printer
check when infrastructure && do not match those of the wireless settings do not match your
only one AP SSID matches exactly network you are trying to connect to wireless router settings.
found with one AP && (%s). Connection was not made. Ensure
matching name not all parameters that all of the wireless settings in the SOLUTION 1: Run the
while trying to consistent printer match those in the access point Wireless Setup Wizard to
associate (AP) for this network. configure your printer.

Assuming that the settings in the AP are

the correct ones, change the wireless
network settings in the printer. Consult
the documentation that came with the
printing device on how to do this. If
you do need to change the settings in
the AP then consult the documentation
that came with the AP on how to
do this. Note that this will require
you to update settings in all devices
(computers, printers, etc.) that connect
wirelessly through this AP.

The first %s parameter will be the SSID

name that is displayed on the advanced
wireless webpage.

W 103 AutoIP Adaptor assigned an

configured AutoIP

W 20 Check that currentState != Your printer is configured to connect to a ATTENTION: Your wireless
0 configuration ncaASOff && mode wireless network with a manufacturer's network is currently using
has == infrastructure && default SSID name (%s). You should the manufacturer’s default
manufacturer SSID matches entry in change the name to something unique network name (SSID). It
default SSID for manufacturer default to you in order to avoid connecting is recommended that you
access point list to the wrong network. You will most change your network name
likely experience network problems if (SSID) to be unique, to
you do not correct this problem. Even if avoid connecting to other
the network appears to be functioning wireless networks that may
correctly now, it may not in the future. also be using the same
Refer to the documentation that came default network name. If you
with your access point to change the change your network name,
SSID name. If you do change the SSID you will need to configure
name of the wireless network, note that the SSID on all wireless
this will require you to update settings devices to match your new
in all devices (computers, printers, etc.) network SSID.
that connect to this network. The %s
parameter will be the SSID name that
is displayed on the advanced wireless
networking webpage.

Error case table 743

 W/ # Description Internal conditions Internal details Troubleshooting
F and parameters

F 201 SSID not found, Trying to associate The SSID (%s) that you have entered ATTENTION: Your printer is
infrastructure && mode == in the printer does not match any of unable to connect to your
mode infrastructure && the available wireless network access wireless router.
configured SSID is points (AP). Connection was not made.
not found in directed SOLUTION 1: Check that
scan list The undirected scan list above shows your wireless router is
all of the access points that were found powered on.
nearby that are broadcasting their SSID.
Your access point may not be in this list SOLUTION 2: Check that
if broadcasting has been disabled. Note your printer network name
that if broadcasting is off it won’t affect (SSID) matches your
your ability to connect, just the visibility wireless router network
of the AP in the undirected scan list. name (SSID) exactly. If they
When the SSID is correct and the AP is do not match exactly, run
functioning properly, it will show up in the the Wireless Setup Wizard
directed scan list above. to configure your printer.

Some possible causes and fixes for the

connection problem are:

You may have entered an incorrect

SSID in the printing device. Refer to
the documentation that came with the
printer for information on how to change
the SSID.

The AP may be powered off. Make sure

your AP is powered on and that the SSID
is correct. Refer to the documentation
that came with your AP to verify its SSID.

The printer may be too far from your

AP or there may be intervening objects
that are preventing connection. You can
try moving the printer and the AP closer
together.

The %s parameter will be the SSID

name that is displayed on the advanced
wireless networking webpage.

744 Appendix E Wireless troubleshooting report error cases

W/ # Description Internal conditions Internal details Troubleshooting
F and parameters

F 20 SSID not found, Trying to associate The printer has created an ad-hoc ATTENTION: Your printer is
2 ad hoc mode && mode == ad hoc wireless network with SSID %s. However, unable to connect to your
&& configured SSID is no other wireless devices have been wireless router.
not found in directed found that are using this SSID.
scan list Connection was not made. This is not SOLUTION 1: Check that
a problem if the other devices you want your access point is
to connect to are not powered on yet. If powered on.
they are powered on then some possible
causes and fixes are: SOLUTION 2: Check that
your printer network name
You may have entered an incorrect SSID (SSID) matches your access
in the printer. In order to form an ad- point network name (SSID)
hoc wireless network, all the devices exactly. If they do not match
must be using the same SSID. Refer to exactly, run the Wireless
the documentation that came with the Setup Wizard to configure
printer for information on how to change your printer.
the SSID.

The printer may be too far from any

other devices in the wireless network or
there may be intervening objects that
are preventing connection. You can try
moving the printer closer to the other
devices. Note that you cannot connect
to an access point (AP) using the ad-hoc
method. Ad-hoc mode allows devices to
communicate directly without the use of
an AP. Infrastructure mode allows you
to connect to a wireless network using
an AP. Refer to the documentation that
came with the printer if you want to
connect to a wireless network with an
AP.

The %s parameter will be the SSID

name that is displayed on the advanced
wireless networking webpage.

F 20 SSID found if Associated or trying A wireless network was found (%s) ATTENTION: Your printer
3 doing case- to associate && whose name closely matches the name is unable to connect to
insensitive any mode && non- you have entered (%s) in the printer’s your wireless router. A
search, ad hoc exact SSID match wireless settings. You are not connected network name (SSID) was
and found in undirected to this network. If this is the network found that closely matches
infrastructure scan. Non-exact you are trying to connect to, you will your wireless network name
match means case- need to change the SSID name you except for upper/lower case.
insensitive compare have entered in the printer. Refer to
is true and case- the documentation that came with the SOLUTION 1: Run the
sensitive compare is printer for information on how to do this. Wireless Setup Wizard to re-
false. Note that network SSID names must be enter the SSID correctly.
entered exactly as they appear in the list
above: capitalization, punctuation, etc.,
must all match.

The first %s parameter will be the SSID

name found during the un-directed scan,
the second %s parameter will be the
SSID name that is displayed on the
advanced wireless networking webpage.

Error case table 745

 W/ # Description Internal conditions Internal details Troubleshooting
F and parameters

W 40 Signal strength Associated && The signal strength of the wireless ATTENTION: The wireless
0 when adaptor signal network you are connected to (%s) is signal strength between
associated strength < -85 dB %d dBm. This is below -85 dBm which your printer and wireless
may result in poor performance or an router is weak.
intermittent connection.
SOLUTION 1: Move your
If you are using an access point (AP), printer closer to your
bring the printing device and AP closer wireless router and avoid
together to increase the signal strength. obstructions such as walls
If you are connecting to an ad-hoc and large metal objects.
wireless network, bring the printer closer
to other devices in the wireless network. SOLUTION 2: After moving
your printer, run the wireless
In either case there may also be network test to verify the
intervening objects that are causing the signal strength.
signal strength to weaken. Large metal
objects such as refrigerators, water
heaters, or office furniture can block
wireless signals. Try to ensure that such
objects are not directly between the
printer and the AP or other devices in the
wireless network.

W 50 Check for Associated or trying There were %d access points (APs) (or ATTENTION: More than one
0 multiple access to associate && wireless repeaters) with your configured wireless router has been
points (or infrastructure mode SSID (%s) found in the area. The found that matches your
wireless && number of printer will connect to the one with the wireless network name
repeaters) with directed scans > 1 strongest signal. (SSID). If this is not intended,
the target SSID your printer may connect to
If you’ve set up a network with multiple the wrong wireless network.
APs, this is a normal condition. Note that To avoid this, change your
the APs must be connected to the same wireless network name
LAN, usually via a wired connection. (SSID) to be unique. If you
A special case is a wireless repeater, change your network name,
which is an AP but uses a wireless you will need to configure
connection to connect to a “master” AP. the SSID on all wireless
devices to match your new
If you have not set up a network with network SSID.
multiple APs, it means that someone
else has a network with the same SSID
nearby, in which case you could connect
to the other network instead of your own.
You will probably experience network
problems if you do not correct this
problem. Even if the network appears to
be functioning correctly now, it may not
in the future.

You can solve this problem by creating

a wireless network with a unique SSID.
Refer to the documentation that came
with your access point for information
on how to change its SSID. When you
change the SSID name of the wireless
network, note that this will require
you to update settings in all devices
(computers, printers, etc.) that connect
to this network.

The %d parameter is an integer value of

the number of networks found with the
name, the %s parameter will be the SSID
name found in the network scan.

746 Appendix E Wireless troubleshooting report error cases

W/ # Description Internal conditions Internal details Troubleshooting
F and parameters

F 60 Incorrect WEP Connected && The printer is connected to a wireless ATTENTION: The WEP
0 key associated && network (%s) that requires a WEP key. security key configured
encryption mode The key you have provided does not on your printer does not
== WEP && match what is expected. Although it match your wireless router
wepDecryptStatus == looks as if a valid connection is made, setting. The WEP key index
ncaD11WDSFailed the printer will not receive any data. setting on your printer has
You will need to enter a matching been changed from the
WEP key in the printer. Refer to the default setting of “1”. This
documentation that came with the may cause problems when
printer for information on how to change connecting to your wireless
the WEP key. network if your wireless
router is not using the same
The person who initially set up your WEP key index value.
network should be able to provide
you with the correct WEP key to use. SOLUTION 1: Run the
Alternately, if you are connecting to an Wireless Setup Wizard to re-
access point (AP), you may be able to enter your wireless network
find the matching WEP key from the AP. WEP security key.
Consult the documentation that came
with the AP on how to do this.

The %s parameter will be the SSID name

found in the network scan.

I 601 Unknown WEP Connected && The printer is connected to a wireless

decrypt status associated && network (%s) that requires a WEP key.
encryption mode However, no data have been sent to the
== WEP && printer. Because of this, it is unknown
wepDecryptStatus == whether the WEP key entered in the
ncaD11WDSUnknown printer matches that of the wireless
network.

Usually this is a temporary condition.

Once some data are sent, the printer will
be able to determine whether the WEP
keys match. Try running this report again
in a few seconds.

The %s parameter will be the SSID name

found in the network scan.

Error case table 747

 W/ # Description Internal conditions Internal details Troubleshooting
F and parameters

W 60 WEP key index Connected && The printer is connected to a wireless ATTENTION: The WEP key
2 is different from associated && network (%s) that requires a WEP key. index setting on your printer
1 encryption mode Data are not being received. You are has been changed from the
== WEP && using a WEP key index of %d. A WEP key default setting of “1”. This
wepDecryptStatus == index of 1 is typical. may cause problems when
ncaD11WDSUnknown connecting to your wireless
|| ncaD11WDSFailed If the index does not match what the network if your wireless
&& wepKeyIndex != 1 wireless network is expecting, it will router is not using the same
prevent the printer from being able to WEP key index value.
receive data. The person who initially
set up your network should be able SOLUTION 1: Run the
to provide you with the correct WEP Wireless Setup Wizard to re-
key index to use. Alternately, if you are enter your wireless network
connecting to an access point (AP), WEP security key.
you may be able to find the matching
WEP key index from the AP. Consult the
documentation that came with the AP on
how to do this.

If you do need to change the WEP

key index of the printer, refer to the
documentation that came with the
printer for information on how to do this.

The %d parameter will be the index, the

%s parameter will be the SSID name
found in the network scan.

F 60 Non-default associationState != The printer is configured to connect ATTENTION: The WEP key
4 WEP ncaD11ASAssociated to a WEP wireless network (%s), and authentication setting on
Authentication && the printer’s configured authentication your printer has been
communicationMode method (\"%s\") has been changed from configured to a non-default
== infrastructure && its default setting (\"Automatic (Open setting. This may cause
wirelessEncryptionM then Shared)\"). problems when connecting
ode == WEP && to your wireless network
wirelessAuthMode != This could potentially cause the printer if your wireless router is
OpenThenShared to be unable to connect to the wireless not using the same WEP
network. The printer’s default setting authentication method.
should always work and avoids any
potential future problems. Unless you SOLUTION 1: Refer to your
know that the printer’s current setting printer documentation for
is correct for your wireless network, information on configuring
it is recommended that this setting WEP.
be changed back to the default. Refer
to the documentation that came with
the printer for information on how
to configure the WEP authentication
method.

The first %s parameter will be the SSID

name found in the network scan , the
second %s parameter will be the actual
value of the setting.

748 Appendix E Wireless troubleshooting report error cases

W/ # Description Internal conditions Internal details Troubleshooting
F and parameters

F 60 Non-default Associated or trying The printer is configured to connect ATTENTION: The WPA
5 WPA Encryption to associate && to a WPA-PSK wireless network, (%s) encryption method on your
communicationMode and the printer’s configured encryption printer has been configured
== infrastructure && method (\"%s\") has been changed from to a non-default setting. This
wirelessAuthMode == its default setting (\"Automatic (AES or may cause problems when
ncaD11AMWPA_PSK TKIP)\"). connecting to your wireless
&& network if your wireless
wirelessEncrypMode ! This could potentially cause the printer router is not using the same
= to be unable to connect to the wireless WPA encryption method.
ncaD11EMAESorTKIP network. The printer’s default setting
should always work and avoids any SOLUTION 1: Refer to your
potential future problems. Unless you printer documentation for
know that the printer’s current setting information on configuring
is correct for your wireless network, WPA.
it is recommended that this setting
be changed back to the default. Refer
to the documentation that came with
the printer for information on how
to configure the WPA-PSK encryption
method.

The first %s parameter will be the SSID

name found in the network scan , the
second %s parameter will be the actual
value of the setting.

F 60 Non-default associationState != The printer is configured to connect to a ATTENTION: The WPA

6 WPA ncaD11ASAssociated WPA-PSK wireless network, (%s) and the authentication method on
Authentication && printer’s configured WPA version (\"%s\") your printer has been
communicationMode has been changed from its default configured to a non-default
== infrastructure && setting (\"Automatic (WPA2 or WPA1)\"). setting. This may cause
wirelessAuthMode == problems when connecting
ncaD11AMWPA_PSK This could potentially cause the printer to your wireless network,
&& rsnAuthType != to be unable to connect to the wireless if your wireless router is
ncaD11ATAutoWPA network. The printer’s default setting not using the same WPA
should always work and avoids any authentication method.
potential future problems. Unless you
know that the printer’s current setting SOLUTION 1: Refer to your
is correct for your wireless network, printer documentation for
it is recommended that this setting information on configuring
be changed back to the default. Refer WPA.
to the documentation that came with
the printer for information on how to
configure the WPA-PSK WPA version.

The first %s parameter will be the SSID

name found in the network scan , the
second %s parameter will be the actual
value of the setting.

Error case table 749

 W/ # Description Internal conditions Internal details Troubleshooting
F and parameters

F 60 Non-standard Radio connected to ATTENTION: Your printer is

9 WPA mode an 802.11n-only AP unable to connect to your
which supports WPA wireless router. This may
with TKIP. be caused by the following
settings on your wireless
router: 1) 802.11n devices
only and 2) WPA-TKIP only
encryption. WPA-TKIP is no
longer allowed for newer
certified wireless 802.11n
devices because WPA-AES
provides stronger security.

SOLUTION 1: Change your

wireless router encryption
setting to “WPA-AES” or
“WPA-AES or TKIP” (also
called “mixmode”), then run
the printer’s Wireless Setup
Wizard again.

750 Appendix E Wireless troubleshooting report error cases

F Media Advance Calibration report (Tap 11)

Media Advance calibration and Scanner calibrations can be see on the Tap Report: Support Menu >
Reports > 6.4 Print-Mech button tap. Type code 11.

Media Advance Calibration report (Tap 11) 751

752 Appendix F Media Advance Calibration report (Tap 11)
Typical calibration values should range from -20 to +20 in user and manual advance calibration.

Table F-1 Calibration values

Media Table # Media Path

HP Bright White Inkjet 0 Roll

HP Univ. Bond 1 Roll

HP Coated 2 Roll

HP HW Coated 3 Roll

Diamond NTP (73 gsm) 4 Roll

HP Vellum 5 Roll

HP Universal Gloss Photo 6 Roll

HP Premium Gloss Photo 7 Roll

HP Universal Instant-dry Photo 12 Roll

Artisan PolyBanner Satin Polypropylene 8 Roll

HP Matte Film 9 Roll

HP Adhe. Vinyl 10 Roll

HP Self-adhesive Gloss Polypropylene 11 Roll

Any (unknown) 13 Roll

Any (unknown) 14 Roll

HP MP (11"x17") 16 Multi-Sheet Tray

HP Premium Presentation (11"x17") 19 Multi-Sheet Tray

Media Advance Calibration report (Tap 11) 753

 Table F-1 Calibration values (continued)

Media Table # Media Path

HP Adv. Photo (13"x19") 21 Multi-Sheet Tray

HP Prem. Plus Photo (13"x19") 20 Multi-Sheet Tray

754 Appendix F Media Advance Calibration report (Tap 11)

G Flyers

Flyers are short procedural guides to assist in the performance of certain removal and installation
actions.

Accessory and Customer Self Repair Parts (CSR)

This flyer explains how to assemble the above part.

Printer Assembly Instructions

This flyer explains how to assemble the above part.

Flyers 755
756 Appendix G Flyers
Printer Assembly Instructions 757
758 Appendix G Flyers
Printer Assembly Instructions 759
760 Appendix G Flyers
Printer Assembly Instructions 761
762 Appendix G Flyers
Printer Assembly Instructions 763
 Printer Assembly Instructions (T850)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

764 Appendix G Flyers

Printer Assembly Instructions (T850) 765
766 Appendix G Flyers
Printer Assembly Instructions (T850) 767
768 Appendix G Flyers
Printer Assembly Instructions (T950)
The following sections provide details for this topic.

Printer Assembly Instructions (T950) 769

770 Appendix G Flyers
Printer Assembly Instructions (T950) 771
772 Appendix G Flyers
Printer Assembly Instructions (T950) 773
774 Appendix G Flyers
Cutter replacement instructions
This flyer explains how to assemble the above part.

Cutter replacement instructions 775

776 Appendix G Flyers
Cutter replacement instructions 777
778 Appendix G Flyers
Cassette Tray
This flyer explains how to assemble the above part.

Cassette Tray 779

780 Appendix G Flyers
Front Cover
This flyer explains how to assemble the above part.

Front Window
This flyer explains how to assemble the above part.

Front Cover 781

 Ink Cover
This flyer explains how to assemble the above part.

782 Appendix G Flyers

Front Window
This flyer explains how to assemble the above part.

Front Window 783

 Out-Of-Paper Sensor
This flyer explains how to assemble the above part.

784 Appendix G Flyers

Out-Of-Paper Sensor 785
786 Appendix G Flyers
Roll Cover
This flyer explains how to assemble the above part.

Roll Cover 787

 Right Front Cover
This flyer explains how to assemble the above part.

788 Appendix G Flyers

Scanbar 3 sets kit
This flyer explains how to assemble the above part.

Scanbar 3 sets kit 789

790 Appendix G Flyers
Top Cleanout
This flyer explains how to assemble the above part.

Top Cleanout 791

 Service Part
The following flyer provides service part information.

NVM Backup PCA

This flyer explains how to assemble the above part.

792 Appendix G Flyers

Brush line sensor with adhesive 5 sets
This flyer gives information about the above part.

Brush line sensor with adhesive 5 sets 793

794 Appendix G Flyers
H Useful information

Alphabetical front panel messages

Paper jam
See 1. Printer shows Paper Jam or Carriage Jam screen on page 218

Carriage jam
See 1. Printer shows Paper Jam or Carriage Jam screen on page 218

Align Printhead - Printhead alignment unsuccessful

See "Printhead alignment unsuccessful" on page 797

Ink-supplies error messages

See Ink-supplies error messages on page 248

Front panel message list

See Text messages and numerical error codes on page 161

See User Guide > 16 Front-panel error messages > Text messages and numerical error codes

See Silent error codes with related front panel messages on page 165

Numerical front panel messages

System error code troubleshooting
See System error code troubleshooting on page 167

Error code list

See Silent error codes on page 163

Assert codes, blue screen, white screen

See Assert codes on page 196

Useful information 795

 See Assert Screen during initialization on page 153

Other front panel states

No power, issue during boot up
See Troubleshooting tree for boot up failure on page 149

Paper jam
Paper Jam message
See 1. Printer shows Paper Jam or Carriage Jam screen on page 218

Carriage Jam message

See 1. Printer shows Paper Jam or Carriage Jam screen on page 218

How to prevent paper jam at output area with curly roll

See User Guide > 11 Troubleshooting paper issues > Prevent a jam

How to remove paper jam - Roll

See User Guide > 11 Troubleshooting paper issues > Roll has jammed

How to remove paper jam – Multi-sheet tray

See User Guide > 11 Troubleshooting paper issues > Multi-sheet tray has jammed

Paper loading issue

Roll: Roll crashes, jams or skews while loading a roll without showing a Jam screen
See 3. Roll crashes, jams, or skews while loading a roll without showing a Jam screen on page 221

Multi-sheet Tray: Printer doesn’t pick up the cut sheet and shows “Load Paper in
Tray”
See 2. Printer doesn’t pick up the cut sheet in the Multi-sheet Tray and shows “Load Paper in Tray” on
page 220

Other generic paper loading issues

See User Guide > 11 Troubleshooting paper issues > Paper cannot be loaded successfully

See Paper cannot be loaded successfully on page 200

Paper Jam message

See Maximum roll width supported by 24 inch models on page 304

796 Appendix H Useful information

 See The maximum supported roll diameter is 100 mm (3.9 in) on page 306

Printer frequently takes too long on the "Correcting paper skew" screen
See Maximum roll width supported by 24 inch models on page 304

Big slack seen when loading a roll

See Maximum roll width supported by 24 inch models on page 304

See The maximum supported roll diameter is 100 mm (3.9 in) on page 306

Roll unloaded
Roll unloaded and "Roll Problem" shown
See Maximum roll width supported by 24 inch models on page 304

See The maximum supported roll diameter is 100 mm (3.9 in) on page 306

Print quality
Print quality troubleshooting
See User Guide > 12 Troubleshooting print-quality issues

See Print-quality troubleshooting on page 253.

Bandings with Plain Paper in fast mode or normal mode

See Bandings with Plain Paper in normal mode on page 307

While printing with the roll, the printer stops printing, unloads the roll, and shows
“Roll Problem”
See Maximum roll width supported by 24 inch models on page 304

See The maximum supported roll diameter is 100 mm (3.9 in) on page 306

Printhead alignment
"Printhead alignment unsuccessful"
1. Reboot the printer and try it again.

2. Check if there is missing printhead nozzles or color. See User Guide > 9 Maintaining the printer >
Print Quality Diagnostic Report

3. See User Guide > 9 Maintaining the printer > Align the printhead

Printer frequently takes too long on the "Correcting paper skew" screen 797
 "Printhead alignment unsuccessful" with roll
See System error code troubleshooting on page 167

Single sheet ejected and "Out of Paper" shown during first printhead alignment
See

Printhead alignment fails (T200 Series only)

See Printhead alignment (T200 Series only) on page 308

Troubleshooting
Cutter doesn’t work
See How to troubleshoot cutter issues on page 213

Printer troubleshooting flowchart

See Printer troubleshooting flowchart: MFP on page 146 and Printer troubleshooting flowchart: SFP on
page 145

Ink supplies troubleshooting

See Ink-supplies troubleshooting on page 238

ARSS seems defective

See ARSS: Paper Troubleshooting on page 205

Connectivity issues
Embedded Web Server (EWS) asks you to enter the username and password
See Embedded Web Server on page 308

See User Guide > 4 Personalizing the printer > Access the Embedded Web Server

Ethernet network port doesn’t work and NIC LEDs are all off
See Ethernet network port doesn’t work and NIC LEDs are all off on page 303

Printer information
Printer specifications
See User Guide > 18 Printer specifications

See Datasheet

798 Appendix H Useful information

Accessories
See User Guide > 10 Accessories > Order accessories

Accessories - DesignJet T630 doesn’t come with the roll cover

See DesignJet T630 doesn’t come with the roll cover as a default configuration on page 307

Accessories - DesignJet T210/T230/T250 printers don’t come with the Automatic

Sheet Feeder
See DesignJet T210/T230/T250 printers don’t come with the Automatic Sheet Feeder as a default
configuration on page 308

Supported ink supplies

See User Guide > 10 Accessories > Order ink supplies

Supported rolls
See User Guide > 10 Accessories > How to order supplies and accessories

Where to download driver and software

See Driver and software on page 309

See User Guide > 17 HP Customer Care > Download printer software

How to update the firmware

See Firmware update on page 309

See Update the firmware on page 298

See User Guide > 9 Maintaining the printer > Firmware update

Front Panel Menu

User Menu Map
See User menu map on page 731

Service and Support Menu Map

See Service menu and Support menu tree on page 316

How to enter Support Menu for customers

See Entering the Support Menu for Customers on page 315

How to enter Service Menu for service engineers

See Entering the Service Menu for Service Engineers on page 315

Accessories 799
 Others
Issues with normal use and Tips for installation
See Issues with normal use and tips for installation on page 302

Where to find flyers in CSR parts and service parts

See Flyers on page 755

800 Appendix H Useful information

I FAQ: Tips & Tricks

The following sections provide details for this topic.

Sources
Any. For example:

● Customer validations

● Our findings

● Past elevations

● All the activities/conversations while development phase

● EMU, PIT, BT, buy-off, FW review, Design review and etc

● Early capture program (for the post into version of the service manual)

● Training materials

● Marketing Q&A list

Purposes:
1. Reduce elevations, onsite cases, time to investigate and etc.

2. Log and document the important design intent to ensure to be able to port same feature in the next
program. No written document, nobody knows what to port.

3. Some of the contents applicable for end users will be fed to Virtual Assistant.

Hardware
The following sections provide the details for this topic.

No Wi-Fi PCA
Question: What happens if I remove the Wi-Fi PCA on the Main PCA?

Answer: All wireless features will be disabled. Wireless related menus (in both Control panel and EWS)
will be invisible.

FAQ: Tips & Tricks 801

802 Appendix I FAQ: Tips & Tricks
Cutter does not work
Question: Carriage jam and cutter doesn’t work.

Answer: Check cutter engages with carriage well and to check that the cutter rail is clean and clear of
any obstacles, and check that there are no pieces of paper in the cutter groove.

Print Quality
Cracks in black area

Question: When printing a render that has a big black area, some crack appear on the black part of the
render.

Answer: Check whether the media is supported by the printer, find the supported media information in
the User's guide and Service Manual.

Hardware 803
 Print Use
Paper Jam or fall onto the floor while printing from C-tray - C-tray Only

Question:Printout did not fall into the output pocket or paper jam while printing from C-tray.

Answer: Check the paper load in C-tray in right position with Width and length adjusters.

Multi-size print jobs fail to fall in the stacker correctly - Stacker only
Question: Media fall to the floor due to incompatible stacking of different media sizes.

Answer: Users recommended to print larger media sizes before the shorter with mixed size print jobs
(A1/A2).

Which is the supported media for the PHA?

Question: Which is the supported media for the PHA?

Answer: The printer uses the A4/Letter page format for the PHA alignment process. But do not load A4
or letter in landscape. Otherwise PHA alignment won’t finish because the paper size doesn’t fit to the
pattern.

Disable reprint in Job Queue in EWS

Question: How can I Disable reprint in Job Queue?

Answer: EWS - Jobs - Jobs Settings - “Reprint from job history”.

804 Appendix I FAQ: Tips & Tricks

Software
The following sections provide the details for this topic.

Upscaling doesn’t work

Question: Upscaling doesn’t work when printing from app Photos via HP Smart

Answer: Issue located on Windows side. Updating Windows to build KB5010415 / 19042.1566, 19043.1566,
19044.1566.

Copy and Scan

Scanned page refeed - MFP only

Question: Page scanned goes out the scanner and into the scanner again

Answer: check if Refeed preventers is installed or if the Refeed preventers is installed at the correct
position.

Differences between Scan&Print and Copy

Question: Color performance behavior of the unit when you “scan and print” differs from when you
“copy".

Answer:

1. In the “Copy” flow the priority is to create a copy that most closely resembles the original.

Software 805
 2. In the “Scan & Print” flow, the printing color map is optimized for printing (from applications). The
“scan” flow is optimized for display in monitors. The combination of both flows show “less vivid”
print-outs. One workaround to get better output is to use ICC profiles. Adobe applications (and some
non-Adobe applications) support ICC profiles without any issues applications) support ICC profiles
without any issues

Orange line when copying

Question: When I copy or scan my original I can see an orange line/area on one edge.

Answer: This is caused by excessive skew when loading the original. Try to load the original centered and
without any skew. Ultimately, disable the “Auto Deskew” option in Front Panel settings.

Rotate option not available in Copy flow

Question: How does one manage a scanned job to be printed out as rotated in the Copy workflow?

Answer: There is no rotation option in the Copy workflow; in order to print a job with the correct
orientation you must scan the job using the same orientation by which you want to have it printed.

Differences between scanning the same original in portrait or landscape orientation

Question: I get different background removal performance when I scan the original in portrait or
landscape orientation

Answer: Customers may notice a difference in the output when loading the same original in Portrait or
Landscape orientation. This difference is due to the background color removal algorithm that uses the
first 2 inches of the original for calculating the background color. Since this area is a different region in
portrait versus landscape orientation, the calculation can show a different result.

How to create a network folder

Question: How to create a network folder?

Answer: There is a public document that explains how to set it up in Windows:

Maximum number of pages that can be added to a PDF file

Question: What is the maximum number of pages that can be added to a .PDF file when scanning
several originals?

Answer: The number of pages added to a .PDF file is driven by the memory available in the printer. The
memory is used based on Original size and Scan resolution. Depending on these two parameters, the
final number will vary.

Horizontal leading line in Copy

Question: In Copy, I get a horizontal line in the leading edge of the original.

Answer: This issue may happen in some particular conditions. It is linked with the setting "Edge-to-Edge
Output = ON". After resetting the scanner to Factory Defaults or simply changing the setting to "Edge-to-
Edge Output = OFF", the leading line should be gone.

806 Appendix I FAQ: Tips & Tricks